clearlinux/clear-linux-documentation
2
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/clearlinux/clear-linux-documentation.git synced 2026-07-11 07:07:08 +00:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Initial commit for localization files

Browse Source 
- new localization directory includes all .pot and .po files used in transaltions
- updated config to include sphinx-intl settings

Signed-off-by: Kristal Dale <kristal.dale@intel.com>
This commit is contained in:
Kristal Dale
2019-07-11 15:45:32 -07:00
parent 1b0da2f72f
commit 015470e7d6
284 changed files with 47711 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/faq.po
+275
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:4
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:6
msgid ""
"Below is a list of commonly asked questions with answers sourced from the"
" |CL-ATTR| team and `Clear Linux community forums`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:14
msgid "General"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:17
msgid "Why did you make another distro?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:19
msgid ""
"The |CL| team felt that performance was left on the table with Linux "
"software. |CL| takes a holistic approach to improving performance across "
"the stack. We also wanted to take more modern approaches with OS updates "
"and tooling."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:26
msgid "Can other distros copy |CL| improvements?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:28
msgid "Yes, we absolutely love open source reuse and upstreaming improvements."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:33
msgid "How often do you update?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:35
msgid ""
"The |CL| team puts out multiple releases a week, often releasing 2 or "
"more times a day. This rolling release approach allows |CL| to remain "
"agile to upstream changes and security patches."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:42
msgid "Is telemetry required?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:44
msgid ""
"The telemetry solution provided by |CL| is entirely optional and "
"customizable. It is disabled by default. If you do choose to enable "
"telemetry, the data helps the |CL| team proactively identify and resolve "
"bugs. See the :ref:`telemetry <telemetry-about>` page for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:52
msgid "What is the default firewall?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:54
msgid ""
"|CL| packages :command:`iptables` as a bundle, however, there are no "
"default firewall rules. All network traffic is allowed by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:60
msgid "Where are the files that I usually see under /etc like fstab?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:62
msgid ""
"|CL| has a stateless design that maintains a separation between system "
"files and user files. Default values are stored under "
":file:`/usr/share/defaults/`. Files under :file:`/etc/` are not created "
"unless you create one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:66
msgid ""
"A blog post explaining how this is accomplished with :file:`/etc/fstab/` "
"specifically is available here: https://clearlinux.org/news-blogs/where-"
"etcfstab-clear-linux"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:73
msgid "Software packages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:76
msgid "How is software installed and updated?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:78
msgid ""
"|CL| provides software in the form of :ref:`bundles <bundles-about>` and "
"updates software with :ref:`swupd <swupd-about>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:81
msgid ""
":ref:`FlatPak\\* <flatpak>` is an application virtualization solution "
"that allows more software to be available to |CL| users by augmenting the"
" software |CL| packages natively with software available through FlatPak."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:85
msgid ""
"Our goal is to have software packaged natively and made available through"
" bundles whenever possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:91
msgid "Does |CL| use RPMs like other distros?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"|CL| provides software in the form of :ref:`bundles <bundles-about>`. The"
" RPM format is used as an intermediary step for packaging and determining"
" software dependencies at OS build time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:97
msgid ""
"Individual RPMs can sometimes be manually installed on a |CL| system with"
" the right tools, but that is not the intended use case."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:103
msgid "Can I install a software package from another OS on |CL|?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:105
msgid ""
"Software that is packaged in other formats for other Linux distributions "
"is not guaranteed to work on |CL| and may be impacted by |CL| updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:108
msgid ""
"If the software you're seeking is open source, please submit a request to"
" add it to |CL|. Submit requests on GitHub\\* here: "
"https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:115
msgid "Software availability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:118
msgid "What software is available on |CL|?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:120
msgid ""
"Available software can be found in the `Software Store`_, through the "
"GNOME\\* Software application on the desktop, or by using :ref:`swupd "
"search <bundle-commands>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:126
msgid "Is Google\\* Chrome\\* available?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:128
msgid ""
"The Google Chrome web browser is not distributed as a bundle in |CL| due "
"to copyright and licensing complexities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:131
msgid ""
"A discussion on manually installing and maintaining Google Chrome can be "
"found on GitHub: https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/422"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:137
msgid "Is FFmpeg available?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:139
msgid ""
"`FFmpeg`_ is a multimedia software suite, which is commonly used for "
"various media encoding/decoding, streaming, and playback."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:142
msgid ""
"|CL| does not distribute FFmpeg due to well-known licensing and legal "
"complexities (See https://www.ffmpeg.org/legal.html and "
"http://blog.pkh.me/p/13-the-ffmpeg-libav-situation.html)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:146
msgid ""
"Read more in the |CL| repository, including discussion of an alternative "
"hardware-based solution: "
"https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/429."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:150
msgid ""
"While |CL| cannot distribute FFmpeg, a manual solution to build and "
"install FFmpeg under :file:`/usr/local` has been shared on the community "
"forums: https://community.clearlinux.org/t/how-to-h264-etc-support-for-"
"firefox-including-ffmpeg-install."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:157
msgid "Is ZFS\\* available?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:159
msgid ""
"ZFS is not available with |CL| because of copyright and licensing "
"complexities. BTRFS is an alternative filesystem that is available in "
"|CL| natively."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:163
msgid ""
"A user on GitHub notes that the ZFS kernel module can be compiled, built,"
" and installed manually: "
"https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/631"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:169
msgid "Can you add a driver that I need?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:171
msgid ""
"If a kernel module is available as part of the Linux kernel source tree "
"but not enabled in the |CL| kernels, in many cases the |CL| team will "
"enable it upon request. Submit requests on GitHub here: "
"https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:176
msgid ""
"The |CL| team does not typically add out-of-tree kernel modules as a "
"matter of practice because of the maintenance overhead. If the driver was"
" unable to be merged upstream, there is a good chance we may be unable to"
" merge it for similar reasons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/FAQ/faq.rst:181
msgid ""
"Kernel modules can be individually built and installed on |CL|. See the "
":ref:`kernel modules <kernel-modules>` page for more information."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/autospec-about.po
+219
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:4
msgid "Autospec"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:6
msgid ""
"``autospec`` is a tool to assist in the automated creation and "
"maintenance of RPM packaging in |CL-ATTR|. Where a standard RPM build "
"process using ``rpmbuild`` requires a tarball and .spec file to start, "
"``autospec`` requires only a tarball and package name to start."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:12
msgid "How autospec works"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:14
msgid ""
"``autospec`` attempts to infer the requirements of the .spec file by "
"analyzing the source code and :file:`Makefile` information. It will "
"continuously run updated builds based on new information discovered from "
"build failures until it has a complete and valid .spec file. Although not"
" required, you can influence the behavior of ``autospec`` by providing "
":ref:`control files <control-files>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:20
msgid "The basic process is described in the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:22
msgid ""
"The :command:`make autospec` command generates a .spec based on analysis "
"of code and control files, if present."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:25
msgid "``autospec`` creates a ``build root`` with ``mock`` config."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:27
msgid "``autospec`` attempts to build an RPM from the generated .spec."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:29
msgid "``autospec`` detects any missed declarations in the .spec."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:31
msgid ""
"If build errors occur, ``autospec`` will scan the build log to try and "
"detect the root cause."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:34
msgid ""
"If ``autospec`` detects the root cause and knows how to continue, it will"
" restart the build automatically at step 1 with updated build "
"instructions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:37
msgid ""
"Otherwise, ``autospec`` will stop the build for user inspection and "
"editing of control files to resolve the errors. The user resumes the "
"process at step 1 after errors are resolved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:40
msgid ""
"Following these steps, ``autospec`` continues to rebuild the package, "
"based on new information discovered from build failures, until it has a "
"valid .spec. If no build errors occur, RPM packages are successfully "
"built."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:47
msgid "Control files"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:49
msgid ""
"It is possible to influence the behavior of ``autospec`` by providing "
"control files. These files may be used to alter the default behavior of "
"the configure routine, to blacklist build dependencies, etc. Control "
"files must be located in the same directory as the resulting .spec."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:54
msgid "Table 1 shows control files used to control dependencies, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:56
msgid "**Table 1. Control files to control dependencies**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:60
msgid "Filename"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:61
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:62
msgid "buildreq_add"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:63
msgid ""
"Each line in the file provides the name of a package to add as a build "
"dependency to the .spec."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:65
msgid "buildreq_ban"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:66
msgid ""
"Each line in the file is a build dependency that under no circumstance "
"should be automatically added to the build dependencies. This is useful "
"to block automatic configuration routines adding undesired functionality,"
" or to omit any automatically discovered dependencies during tarball "
"scanning."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:71
msgid "pkgconfig_add"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:72
msgid ""
"Each line in the file is assumed to be a pkgconfig() build dependency. "
"Add the pkg-config names here, as ``autospec`` will automatically "
"transform the names into their ``pkgconfig($name)`` style when generating"
" the .spec."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:76
msgid "pkgconfig_ban"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:77
msgid ""
"Each line in this file is a pkgconfig() build dependency that should not "
"be added automatically to the build, much the same as `` buildreq_ban``. "
"As with ``pkgconfig_add``, these names are automatically transformed by "
"``autospec`` into their correct ``pkgconfig($name))`` style."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:82
msgid "requires_add"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:83
msgid ""
"Each line in the file provides the name of a package to add as a runtime "
"dependency to the .spec."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:85
msgid "requires_ban"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:86
msgid ""
"Each line in the file is a runtime dependency that under no circumstance "
"should be automatically added to the runtime dependencies. This is useful"
" to block automatic configuration routines adding undesired "
"functionality, or to omit any automatically discovered dependencies "
"during tarball scanning."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:92
msgid ""
"Further control of the build can be achieved through the use of the "
"``options.conf`` file. If this file does not exist, it is created by "
"``autospec`` with default values. If certain deprecated configuration "
"files exists ``autospec`` will use the value indicated by those files and"
" remove them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:98
msgid "For a comprehensive list of control files, view the `autospec readme`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:101
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:103
msgid ":ref:`autospec`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/autospec-about.rst:104
msgid ":ref:`mixer`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/bundles-about.po
+71
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/concepts/bundles-about.rst:4
msgid "Bundles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/bundles-about.rst:6
msgid ""
"Linux-based operating systems contain the code of several hundred, if not"
" thousands, of open source projects. To make this manageable, "
"distributions use a concept called \"packages\" to configure and compile "
"the source code of these projects into binaries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/bundles-about.rst:11
msgid ""
"Many distributions then split the content of these compiled packages into"
" so-called sub-packages, which are the granularity at which these "
"distributions deploy their software. With those kinds of distributions, "
"system administrators can then install and update sub-packages "
"individually or as a set, using tools such as \"yum\" and \"apt-get.\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/bundles-about.rst:17
msgid ""
"The |CL-ATTR| takes a slightly different approach. While we also use the "
"concept of packages to manage compiling source code into binaries, we do "
"not use the package concept to deploy software. Instead, we provide "
"software \"bundles\" that are installed and managed using :ref:`swupd"
"<swupd-about>`. Each bundle contains as many or as few open source "
"projects needed to provide a complete functionality."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/bundles-about.rst:24
msgid "Next steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/bundles-about.rst:26
msgid "To put this concept into practice, see the following resources:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/bundles-about.rst:28
msgid ":ref:`bundles`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/bundles-about.rst:29
msgid ":ref:`bundle-commands`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/bundles-about.rst:30
msgid ":ref:`compatible-kernels`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/mixer-about.po
+115
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:4
msgid "Mixer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:6
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| is a powerful, modular, and customizable OS. Upstream |CL| "
"offers many images to support different environments and use-cases. "
"There are hundreds of bundles that will meet most, if not all, of your OS"
" and software needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:11
msgid ""
"However, if you need additional customization or content, |CL| provides "
"the mixer tool. Depending on your needs, the mixer tool allows you to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:15
msgid ":ref:`create-mix` to create a distinct derivative of the |CL| that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:15
msgid "contains your custom software."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:20
msgid "Create a mix"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:22
msgid "When creating a mix, you can"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:24
msgid "Use any existing upstream bundles with no modification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:25
msgid "Redefine what goes into existing bundles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:26
msgid "Create completely new, custom bundles with your own custom packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:28
msgid ""
"With mixer you are not required to incorporate every upstream release "
"into your mix. You decide which upstream versions to update your "
"derivative to, as illustrated in Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:36
msgid ""
"Figure 1: With a custom mix, you add your custom bundle and decide which "
"upstream versions to update your mix to, on your own release cycle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:39
msgid ""
"Creating your own mix forks away from the |CL| upstream and requires that"
" you act as your own OSV. There is a greater level of responsibility, "
"requiring more infrastructure and processes to adopt. However, with this "
"approach, you have a higher degree of control and customization of your "
"custom |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:45
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:47
msgid ""
"|CL| provides flexibility in how you customize your OS. Learn more about "
"mixer and related topics to decide which customization approach is best "
"for you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:51
msgid ":ref:`mixer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:52
msgid ":ref:`bundles-about`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:53
msgid ":ref:`swupd-about`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/mixer-about.rst:54
msgid ":ref:`deploy-at-scale`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/restart.po
+301
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:4
msgid "Restart system services after an OS update"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:6
msgid ""
"The software life cycle describes how software is created, developed, and"
" deployed, and includes how to replace or update software. A good OS "
"provides tools for the entire software life cycle. These tools must "
"include ways to remove software components properly when replaced with "
"something else."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:12
msgid ""
"Most of the work on software update code in |CL| was focused on adding "
"new software to the system. We recommended that users reboot their system"
" once in a while, but we did not provide any tools to restart services "
"easily, until now."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:18
msgid "User challenges"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:20
msgid ""
"It is difficult to determine which services to restart. You can either "
"evaluate each system and reboot manually, or figure out which services to"
" restart based on documentation like the |CL| release notes. Since "
"neither option solves the issue completely, the |CL| team created a "
"solution."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:25
msgid ""
"Over the years, several OSes approached the problem and created partial "
"solutions such as the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:28
msgid "Automatically restart services during an upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:29
msgid "Evaluate services using these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:31
msgid "Mark updates requiring a reboot, such as kernel updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:32
msgid "Inform the user of those updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:33
msgid "Ask the user to restart the OS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:35
msgid ""
"Both solutions are acceptable for many OSes. However, |CL| updates "
"software automatically and users do not see notices from the updater "
"unless they review the journal. |CL| requires a completely different "
"solution, with the following requirements:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:40
msgid ""
"Eliminate the guesswork about what to restart and under what "
"circumstances."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:41
msgid ""
"Cannot restart everything. Many service daemons do not support an "
"automatic background restart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:43
msgid "Fit into the |CL| architectural perspective: be small, quick, and lean."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:46
msgid "clr-service-restart functionality"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:48
msgid "Typical reasons to restart a service daemon include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:50
msgid "A new version replaces the executable file itself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:51
msgid "A new version replaces a library component used by a service daemon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:53
msgid ""
"Our method restarts daemons when it is really needed, especially in the "
"case of security updates. The tool restarts daemons by reading various "
"files in the :file:`procfs` filesystem provided by the kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:57
msgid ""
"The second part of the problem is to determine whether or not running "
"processes are part of a system service. The tool focuses on system "
"services because most system services are background tasks with no direct"
" user interaction. Fortunately, :command:`systemd` provides a simple way "
"to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:62
msgid "Determine which active tasks are within the system domain."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:63
msgid "Determine which tasks map to which service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:65
msgid ""
"We combined both solutions into a low-overhead tool that shows which "
"system daemons require a restart, as shown below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:68
msgid "Figure 1: Invoke :command:`clr-service-restart`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:83
msgid ""
":command:`clr-service-restart` implements a whitelist to identify which "
"daemons can be restarted. The system administrator can customize the "
"default |CL| OS whitelist using *allow* or *disallow* options for "
"restarting system services. When a software update occurs, :command:`clr-"
"service-restart` consults the whitelist to see if a service daemon is "
"allowed to be restarted or not. See the options section for details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:93
msgid "Options for clr-service-restart"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:95
msgid ""
"The *allow* option identifies a daemon to restart after an OS software "
"update. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a symlink in "
":file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` as a record. The example below tells "
":command:`clr-service-restart` to restart the *tallow* daemon after an OS"
" software update."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:105
msgid ""
"The *disallow* option tells :command:`clr-service-restart` not to restart"
" the specified daemon even if the OS defaults permit the daemon to be "
"restarted. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a symlink in"
" :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` that points to :file:`/dev/null` as a "
"record. The example below tells :command:`clr-service-restart` not to "
"restart the *rngd* daemon after an OS software update."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:116
msgid ""
"The *default* option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` revert back to "
"the OS defaults and delete any symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-service-"
"restart`. The example below tells :command:`clr-service-restart` to "
"restart *rngd* automatically again, because *rngd* is whitelisted for "
"automatic service restarts by default in |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:128
msgid "Monitor options for clr-service-restart"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:130
msgid ""
":command:`clr-service-restart` works in the background and is invoked "
"with :command:`swupd` automatically. Review the journal output to verify "
"that services are restarted after an OS software update."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:134
msgid ""
"To monitor :command:`clr-service-restart`, use one or both options "
"described below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:139
msgid ""
"This option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` perform no restarts. "
"Instead it displays the services that could potentially be restarted. "
"When used, :command:`clr-service-restart` outputs a list of messages "
"showing:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:144
msgid "Which service needs a restart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:145
msgid "What unit it is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:146
msgid "Why it needs a restart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:147
msgid "Which command is required to restart the unit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:151
msgid ""
"This option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` consider all system "
"services, not only the ones that are whitelisted. Because the default "
"whitelist in |CL| is relatively short, you can use this option to restart"
" all impacted services when you log in on the system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:156
msgid ""
"If you pass both options (:option:`-a` and :option:`-n`), :command:`clr-"
"service-restart` displays a complete list of system services that require"
" a restart. Use both options to verify that all desired daemons are "
"restarted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:163
msgid "Telemetry"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:165
msgid ""
":command:`clr-service-restart` may cause problems such as a short service"
" outage when a daemon is being restarted, or if a daemon fails to "
"properly restart. To minimize issues, :command:`clr-service-restart` "
"creates a telemetry record and sends it to the optional |CL| telemetry "
"service if both conditions below are met:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:171
msgid "If a unit fails to automatically restart after an OS update."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:172
msgid ""
"If that unit resides in the system location "
":file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:175
msgid ""
"If you do not install the |CL| telemetrics bundle, the data is discarded."
" If you install the telemetrics bundle and you opt to send telemetry, "
"then the system unit name is sent to the |CL| telemetry service. We "
"evaluate the report and update the whitelist to remove services that are "
"not safe to restart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:182
msgid "Conclusion"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:184
msgid ""
"The |CL| team enjoys coming up with simple and efficient solutions to "
"make your work easier. We made a github project of :command:`clr-service-"
"restart` and we invite you to look at the code, share your thoughts, and "
"work with us on improving the project. You can find the project at:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/restart.rst:189
msgid "https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-service-restart"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/security.po
+249
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:4
msgid "OS Security"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:6
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| aims to make systemic and layered security-conscious decisions "
"that are both performant and practical. This security philosophy is "
"rooted within the project's codebase and operating culture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:17
msgid "Security in Updates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:19
msgid ""
"The |CL| team believes in the benefits of software security through open "
"sourcing, incremental updates, and rapidly resolving known security "
"advisories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:26
msgid "The latest Linux* codebase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:28
msgid ""
"|CL| uses the newest version of the Linux kernel which allows the "
"operating system to leverage the latest features from the upstream Linux "
"kernel, including security fixes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:36
msgid "Automated Effective Updating"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:38
msgid "|CL| is incrementally updated multiple times per day."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:40
msgid ""
"This `rolling release model`_ allows |CL| to consume the latest security "
"fixes of software packages as soon as they become available. There is no "
"waiting for major or minor releases on |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:44
msgid ""
"An update is not effective if it is just simply downloaded onto a system."
" It needs to be obtained *AND* ensured that the new patched copy is being"
" used; not an older copy loaded into memory. |CL| will let you know when "
"a service needs to be rebooted or do it for your automatically after a "
"software update, if desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:51
msgid ""
"In |CL| updates are delivered automatically, efficiently, and "
"effectively. For more information see `documentation about Software "
"Updates`_ in |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:60
msgid "Automated CVE Scanning and Remediation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:62
msgid ""
"The sheer number of software packages and security vulnerabilities is "
"growing exponentially. Repositories of Common Vulnerabilities and "
"Exposures (CVEs) and their fixes, if known, are published by :abbr:`NIST`"
" in a National Vulnerability Database \\ |NVD|\\ and at \\ |MITRE|\\ ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:68
msgid ""
"|CL| employs a proactive and measured approach to addressing known and "
"fixable :abbr:`CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures)`. Packages are"
" automatically scanned against :abbr:`CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and "
"Exposures)` daily, and security patches are deployed as soon as they are "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:74
msgid ""
"These combined practices minimize the amount of time |CL| systems are "
"exposed to unnecessary security risk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:82
msgid "Security in Software"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:86
msgid "Minimized attack surface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:88
msgid ""
"|CL| removes legacy, unneeded, or redundant standards and components as "
"much as possible to enable the use of best known security standards. "
"Below are some examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:92
msgid ""
"`RC4`, `SSLv3`, `3DES`, and `SHA-1` ciphers which have had known "
"vulnerabilities, have been explicitly disabled within many |CL| packages "
"to avoid their accidental usage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:96
msgid ""
"Services and subsystems which expose sensitive system information have "
"been removed such as the `finger` and `tcpwrappers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:99
msgid "`SFTP` has been disabled by default due to security considerations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:104
msgid "Verified trust"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:106
msgid ""
"|CL| encourages the use of secure practices such as encryption and "
"digital signature verification throughout the system and discourages "
"blind trust. Below are some examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:110
msgid ""
"All update operations from swupd are transparently encrypted and checked "
"against the |CL| maintainers' public key for authenticity. More "
"information can be found in this blog post: `blog post about swupd "
"security`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:115
msgid ""
"Before being built, packages available from |CL| verify checksums and "
"signatures provided by third party project codebases and maintainers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:118
msgid ""
"|CL| features a unified certificate store, `clrtrust`_ which comes ready "
"to work with well-known Certificate Authorities out of the box. "
"`clrtrust`_ also offers an easy to use command line interface for "
"managing system-wide chains of trust, instead of ignoring foreign "
"certificates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:129
msgid "Compiled with secure options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:131
msgid ""
"While |CL| packages are optimized for performance on Intel® architecture,"
" security conscious kernel and compiler options are sensibly taken "
"advantage of. Below are some examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:136
msgid ""
"Kernels shipped with |CL| are signed and disallow the usage of custom "
"kernel modules to maintain verifiable system integrity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:139
msgid ""
"`Address space layout randomization (ASLR)`_ and `Kernel address space "
"layout randomization (KASLR)`_ are kernel features which defend against "
"certain memory based attacks. More information can be found in a `blog "
"post about PIE executables`_ ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:150
msgid "Security in System Design"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:152
msgid ""
"Simple, yet effective, techniques are used throughout the |CL| system "
"design to defend against common attack vectors and enable good security "
"hygiene. Below are some examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:157
msgid ""
"Full disk encryption using `Linux Unified Key Setup`_ (LUKS) is "
"available during installation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:160
msgid ""
"|CL| uses the PAM cracklib module to harden user login and password "
"security resulting in:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:163
msgid ""
"No default username or root password set out of the box with |CL|, you "
"will be asked to set your own password immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:166
msgid ""
"Simple password schemes, which are known to be easily compromised, cannot"
" be set in |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:169
msgid ""
"A password blacklist, to avoid system passwords being set to passwords "
"which have been compromised in the past."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/security.rst:172
msgid ""
"`Tallow`_, a lightweight service which monitors and blocks suspicious SSH"
" login patterns, is installed with the :command:`openssh-server` bundle."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/stateless.po
+202
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:4
msgid "Stateless"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:6
msgid ""
"In most operating systems, files can become intermingled with user and "
"system data and configurations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:14
msgid ""
"Figure 1: Without stateless, user and system files become mixed on the "
"filesystem over time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:16
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| has a stateless design philosophy of which the goal is to "
"provide an :abbr:`OS (operating system)` that functions without excessive"
" user configuration or customization. Stateless in this context does "
"*not* mean ephemeral or non-persistent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:26
msgid "File-level separation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:28
msgid ""
"To accomplish a stateless design the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy is "
"separated between user-owned areas and |CL|-owned areas."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:36
msgid ""
"Figure 2: With stateless, user and system files are separated on the "
"filesystem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:39
msgid "System areas"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:40
msgid ""
"File under the :file:`/usr` directory are managed by |CL| as system "
"files. Files written under the :file:`/usr` directory by users can get "
"removed through system updates with :ref:`swupd <swupd-about>`.This "
"operating assumption allows |CL| to verify and maintain integrity of "
"system files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:46
msgid "User areas"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:47
msgid ""
"Files under the :file:`/etc/`, :file:`/home`, and :file:`/var` "
"directories are owned and managed by the user. A freshly installed |CL| "
"system will only have a minimal set of files in the :file:`/etc/` "
"directory and software installed by |CL| does not write to :file:`/etc`. "
"This operating assumption allows |CL| users to clearly identify the "
"configuration that makes their system unique."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:55
msgid "Software Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:57
msgid ""
"With stateless separation, default software configurations are read in "
"order from predefined source code, |CL| provided defaults, and user-"
"provided configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:62
msgid "Default configurations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:64
msgid ""
"Software in |CL| provides default configuration values so that it is "
"immediately functional, whenever it is appropriate to do so."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:67
msgid ""
"|CL| distributed software packages may be directly modified to include "
"default configuration values or default configuration files may be "
"provided by |CL| under :file:`/usr/share/defaults`. These files can be "
"referenced as templates for customization."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:72
msgid ""
"For example, the default configuration that Apache uses when installed "
"can be found at :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd/httpd.conf` directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:77
msgid "Overriding configurations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:79
msgid ""
"If a configuration needs to be changed, the appropriate file should be "
"modified by the user under :file:`/etc/`. If the configuration file does "
"not already exist, it can be created in the appropriate location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:83
msgid ""
"User defined configuration files should contain the minimal set of "
"desired changes and rely on default configuration for the rest."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:86
msgid "For example, a customized Apache configuration can be used instead by:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:88
msgid "Create the destination directory for the configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:94
msgid "Copy the default configuration as a reference template:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:100
msgid "Make any desired modifications to the configurations:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:106
msgid "Reload the service or reboot the system to pickup any changes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:113
msgid ""
"This pattern can be used to modify the configurations of other programs "
"too. The `stateless man page`_ has application-specific examples."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:118
msgid "System reset"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:120
msgid ""
"Once advantage of the stateless design is that the system defaults can be"
" easily restored by simply deleting everything under :file:`/etc/` and "
":file:`/var`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:124
msgid ""
"Running the commands below effectively performs a system reset as if it "
"was just installed:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:132
msgid ""
"In other Linux distributions, this can be a catastrophic action that "
"renders a system unable to boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:136
msgid "Additional information"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:138
msgid "`stateless man page`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/stateless.rst:140
msgid ""
"`Where is /etc/fstab in Clear Linux? <https://clearlinux.org/news-blogs"
"/where-etcfstab-clear-linux>`_"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/swupd-about.po
+193
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:4
msgid "swupd: software updater"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:6
msgid ""
":command:`swupd` is an operating system software manager and update "
"program that operates at a file-level to enable verifiable integrity and "
"update efficiency."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:10
msgid "Visit the `swupd man page`_ for more details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:13
msgid "Versioning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:15
msgid ""
"Using package managers to keep track of software version compatibility or"
" compare multiple systems on many Linux distributions can be cumbersome."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:17
msgid ""
"With |CL| :command:`swupd`, versioning happens at the individual file-"
"level. This means |CL| generates an entirely new OS version with any set "
"of software changes to the system (including software downgrades or "
"removals). This rolling release versioning model is similar to "
":command:`git` internal version tracking, where any of the individual "
"file commits are tracked and move the pointer forward when changed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:23
msgid ""
"While administrators can pick and choose which `bundles`_ a system has "
"installed, a single |CL| version number strictly represents one "
"combination of all software versions that can be installed onto a system "
"of that |CL| version. This method of whole OS versioning offers unique "
"advantages. Namely, system administrators can quickly compare multiple "
"|CL| systems that share the same version for important software and "
"security fixes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:31
msgid "Updating"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:33
msgid ""
"|CL| promotes regular and automated updating of software to ensure "
"integration of new enhancements and security fixes. Refer to "
":ref:`security` documentation for more information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:37
msgid "Learn how to update your system using :ref:`swupd <swupd-guide>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:40
msgid "Update efficiency"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:42
msgid ""
"Because :command:`swupd` operates at the individual file-level instead of"
" a package-level, |CL| updates are small and fast."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:45
msgid ""
"On many Linux\\* distributions, updates to a particular software package "
"require the whole software package to be downloaded and replaced --even "
"for one line of code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:49
msgid ""
"In |CL|, updates are generated using the :ref:`mixer <mixer-about>` tool."
" Mixer calculates the difference between two |CL| versions and makes "
"available *binary deltas*, which contain only the changed portion of "
"files. This *binary delta technology* [1]_ means :command:`swupd` on |CL|"
" systems only needs to download and apply a small fraction of a package "
"in order to receive an update."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:55
msgid ""
"The :ref:`mixer <mixer-about>` tool additionally computes updates files "
"in multiple compression formats, allowing :command:`swupd` to utilize the"
" most efficiently compressed format for a |CL| system to minimize the "
"cost to update."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:61
msgid "Update integrity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:63
msgid ""
"This is the basis of the :command:`swupd diagnose` subcommand, which "
"allows a |CL| system to check for any discrepancies to system files. As "
"necessary, :command:`swupd repair` provides a useful way for software "
"developers to remediate these discrepancies and return to a known "
"filesystem state."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:67
msgid "Bundles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:69
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| approaches software management differently than many other "
"Linux-based operating systems."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:72
msgid ""
"Instead of deploying granular software packages, |CL| uses the concept of"
" bundles with pre-associated software. Each bundle encapsulates a "
"particular use-case, which is enabled by composing all the required "
"upstream open-source projects and packages into one logical unit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:77
msgid "This bundle-based approach offers some unique advantages:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:79
msgid ""
"Bundles provide a particular functionality, or stack, which include all "
"associated runtime dependencies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:82
msgid ""
"Software package dependencies are resolved on the server, so file-level "
"conflicts do not occur on the target system after an update."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:85
msgid "All combinations of bundles are able to co-exist on a |CL| system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:87
msgid "For more information on bundles, visit:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:89
msgid ":ref:`bundles`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:90
msgid ":ref:`bundles-about`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:91
msgid ":ref:`bundle-commands`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:92
msgid ":ref:`compatible-kernels`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/swupd-about.rst:94
msgid ""
"The software update technology for |CL-ATTR| was first presented at the "
"Linux Plumbers conference in 2012."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/telemetry-about.po
+176
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:4
msgid "Telemetrics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:6
msgid ""
"One of the key features of |CL-ATTR| is telemetry, which is used to "
"monitor system health. Telemetry enables developers to observe and "
"proactively address issues before end users are impacted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:10
msgid "*Telemetrics* is a combination word made from:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:12
msgid "*Telemetry* which is sensing and reporting data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:13
msgid ""
"*Analytics* which is using visualization and statistical inferencing to "
"make sense of the reported data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:16
msgid ""
"|CL| telemetry reports system-level debug/crash information using "
"specialized probes. The probes monitor system tasks such as :abbr:`swupd "
"(software updater)`, kernel oops, machine error checks, and BIOS error "
"report table for unhandled hardware failures. Telemetry enables real-time"
" issue reporting to allow system developers to quickly focus on an issue "
"and monitor corrective actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:22
msgid ""
"|CL| telemetry is fully customizable and can be used during software "
"development for debugging purposes. You can use **libtelemetry** in your "
"code to create custom telemetry records. You can also use **telem-record-"
"gen** in script files or call it from another program."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:29
msgid ""
"The |CL| telemetry client is disabled by default until you decide to "
"enable it. Telemetry is an **opt-in** solution and can be easily enabled"
" or disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:32
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:34
msgid ""
"|CL| telemetry has two fundamental components, which are shown in figure "
"1:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:36
msgid ""
"Client: generates and delivers records to the backend server via the "
"network."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:37
msgid ""
"Backend: captures records sent from the client and displays the "
"cumulative content through a specialized interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:42
msgid ""
"If you want to capture your own records for analysis, you must set up "
"your own backend server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:49
msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux Telemetry Architecture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:51
msgid ""
"The telemetry client provides the front end of a complete telemetrics "
"solution and includes the following components:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:54
msgid ""
"**telemprobd**, a daemon that prepares the telemetry records and spools "
"them on disk prior to delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:55
msgid ""
"**telempostd**, a daemon that sends the records to the telemetry backend "
"server or leaves them on disk until deleting after the record expires."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:57
msgid "**probes**, that collect specific types of data from the operating system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:58
msgid ""
"**libtelemetry**, that telemetrics probes use to create telemetrics "
"records and send them to the telemprobd daemon for further processing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:62
msgid ""
"The telemetry backend provides the server-side component of a complete "
"telemetrics solution and consists of:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:65
msgid "Nginx web server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:66
msgid "Two Flask apps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:68
msgid ""
"Collector, an ingestion web app for records received from telemetrics-"
"client probes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:69
msgid ""
"TelemetryUI, a web app that exposes several views to visualize the "
"telemetry data and also provides a REST API to perform queries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:72
msgid "PostgreSQL as the underlying database server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:74
msgid ""
"The default telemetry backend server reports back to the |CL| development"
" team and is not viewable outside the Intel firewall. If you want to "
"collect your own records, then you must set up your own telemetry backend"
" server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:79
msgid "Next steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/concepts/telemetry-about.rst:81
msgid "To put this concept into practice, refer to :ref:`telem-guide`."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/disclaimers.po
+32
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/disclaimers.rst:7
msgid "Disclaimer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/disclaimers.rst:9
msgid ""
"This documentation is a work in progress and is being provided for "
"informative purposes only. Because it is a work in progress, there are "
"parts that are either missing or will be revised as code development "
"continues."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/documentation_license.po
+20
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po
+745
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,745 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:4
msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| from the live desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:6
msgid ""
"The live desktop allows you to boot |CL-ATTR| in a GNOME desktop without "
"modifying the host system, offering the chance to explore developing on "
"|CL|. Better yet, launch the |CL| installer to install on your target "
"system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:15
msgid "System requirements"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:17
msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:19
msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:20
msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:23
msgid "Preliminary steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:25
msgid "`Visit our Downloads page`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:27
msgid "Download the file :file:`clear-<release number>-live-desktop.iso`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:31
msgid "<release-number> is the latest |CL| auto-numbered release."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:33
msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:35
msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:40
msgid "Install from live image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:42
msgid ""
"After you download and burn the live desktop image on a USB drive, follow"
" these steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:45
msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:47
msgid "Power on the system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:49
msgid ""
"Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS "
"setup menu entry point may vary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:52
msgid ""
"In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the "
"first option in the device boot order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:55
msgid "Save these settings, e.g. :kbd:`F10`, and exit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:57
msgid "Reboot the target system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:59
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` in the boot menu, shown in Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:65
msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS in boot menu"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:70
msgid "Confirm network connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:72
msgid ""
"Confirm there is a network connection before launching the installer. "
"Choose a method: `Wired Connection`, or `WiFi Connected`. This guide "
"shows an example of a **Wired Connection**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:76
msgid ""
"In the upper right of the top menu bar, select the square icon to view "
"Network settings, shown in Figure 2."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:79
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Wired Connected` and then :guilabel:`Wired Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:85
msgid "Figure 2: Software icon, Network settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:87
msgid ""
"View the :guilabel:`Wired` menu to assure that you're target system and "
"installer are connected to a network."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:90
msgid "Optional: Configure Proxy settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:92
msgid "To view :guilabel:`Network Proxy`, select its :guilabel:`Gear` icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:94
msgid "Select from `Automatic`, `Manual` or `Disabled` as desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:96
msgid "Close the dialogue box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:98
msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Gear` icon to view Network settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:100
msgid ""
"If desired, select :guilabel:`Connect automatically`. Select other "
"options as desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:103
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Apply` button to confirm change to settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:106
msgid "Software"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:108
msgid ""
"Optional: Explore |CL| bundles and other software available. Double-click"
" the :guilabel:`Software` icon from the Activities menu, shown in Figure "
"2."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:112
msgid ""
"`Sofware` application is *only intended for exploring* available bundles,"
" applications, and images. Do not attempt to install them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:115
msgid "Assure there is a network connection before launching `Software`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:118
msgid "Launch the |CL| installer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:120
msgid ""
"After the live desktop image boots, find the |CL| icon in the "
":guilabel:`Activities` menu at left, shown in Figure 3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:123
msgid "Click the icon, :guilabel:`Install Clear Linux OS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:129
msgid "Figure 3: Install Clear Linux OS icon"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:131
msgid "The installer is launched, as shown in Figure 4."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:137
msgid "Figure 4: |CL| OS Desktop Installer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:139
msgid ""
"In :guilabel:`Select Language`, select a language from the options, or "
"type your preferred language in the search bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:142
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Next`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:148
msgid "Minimum installation requirements"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:150
msgid ""
"To fulfill minimum installation requirements, complete the `Required "
"options`_. We also recommend completing `Advanced options`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:155
msgid ""
"The :kbd:`Install` button is only highlighted **after** you complete "
"`Required options`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:158
msgid "Checkmarks indicate a selection has been made."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:160
msgid ""
"An Internet connection is required. You may want to launch a browser "
"prior to installation to verify your Internet connection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:164
msgid "|CL| Desktop Installer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:166
msgid ""
"The |CL| Desktop Installer Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 5. To "
"meet the minimum requirements, enter values in all submenus for the "
":guilabel:`Required options`. After you complete them, your selections "
"appear below submenus and a checkmark appears at right."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:175
msgid "Figure 5: Clear Linux OS Desktop Installer - Main Menu"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:178
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:180
msgid "Use the :kbd:`mouse` to navigate or select options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:182
msgid ""
"Use :kbd:`Tab` key to navigate between :guilabel:`Required options` and "
":guilabel:`Advanced options`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:185
msgid "Use :kbd:`Up` or :kbd:`Down` arrow keys to navigate submenu list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:187
msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`, or :kbd:`Cancel` in submenus."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:190
msgid "Required options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:193
msgid "Select Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:195
msgid ""
"From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`. `UTC` is "
"selected by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:198
msgid ""
"In :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`, navigate to the desired time zone. Or "
"start typing the region and then city. (.e.g., "
":file:`America/Los_Angeles`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:202
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:218
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:208
msgid "Figure 6: Select System Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:211
msgid "Select Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:213
msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:215
msgid ""
"Navigate to your desired keyboard layout. We select \"us\" for the United"
" States."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:224
msgid "Figure 7: Select Keyboard menu"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:227
msgid "Select Installation Media"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:229
msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:231
msgid ""
"Choose an installation method: `Safe Installation`_ or `Destructive "
"Installation`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:238
msgid "Figure 8: Select Installation Media"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:241
msgid "Safe Installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:242
msgid ""
"Use this method to safely install |CL| on media with available space, or "
"alongside existing partitions, and accept the `Default partition "
"schema`_. If enough free space exists, safe installation is allowed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:248
msgid ""
"|CL| allows installation alongside another OS. Typically, when you boot "
"your system, you can press an `F key` to view and select a bootable "
"device or partition during the BIOS POST stage. Some BIOSes present the "
"|CL| partition, and you can select and boot it. However, other BIOSes may"
" only show the primary partition, in which case you will not be able boot"
" |CL|. Be aware of this possible limitation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:257
msgid "Destructive Installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:259
msgid ""
"Use this method to destroy the contents of the target device, install "
"|CL| on it, and accept the `Default partition schema`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:262
msgid "Disk encryption"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:264
msgid ""
"For greater security, disk encryption is supported using LUKS. Encryption"
" is optional."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:267
msgid ""
"To encrypt the root partition, select :guilabel:`Enable Encryption`, as "
"shown in Figure 9."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:274
msgid "Figure 9: Enable Encryption"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:276
msgid "When :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` appears, enter a passphrase."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:282
msgid "Figure 10: Encryption Passphrase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:286
msgid "Minimum length is 8 characters. Maximum length is 94 characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:288
msgid "Enter the same passphrase in the second field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:290
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in the dialogue box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:294
msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` is only highlighted if passphrases match."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:296
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in submenu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:299
msgid "Manage User"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:301
msgid "In Required Options, select :guilabel:`Manage User`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:303
msgid "In :guilabel:`User Name`, enter a user name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:309
msgid "Figure 11: Manage User"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:311
msgid ""
"In :guilabel:`Login`, create a login name. It must start with a letter "
"and can use numbers, hyphens, and underscores. Maximum length is 31 "
"characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:315
msgid ""
"In :guilabel:`Password`, enter a password. Minimum length is 8 "
"characters. Maximum length is 255 characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:318
msgid "In :guilabel:`Confirm`, enter the same password."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:322
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Administrator` rights are selected by default. For security "
"purposes, the default user must be assigned as an Administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:326
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:394
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:427
msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:330
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:333
msgid "Modify User"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:335
msgid "In Manager User, select :guilabel:`Manage User`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:337
msgid "Modify user details as desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:339
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` to save the changes you made."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:343
msgid ""
"Optional: Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu to revert "
"changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:346
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:404
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:429
msgid "Optional: Skip to `Finish installation`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:349
msgid "Telemetry"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:351
msgid ""
"Choose whether to participate in `telemetry`. :ref:`telem-guide` is a "
"|CL| feature that reports failures and crashes to the |CL| development "
"team for improvements. For more information, see :ref:`telemetry-about`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:355
msgid "From :guilabel:`Required Options`, select :guilabel:`Telemetry`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:357
msgid "Select :kbd:`Yes`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:363
msgid "Figure 12: Enable Telemetry"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:365
msgid "If you don't wish to participate, select :kbd:`No`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:368
msgid "Advanced options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:370
msgid ""
"After you complete the `Required options`_, we recommend completing "
":guilabel:`Advanced options`--though they're not required. Doing so "
"customizes your development environment, so you're ready to go "
"immediately after reboot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:375
msgid "`Bundle Selection`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:377
msgid "`Assign Hostname`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:379
msgid "As for bundles, you can always add more later with :ref:`swupd-guide`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:382
msgid "Bundle Selection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:384
msgid "On the Advanced menu, select :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:386
msgid "Select your desired bundles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:392
msgid "Figure 13: Bundle Selection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:396
msgid "View the bundles that you selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:402
msgid "Figure 14: Bundle Selections - Advanced Options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:407
msgid "Assign Hostname"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:409
msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:411
msgid "In :guilabel:`Hostname`, enter the hostname only (excluding the domain)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:417
msgid "Figure 15: Assign Hostname"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:421
msgid ""
"Hostname does not allow empty spaces. Hostname must start with an "
"alphanumeric character but may also contain hyphens. Maximum length of 63"
" characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:425
msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` until highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:432
msgid "Finish installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:434
msgid ""
"When you are satisfied with your installation configuration, select "
":guilabel:`Install`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:441
msgid "Figure 16: Finish installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:447
msgid ""
"If you do not enter a selection for all :guilabel:`Required Options`, the"
" :guilabel:`Install` button remains greyed out, as shown in Figure 17. "
"Return to `Required Options`_ and make selections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:456
msgid "Figure 17: Required Options - Incomplete"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:458
msgid "After installation is complete, select :guilabel:`Exit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:460
msgid "Shut down the target system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:462
msgid "Remove the USB or any installation media."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:464
msgid "Power on your system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:468
msgid ""
"Allow time for the graphical login to appear. A login prompt shows the "
"administrative user that you created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:470
msgid "Log in as the adminstrative user."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:472
msgid "Congratulations. You successfully installed |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:475
msgid "Default partition schema"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:477
msgid ""
"Table 1 shows the defult partition schema with the exception of root, "
"which varies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:480
msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:484
msgid "FileSystem"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:485
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:486
msgid "Minimum size"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:487
msgid "``VFAT``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:488
msgid "/boot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:489
msgid "150M"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:490
msgid "``swap``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:492
msgid "256MB"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:493
msgid "``root``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:494
msgid "/"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:495
msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:498
msgid "Next steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:500
msgid ":ref:`guides`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po
+1237
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.po
+227
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:4
msgid "Create a bootable USB drive"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:6
msgid ""
"Instructions to create a |CL-ATTR| USB drive vary depending on your "
"operating system. Follow the instructions applicable to your system:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:9
msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb-linux`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:10
msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb-mac`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:11
msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb-windows`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:14
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:16
msgid "Use an **8GB** or larger USB drive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:17
msgid "`Download`_ the |CL| live boot image or interactive installer image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:22
msgid "Create a bootable USB drive on Linux\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:24
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:107
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:166
msgid "Make sure you have have completed all `Prerequisites`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:26
msgid ""
"Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify and decompress"
" your image <verify-linux>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:30
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:113
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:172
msgid "Burn the |CL| image onto a USB drive"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:34
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:117
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:176
msgid "|CAUTION-BACKUP-USB|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:36
msgid "Open a terminal emulator and get root privilege."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:42
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:121
msgid "Go to the directory with the decompressed image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:44
msgid "Plug in the USB drive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:46
msgid ""
"Identify the USB drive using the :command:`lsblk` command. This shows all"
" drives attached to the system, including the primary hard disk. In the "
"example output below, there are 4 drives (`/dev/sda`, `/dev/sdb`, "
"`/dev/sdc`, and `/dev/sdd`) attached, where `/dev/sda` is primary drive. "
"The remaining are three USB drives. The output also shows the mounted "
"partitions (under the `MOUNTPOINT` column) for each drive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:58
msgid "Example output:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:81
msgid ""
"You must unmount a USB drive before burning an image onto it. Note that "
"some Linux distros automatically mount a USB drive when it is plugged in."
" Unmount a USB drive with the :command:`umount` command followed by the "
"device identifier/partition. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:91
msgid ""
"Burn the image onto the USB drive. The example below burns an "
"uncompressed image onto `<your USB device>`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:100
msgid "|CAUTION-UNMOUNT-USB-PARTITIONS|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:105
msgid "Create a bootable USB drive on macOS\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:109
msgid ""
"Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify and decompress"
" your image <verify-mac>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:119
msgid "Launch the Terminal app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:123
msgid "Plug in a USB drive and get its identifier:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:129
msgid "This will list available disks and their partitions, as shown in Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:135
msgid "Figure 1: macOS - Get USB drive identifier"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:137
msgid "Unmount the USB drive identified in the previous step. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:143
msgid ""
"Burn the image onto the drive using the :command:`dd` command. The "
"example below burns an uncompressed image onto `<your USB device>`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:150
msgid ""
"To speed up the imaging process, add an ‘r’ in front of the disk "
"identifier. For example `/dev/rdisk2`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:153
msgid "Press :kbd:`<CTL>-T` to check imaging progress."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:155
msgid "Eject the USB drive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:164
msgid "Create a bootable USB drive on Windows\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:168
msgid ""
"Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify and decompress"
" your image <verify-windows>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:178
msgid ""
"Download the `Rufus`_ utility to burn the image onto a USB drive. We use "
"Rufus 3.5 here. **Only use the latest version of Rufus**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:181
msgid "Plug in the USB drive and open Rufus."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:183
msgid "Under `Boot selection`, click the :guilabel:`SELECT` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:185
msgid "Find and select the previously extracted |CL| image file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:187
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`START` button. See Figure 2."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:193
msgid "Figure 2: Rufus utility"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:195
msgid ""
"When the dialogue appears, select :guilabel:`Write in ISO image mode "
"(Recommended)`. See Figure 3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:202
msgid "Figure 3: ISOHybrid image detected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:204
msgid "Select the Windows taskbar menu for USB and select eject."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/compatibility-check.po
+71
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/compatibility-check.rst:4
msgid "Check processor and EFI firmware compatibility"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/compatibility-check.rst:6
msgid ""
"On a system that is currently running a Linux\\* operating system, follow"
" the instructions below to determine if your system's processor and EFI "
"firmware is capable of running |CL-ATTR|. Otherwise, :ref:`bare-metal-"
"install-desktop` and then perform the steps below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/compatibility-check.rst:13
msgid ""
"This does not check other system components (for example: storage and "
"graphics) for compatibility with |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/compatibility-check.rst:16
msgid "Download the `clear-linux-check-config.sh`_ file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/compatibility-check.rst:18
msgid "If a browser is not available, use:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/compatibility-check.rst:24
msgid "Make the script executable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/compatibility-check.rst:30
msgid "Run the script."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/compatibility-check.rst:32
msgid ""
"Check to see if the host's processor and EFI firmware is capable of "
"running |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/compatibility-check.rst:39
msgid "Check to see if the host is capable of running |CL| in a container."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/compatibility-check.rst:45
msgid ""
"The script will print a list of test results similar to the output below."
" All items should return a `SUCCESS` status. This example indicates the "
"host's processor and EFI firmware support running |CL|."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/get-started.po
+67
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/get-started.rst:4
msgid "Get started"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/get-started.rst:6
msgid ""
"The Get Started section will get you up and running fast with |CL-ATTR|. "
"Use these step-by-step instructions to guide you through the installing "
"|CL| from a live desktop or to a virtual machine."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/get-started.rst:11
msgid "Pre-install"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/get-started.rst:13
msgid "There are a couple of things to take care of before you install."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/get-started.rst:15
msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/get-started.rst:16
msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/get-started.rst:17
msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/get-started.rst:19
msgid "When installing |CL-ATTR| in a VM, consider which kernel to use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/get-started.rst:21
msgid ":ref:`Compatible VM kernels <vm-kernels>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/get-started.rst:31
msgid "Install"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/get-started.rst:42
msgid "Install in a virtual machine"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.po
+340
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:4
msgid "Launch |CL-ATTR| Compute Engine on Google Cloud Platform\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial walks you through the steps to create a virtual machine "
"instance of |CL-ATTR| on `Google Cloud Platform`_ (:abbr:`GCP (Google "
"Cloud Platform)`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:13
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:15
msgid "Set up a Google account and a GCP billing account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:17
msgid ""
"Generate and install a user SSH key in the Linux PCs that will connect to"
" the VMs in GCP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:22
msgid "Process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:24
msgid ""
"Sign in to your Google\\* account on the `Google Cloud Console "
"<https://console.cloud.google.com/>`_:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:31
msgid "Figure 1: Google sign in screen"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:33
msgid ""
"Google Cloud Platform uses **Projects** to manage resources. Select or "
"create a new project for hosting the |CL| VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:38
msgid ""
"Refer to the `Quickstart Using a Linux VM "
"<https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/quickstart-linux>`_ guide to learn"
" about the process of creating VM instances on GCP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:42
msgid ""
"Navigate to the latest |CL| `release folder "
"<https://download.clearlinux.org/releases/current/clear/>`_ to view the "
"currently released :abbr:`GCE (Google Compute Engine\\*)` image, and "
"download the :file:`clear-<release number>-gce.tar.gz` image archive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:48
msgid ""
"You don't need to uncompress the image archive, the intact file will be "
"uploaded to the Google Cloud Storage later."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:51
msgid ""
"Create a *Storage Bucket* for hosting the |CL| image source archive "
"downloaded in the previous step:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:54
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:112
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:157
msgid "Click the *Navigation menu* icon on the upper left screen menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:56
msgid ""
"Select the *Storage* item from the side bar on the left. You will be sent"
" to the Storage Browser tool or the Cloud Storage overview page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:63
msgid "Figure 2: Browse Google Cloud Storage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:66
msgid ""
"You may need to create a billing account and link to this project before "
"you create a bucket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:73
msgid "Figure 3: Cloud Storage Browser tool"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:75
msgid ""
"Click the ``CREATE BUCKET`` button to enter the bucket creation tool. The"
" bucket name must be unique because buckets in the Cloud Storage share a "
"single global namespace."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:79
msgid ""
"Leave the remaining options set to the defaults, and select the "
"``Create`` button at the bottom to create a *Bucket*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:86
msgid "Figure 4: Set bucket name"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:88
msgid ""
"Once the bucket is created, click the ``Upload files`` button on the "
"Bucket details page to upload the |CL| GCE image archive to the named "
"bucket:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:96
msgid "Figure 5: Cloud Storage bucket"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:102
msgid "Figure 6: Uploading the image source archive file"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:108
msgid "Figure 7: Importing complete"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:110
msgid "Browse the Compute Engine Image library page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:114
msgid "Hover your mouse over the *Compute Engine* menu and select *Images*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:120
msgid "Figure 8: Image library"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:122
msgid ""
"On the Compute Engine Image library page, click the ``[+] CREATE IMAGE`` "
"menu item to create a custom image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:129
msgid "Figure 9: Create image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:131
msgid ""
"In the VM image creation page, change the image source type to *Cloud "
"Storage file*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:134
msgid "Under :guilabel:`Cloud Storage file`, select :guilabel:`Browse`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:136
msgid ""
"Locate the :file:`clear-<release number>-gce.tar.gz` file, and click "
":guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:143
msgid "Figure 10: Create image using imported object"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:145
msgid ""
"Accept all default options, and click the ``Create`` button at the bottom"
" to import the Clear Linux GCE image to the image library."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:152
msgid "Figure 11: Image is created"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:154
msgid ""
"After the |CL| image is imported, you can launch a VM instance running "
"|CL|:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:159
msgid ""
"Hover your mouse over the *Compute Engine* menu group and select the *VM "
"instances* item."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:166
msgid "Figure 12: VM instances catalog"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:168
msgid ""
"If no VM instance was created in this project, you will be prompted to "
"create one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:171
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the ``CREATE INSTANCE`` button on the VM instances "
"page to create a VM instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:178
msgid "Figure 13: VM creation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:184
msgid "Figure 14: VM instances list"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:186
msgid ""
"In :guilabel:`Region`, choose a region based on the `Best practices for "
"Compute Engine regions selection`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:189
msgid "Under *Boot disk*, click the ``Change`` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:195
msgid "Figure 15: Use custom image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:197
msgid "Select the *Custom images* tab for using Clear Linux OS GCE image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:203
msgid "Figure 16: Select Clear Linux boot disk to create a VM instance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:205
msgid ""
"Scroll down to the bottom of the VM instance creation page, expand the "
"*Management, security, disks, networking, sole tenancy* group."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:212
msgid "Figure 17: Set up SSH keys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:215
msgid ""
"|CL| does not allow SSH login with a root account by default. As a "
"result, you must configure the VM instance with your SSH public key, so "
"that you are able to access it remotely."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:219
msgid "Refer to :ref:`security` for more details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:221
msgid "Click the *Security* tab, copy and paste your SSH public key:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:227
msgid "Figure 18: Set SSH key for remote login"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:231
msgid ""
"The username is assigned from characters preceding ``@`` in the email "
"address, included in the SSH key. The dot symbol \".\" is not allowed, "
"because it is an invalid character while creating user accounts in |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:236
msgid "Click the ``Create`` button to create the |CL| VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:238
msgid "The Clear Linux VM instance is created and assigned a public IP address:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:244
msgid "Figure 19: Clear Linux VM instance is created and started"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:246
msgid ""
"You can now SSH login to the VM using the IP address obtained in the "
"previous step, and the username associated with the SSH public key:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:253
msgid "Figure 20: SSH login to Clear Linux VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:256
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:258
msgid ""
"The following tutorials describe a similar process and may be useful "
"references:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:260
msgid ":ref:`azure`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:261
msgid ":ref:`aws-web`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.po
+111
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:4
msgid "Use Hyper-V\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:6
msgid ""
"This section explains how to run |CL-ATTR| inside a `Windows Server "
"Virtualization`_\\* or **Hyper-V** environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:9
msgid ""
"Please ensure you have enabled `Intel® Virtualization Technology "
"<http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/virtualization/virtualization-"
"technology/intel-virtualization-technology.html>`_ (Intel® VT) and "
"`Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O "
"<https://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/intel-virtualization-"
"technology-for-directed-io-vt-d-enhancing-intel-platforms-for-efficient-"
"virtualization-of-io-devices>`_ (Intel® VT-d) in your BIOS/UEFI firmware "
"configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:16
msgid "Enable Hyper-V"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:18
msgid ""
"Please refer to the `Microsoft documentation`_ to enable and configure "
"*Hyper-V* on your machine."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:22
msgid "Create a virtual network"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:24
msgid ""
"Once *Hyper-V* has been enabled on your Windows system you will need to "
"create a virtual network in the **Hyper-V Manager**. Refer to the "
"`Create a Virtual Network documentation`_ to create and configure a "
"virtual network."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:30
msgid "Create a virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:32
msgid ""
"Download and decompress the latest hyperv disk image :file:`clear-XXXXX-"
"hyperv.img.gz`, where XXXXX is the latest available version of |CL| from "
"our `downloads`_ section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:36
msgid "Create a virtual machine using the **Hyper-V Manager**:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:38
msgid "Choose **Generation 2** when prompted to *specify VM generation*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:39
msgid ""
"Choose **Use an existing virtual hard disk** and browse to find the :file"
":`clear-XXXX-hyperv.vhdx` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:41
msgid ""
"When finished, open VM settings, select Firmware Section and in Secure "
"Boot config, **uncheck** Enable Secure Boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:44
msgid "Currently, |CL| does not boot with `secure boot` enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:47
msgid "Connect to your new VM and start it. You should see a prompt:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:53
msgid "Set a root user password."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:55
msgid "Your virtual machine running |CL| is ready!"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.po
+231
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:4
msgid "Run |CL-ATTR| as a KVM guest OS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:6
msgid ""
"This guide explains how to run |CL-ATTR| in a virtualized environment "
"using :abbr:`KVM (Kernel-based Virtual Machine)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:10
msgid "Install QEMU-KVM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:12
msgid ""
"Enable the `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ (Intel® VT) and the "
"`Intel®Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O`_ (Intel® VT-d) in the "
"host machine’s BIOS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:16
msgid "Log in and open a terminal emulator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:18
msgid "Install `QEMU*-KVM` on the host machine. Below are some example distros."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:20
msgid "On |CL|:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:26
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:155
msgid "On Ubuntu\\* 18.04 LTS Desktop:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:32
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:161
msgid "On Mint\\* 19.1 “Cinnamon” Desktop:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:38
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:167
msgid "On Fedora\\* 30 Workstation:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:45
msgid "Download and launch the virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:47
msgid ""
"Download the latest pre-built |CL| KVM image file from the `image "
"<https://cdn.download.clearlinux.org/image/>`_ directory. Look for "
"``clear-<version>-kvm.img.xz``. You can also use this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:55
msgid "Uncompress the downloaded image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:61
msgid ""
"Download the 3 OVMF files (`OVMF.fd`, `OVMF_CODE.fd`, `OVMF_VARS.fd`) "
"that provides UEFI support for virtual machines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:72
msgid ""
"The default OVMF files from |CL| may not work for some distro version(s)."
" You may get an `ASSERT` in the `debug.log` file when starting the VM. If"
" that is the case, use the distro-specific-OVMF files instead. For "
"example, the |CL| OVMF files work for Ubuntu 18.04 LTS, but not for "
"Ubuntu 19.04 LTS. Installing and using the OVMF files for Ubuntu 19.04 "
"LTS resolved the `ASSERT` issue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:78
msgid ""
"Download the `QEMU-KVM launcher`_ script from the `image "
"<https://cdn.download.clearlinux.org/image/>`_ directory. This script "
"will launch the |CL| VM and provide console interaction within the same "
"terminal emulator window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:87
msgid "Make the script executable:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:93
msgid "Start the |CL| KVM virtual machine:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:99
msgid "Log in as ``root`` user and set a new password."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:102
msgid "SSH access into the virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:104
msgid ""
"To interact with the |CL| VM through SSH instead of the console it was "
"launched from, follow these steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:107
msgid "Configure SSH in the |CL| VM to allow root login:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:115
msgid "Enable and start SSH server in the |CL| VM:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:122
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:211
msgid ""
"Determine the IP address of the host on which you will launch the VM. "
"Substitute <ip-addr-of-kvm-host> in the next step with this information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:129
msgid "SSH into the |CL| VM using the default port of `10022`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:136
msgid "Optional: Add the GNOME Display Manager (GDM)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:138
msgid ""
"To add :abbr:`GDM (GNOME Display Manager)` to the |CL| VM, follow these "
"steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:140
msgid "Shutdown the active |CL| VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:146
msgid ""
"Install the Spice viewer on the local host or remote system. Below are "
"some example distros."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:149
msgid "On Clear Linux:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:173
msgid ""
"Modify the :file:`start_qemu.sh` script to increase memory (`-m`), add "
"graphics driver (`-vga`), and add Spice (`-spice`, `-usb`, and `-device`)"
" support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:194
msgid ""
"Due to changes in the :file:`start_qemu.sh` script from the previous "
"step, using the same OVMF files will result in the VM not booting "
"properly and you end up in the the UEFI shell. The easiest way to avoid "
"this is to delete the OVMF files and restore the originals before "
"relaunching the VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:199
msgid "Increase the size of the VM by 10GB to accommodate the GDM installation:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:205
msgid "Relaunch the |CL| VM:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:218
msgid ""
"From the local host or remote system, open a new terminal emulator window"
" and connect into the |CL| VM using the Spice viewer:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:225
msgid "Log in as `root` user into the |CL| VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:227
msgid ""
"Follow these steps to `resize the partition`_ of the virtual disk of the "
"VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:229
msgid "Add GDM to the |CL| VM:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:235
msgid "Reboot the |CL| VM to start GDM:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:241
msgid "Go through the GDM out-of-box experience (OOBE)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:243
msgid ""
"The default aspect ratio of the GDM GUI for the |CL| VM is 4:3. To change"
" it, use GDM's `Devices > Displays` setting tool (located at the top-"
"right corner)."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.po
+554
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,554 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:4
msgid "Install a |CL-ATTR| VM in VirtualBox\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:6
msgid ""
"Oracle\\* VirtualBox\\* is a type 2 hypervisor. This document explains "
"how to create a virtual machine on the `VirtualBox hypervisor`_ with |CL-"
"ATTR| as the guest operating system. These instructions support use of "
"the |CL| live-server installer to create |CL| virtual machine (VM)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:15
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:17
msgid "Before continuing, assure you have:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:19
msgid ""
"Enabled virtualization, such as Intel® `Virtualization Technology`_ "
"(Intel® VT), on the host system from EFI/BIOS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:23
msgid ""
"Downloaded and installed |VB| **version 6.0 or greater** from the "
"`official VirtualBox website`_ per the `appropriate instructions`_ for "
"your platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:28
msgid "Download and extract the |CL| installer ISO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:30
msgid ""
"Download the :file:`clear-<VERSION>-live-server.iso.xz` of |CL| on the "
"`downloads page`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:33
msgid ""
"Validate the integrity of the downloaded image by checking the file hash "
"and signatures. Refer :ref:`validate-signatures` for detailed steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:36
msgid "Decompress the downloaded image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:38
msgid ""
"On Windows you can use `7zip`_ to extract the file by right-clicking the "
"file to *Extract Here* (in the same directory)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:45
msgid "Figure 1: 7zip extract here command"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:47
msgid "On Linux :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:53
msgid "Delete the originally downloaded compressed file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:56
msgid "Create a new |VB| virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:58
msgid ""
"A new :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` needs to be created in |VBM| where "
"|CL| will be installed. General instructions for creating a virtual "
"machine and details about using different settings are available on the "
"`VirtualBox manual section on Creating a VM`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:63
msgid "Launch the |VBM| from your host system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:65
msgid "Click the *New* button to create a new VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:67
msgid "Choose :guilabel:`Expert mode`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:69
msgid "In :guilabel:`Create Virtual Machine`, enter the following settings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:71
msgid "**Name**: Choose name (e.g. ClearLinuxOS-VM)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:72
msgid "**Type**: Linux"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:73
msgid "**Version**: **Linux 2.6 / 3.x / 4.x (64-bit)**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:74
msgid "**Hard disk**: `Create a virtual hard disk now`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:75
msgid "**Memory size default**: 2048 MB (Adjust appropriately.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:78
msgid ""
"Later, if you want to change the amount of RAM allocated, power down your"
" VM. Return to :file:`Settings > System` and change :guilabel:`Base "
"Memory` to the desired size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:85
msgid "Figure 2: Create Virtual Machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:87
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:89
msgid "In :guilabel:`Create Virtual Hard Disk`, select:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:91
msgid "**File location**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:92
msgid "**File size**: **32.00 GB**. Adjust size to your needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:93
msgid "**Hard disk file type**: `VDI (VirtualBox Disk Image)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:94
msgid "**Storage on physical hard disk**:`Dynamically allocated`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:100
msgid "Figure 3: Create Virtual Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:102
msgid "Click *Create*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:104
msgid "A new virtual machine will be created and appear in the |VBM|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:106
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:222
msgid "Click *Settings* to configure the |CL| VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:108
msgid "In the left-hand menu, navigate to the :guilabel:`System` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:110
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Motherboard` tab, select the `Chipset` pulldown menu, "
"and then select :guilabel:`ICH9`. See Figure 4."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:115
msgid ""
"You can select which chipset will be presented to the virtual machine. "
"Consult the `VM VirtualBox User Manual`_ for more details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:118
msgid "In :guilabel:`Enabled Features`, check these boxes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:120
msgid "**Enable I/O APIC**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:121
msgid "**Enable EFI (special OSes only)**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:127
msgid "Figure 4: Settings > System"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:131
msgid ""
"By default, only 1 virtual CPU is allocated to the new VM. Consider "
"increasing the number of virtual processors allocated to the virtual "
"machine under Settings > System > Processor for increased performance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:136
msgid "Select :guilabel:`OK`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:139
msgid "Install |CL| on the |VB| VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:141
msgid "|CL| is ready to be installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:144
msgid "Mount the installation ISO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:146
msgid ""
"The |CL| installer ISO needs to be mounted as a virtual CD-ROM on the VM "
"before powering the VM on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:149
msgid ""
"From the *ClearLinux-OS* :guilabel:`Settings` at left, select "
":guilabel:`Storage`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:152
msgid ""
"From :guilabel:`Storage Devices`, middle column, click the blue disk "
"labeled *Empty*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:155
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Attributes` menu, click the blue CD disk next to the "
"*Optical Drive* drop down menu and click *Choose Virtual Optical Disk "
"File...*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:163
msgid "Figure 5: Choose Virtual Optical Disk Drive"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:165
msgid ""
"Where there appears :guilabel:`Please choose a virtual optical disk "
"file`, select the ISO file and click *Open*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:172
msgid "Figure 6: Mounting an ISO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:174
msgid "Select :guilabel:`OK` to exit and return to the main |VBM|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:177
msgid "Install |CL| with live-server installer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:179
msgid "In the |VBM|, select virtual machine you created and click *Start*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:185
msgid "Figure 7: Start the installer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:189
msgid ""
"To release the mouse cursor from the VM console window, press the right "
":kbd:`Ctrl` key on the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:192
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Clear Linux Installer` in boot manager appears, select "
":kbd:`Enter`. Do not install the bundle `desktop-autostart`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:195
msgid ""
"Follow the steps in :ref:`bare-metal-install-server` to install |CL| onto"
" the VM virtual disk. Note:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:198
msgid ""
"In :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`, navigate top VBOX HARDDISK, "
"and then select :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:201
msgid ""
"In :guilabel:`Advanced options` > :guilabel:`Manage User`, create an "
"administrative user."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:204
msgid "Do not install the bundle `desktop-autostart`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:206
msgid "When |CL| installation is complete, select :guilabel:`Exit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:208
msgid "At the prompt, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:215
msgid "Unmount the ISO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:217
msgid ""
"The |CL| installer ISO needs to be unmounted to allow the VM to boot from"
" the virtual hard disk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:220
msgid "Return to the |VBM|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:224
msgid ""
"From the *VM - Settings* window, navigate to the *Storage* pane from the "
"left-hand side."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:227
msgid ""
"From the middle *Storage Devices* column, click the blue CD disk labeled "
"*clear-<VERSION>-live-server.iso* under the *Controller: IDE* from."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:230
msgid ""
"From the *Attributes* column at right, in *Optical Drive*, select the "
"blue CD icon beside and click *Remove Disk from Virtual Drive*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:237
msgid "Figure 8: Remove Disk from Virtual Drive"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:239
msgid "Click *OK* to exit the *VM Settings* menu and return to the main |VBM|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:243
msgid "Install |VB| Linux Guest Additions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:245
msgid ""
"|CL| provides Linux Guest Additions drivers for full compatibility using "
"an install script in the **kernel-lts** (Long Term Support) bundle by "
"|CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:248
msgid "From the |VBM| select the |CL| VM, and select :guilabel:`Start`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:250
msgid "In the VM Console, log in as the administrative user previously created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:253
msgid ""
"A message may appear: \"A kernel update is available: you may wish to "
"reboot the system.\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:256
msgid "To update the kernel, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:262
msgid "At initial login, enter the administrative user's password and continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:264
msgid ""
"Validate the installed kernel is **kernel-lts** by checking the output of"
" the :command:`uname -r` command. It should end in **.lts** or "
"**.lts2018**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:272
msgid ""
"If the running kernel is not **lts**: install the LTS kernel manually, "
"update the bootloader, and check again:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:282
msgid ""
"Remove any kernel bundles that do not end in *-lts* or *kernel-install* "
"to simplify and avoid conflicts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:290
msgid ""
"In the VM Console top menu, click *Devices*, and select *Insert Guest "
"Additions CD image...* to mount the |VB| driver installation to the |CL| "
"VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:297
msgid "Figure 9: Insert Guest Additions CD image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:299
msgid ""
"If a dialogue appears, \"VBx_GAs_6.0.8... Would you like to run it?\", "
"select :guilabel:`Cancel`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:302
msgid "Instead, we provide a script to patch and install |VB| drivers on |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:304
msgid "Open a Terminal and enter the script:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:312
msgid ""
"Successful installation shows: \"Guest Additions installation complete\"."
" If drivers are already installed, don't re-install them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:315
msgid "Shut down the system. Select :guilabel:`Machine>ACPI Shutdown`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:321
msgid "Figure 10: Powering off a VirtualBox VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:323
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Settings`, :guilabel:`Display`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:325
msgid ""
"In :guilabel:`Graphics Controller`, select :guilabel:`VBoxSVGA` to adjust"
" screen size dynamically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:332
msgid "Figure 11: VirtualBox hardware acceleration error"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:334
msgid "In the |VBM|, select :guilabel:`Start`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:336
msgid "In the VM console, login and verify the |VB| drivers are loaded:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:342
msgid ""
"You should see drivers loaded with names beginning with **vbox**: (e.g., "
"vboxvideo, vboxguest)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:345
msgid "Add `desktop-autostart` for a full desktop experience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:351
msgid "Reboot the VM and log in with the administrative user."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:357
msgid "The |CL| VM running on |VB| is ready to develop and explore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:360
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:362
msgid ""
"**Problem:** On a Microsoft\\* Windows\\* OS, |VB| encounters an error "
"when trying to start a VM indicating *VT-X/AMD-v hardware acceleration is"
" not available on your system.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:370
msgid "Figure 12: VirtualBox hardware acceleration error"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:372
msgid ""
"**Solution:** First, double check the `Prerequisites`_ section to make "
"sure *Hardware accelerated virtualization* extensions have been enabled "
"in the host system's EFI/BIOS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:376
msgid ""
"*Hardware accelerated virtualization*, may get disabled for |VB| when "
"another hypervisor, such as *Hyper-V* is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:379
msgid ""
"To disable *Hyper-V* execute this command in an **Administrator: Command "
"Prompt or Powershell**, and reboot the system:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:386
msgid ""
"To enable Hyper-V again, execute this command in an **Administrator: "
"Command Prompt or Powershell**, and reboot the system:"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po
+493
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:4
msgid ""
"Run pre-configured |CL-ATTR| image as a VMware\\* Workstation Player "
"guest OS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:6
msgid ""
"`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is a type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top of"
" another operating system such as Windows\\* or Linux\\*. With VMware "
"ESXi, you can create, configure, manage, and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs "
"(Virtual Machines)` on your local system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:11
msgid ""
"This section shows how to deploy a pre-configured |CL| VMware image on "
"VMware Workstation 14 Player."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:14
msgid "In this tutorial, we perform the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:21
msgid ""
"The screenshots on this document show the Windows version of the VMware "
"Workstation 14 Player. The menus and prompts are similar to those in the "
"Linux version save some minor wording differences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:26
msgid "Install the VMware Workstation Player hypervisor"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:28
msgid ""
"Enable :abbr:`Intel® VT (Intel® Virtualization Technology)` and "
":abbr:`Intel® VT-d (Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O)` "
"in your system's BIOS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:32
msgid ""
"`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is available for Windows and Linux. "
"Download your preferred version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:35
msgid ""
"Depending on which OS you're running, install it by following one of "
"these instructions:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:38
msgid "On supported Linux distros:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:40
msgid "Enable a GUI desktop."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:42
msgid "Start a terminal emulator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:44
msgid ""
"Start the installer by issuing the command below and following the guided"
" steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:51
msgid "On Windows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:53
msgid "Start the installer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:54
msgid "Follow the setup wizard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:56
msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player guide`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:59
msgid "Download the latest |CL| VMware image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:61
msgid ""
"Get the latest |CL| VMware image from the `image`_ repository. Look for "
":file:`clear-[version number]-vmware.vmdk.xz`. You can also use this "
"command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:69
msgid ""
"Visit :ref:`image-types` for additional information about all available "
"|CL| images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:4
msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:6
msgid ""
"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action"
" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues."
" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding "
"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:11
msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:12
msgid "Start Command Prompt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:13
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:14
msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:20
msgid ""
"Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the"
" downloaded checksum file and make sure they match."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:24
msgid "Decompress the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:26
msgid ""
"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ "
"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or "
"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:30
msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:31
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:32
msgid ""
"From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select "
":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:39
msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:74
msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:76
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:77
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:80
msgid "Create and configure a new VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:82
msgid "Start the `VMware Workstation Player` app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the home screen, click :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`. See "
"figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:90
msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Create a new virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:92
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` screen, "
"select the :guilabel:`I will install the operating system later` option. "
"See figure 2."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:100
msgid ""
"Figure 2: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select install operating system "
"later."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:103
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:119
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:130
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:229
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:105
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System` screen, set the "
":guilabel:`Guest operating system` setting to :guilabel:`Linux`. See "
"figure 3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:113
msgid ""
"Figure 3: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select guest operating system "
"type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:116
msgid ""
"Set :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or later "
"kernel 64-bit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:121
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` screen, give your new VM a "
"name. See figure 4."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:128
msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Name virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:132
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` screen, click the "
":guilabel:`Next` button. Keep the default disk settings unchanged. When "
"we attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image, we will remove the "
"default virtual disk and replace it with the pre-configured one. See "
"figure 5."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:142
msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set disk capacity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:144
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` screen, click the "
":guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` button. See figure 6."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:151
msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Customize hardware"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:153
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`Processors`. See "
"figure 7."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:160
msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set virtualization engine option"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:163
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` section, check "
":guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:166
msgid ""
"To disconnect the virtual CD/DVD (IDE) since it is not needed, under the "
":guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`New CD/DVD (IDE)`. See figure "
"8."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:173
msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Disconnect CD/DVD (IDE)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:175
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Device status` section, uncheck :guilabel:`Connect "
"at power on`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:178
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Close` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:180
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:257
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:183
msgid "Attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:185
msgid ""
"Move the downloaded and decompressed pre-configured |CL| VMware image "
"file :file:`clear-[version number]-basic.vmdk` to the directory where "
"your newly-created VM resides."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:191
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:276
msgid "Depending on the OS, you can typically find the VMware VM files under:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:193
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:278
msgid "On Linux distros: :file:`/home/username/vmware`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:194
msgid "On Windows: :file:`C:\\Users\\username\\Documents\\Virtual Machines`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:196
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your "
"newly-created VM. See figure 9."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:203
msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Edit virtual machine settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:205
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Edit virtual machine settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:207
msgid ""
"To remove the default hard disk, under the :guilabel:`Device` list, "
"select :guilabel:`Hard Disk (SCSI)`. See figure 10."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:214
msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Remove hard drive"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:216
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Remove` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:218
msgid ""
"To add a new hard disk and attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image, "
"click the :guilabel:`Add...` button. See Figure 11."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:225
msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Add new hard drive"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:227
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Hardware types` section, select :guilabel:`Hard "
"Disk`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:231
msgid "Select your preferred :guilabel:`Virtual disk type`. See figure 12."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:237
msgid "Figure 12: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select virtual disk type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:239
msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Use an existing virtual disk` option. See figure 13."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:245
msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Use existing virtual disk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:247
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Browse` button and select the pre-configured |CL| "
"VMware image file. See figure 14."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:254
msgid ""
"Figure 14: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select ready-made VMware |CL| "
"image file"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:261
msgid ""
"When asked to convert the existing virtual disk to a newer format, "
"selecting either option works."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:265
msgid "Enable UEFI boot support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:267
msgid ""
"|CL| needs UEFI support to boot.To enable it, add the following line to "
"the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:279
msgid ""
"On Windows: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual "
"Machines`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:282
msgid "Power on the VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:284
msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:286
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your VM."
" See figure 15."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:293
msgid "Figure 15: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:295
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:298
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:300
msgid "For other guides on using the VMWare Player and ESXi, see:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:302
msgid ":ref:`vmw-player`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:303
msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:304
msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po
+492
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:4
msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| as a VMware\\* Workstation Player guest OS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:6
msgid ""
"`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is a type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top of"
" another operating system such as Windows\\* or Linux\\*. With VMware "
"ESXi, you can create, configure, manage, and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs "
"(Virtual Machines)` on your local system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:11
msgid ""
"This section shows how to create a new VM and install |CL| into it with "
"the VMware Workstation 14 Player hypervisor. Installing |CL| into a new "
"VM provides you flexibility when configuring the VM. You can configure "
"the VM's size, number of partitions, installed bundles, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:16
msgid "In this tutorial, we perform the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:21
msgid ""
"If you prefer to use a pre-configured |CL| VMware image instead, see our "
":ref:`vmw-player-preconf` guide."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:24
msgid ""
"VMware offers a type 1 hypervisor called `VMware ESXi`_ designed for the "
"cloud environment. For information on how to install |CL| as guest OS on "
"it, see :ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:30
msgid ""
"The screenshots on this document show the Windows version of the VMware "
"Workstation 14 Player. The menus and prompts are similar to those in the "
"Linux version save some minor wording differences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:35
msgid "Install the VMware Workstation Player hypervisor"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:37
msgid ""
"Enable :abbr:`Intel® VT (Intel® Virtualization Technology)` and "
":abbr:`Intel® VT-d (Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O)` "
"in your system's BIOS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:41
msgid ""
"`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is available for Windows and Linux. "
"Download your preferred version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:44
msgid ""
"Install VMware Workstation 14 Player following the instructions "
"appropriate for your system's OS:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:47
msgid "On supported Linux distros:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:49
msgid "Enable a GUI desktop."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:50
msgid "Start a terminal emulator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:51
msgid ""
"Start the installer by issuing the command below and follow the guided "
"steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:58
msgid "On Windows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:60
msgid "Start the installer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:61
msgid "Follow the setup wizard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:63
msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player guide`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:66
msgid "Download the latest |CL| installer ISO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:68
msgid ""
"Get the latest |CL| installer ISO image from the `image`_ repository. "
"Look for :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:71
msgid ""
"Visit :ref:`image-types` for additional information about all available "
"|CL| images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:4
msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:6
msgid ""
"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action"
" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues."
" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding "
"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:11
msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:12
msgid "Start Command Prompt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:13
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:14
msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:20
msgid ""
"Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the"
" downloaded checksum file and make sure they match."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:24
msgid "Decompress the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:26
msgid ""
"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ "
"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or "
"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:30
msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:31
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:32
msgid ""
"From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select "
":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:39
msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:76
msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:78
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:79
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:82
msgid "Create and configure a new VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:84
msgid "Start the `VMware Workstation Player` app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:86
msgid ""
"On the home screen, click :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`. See "
"Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:93
msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Create a new virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:96
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` screen, "
"select the :guilabel:`Installer disc image file (iso)` option. See Figure"
" 2."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:104
msgid "Figure 2: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select |CL| installer ISO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:106
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Browse` button and select the decompressed |CL| "
"installer ISO."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:109
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:125
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:136
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:151
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:111
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System`, set the "
":guilabel:`Guest operating system` setting to :guilabel:`Linux`. See "
"Figure 3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:119
msgid ""
"Figure 3: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select guest operating system "
"type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:122
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or "
"later kernel 64-bit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:127
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` screen, name the new VM. See "
"Figure 4."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:134
msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Name virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:138
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` screen, set the VM's maximum "
"disk size. See Figure 5."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:145
msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set disk capacity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:148
msgid ""
"A minimal |CL| installation can exist on 600MB of drive space. See :ref"
":`system-requirements` for more details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:153
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` screen, click the "
":guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` button. See Figure 6."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:160
msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Customize hardware"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:162
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Memory` and set the size to 2GB. See Figure 7."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:168
msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set memory size"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:171
msgid ""
"The |CL| installer ISO needs a minimum of 2GB of RAM. After completing "
"installation, |CL| can run on as little as 128MB of RAM. Thus, you can "
"reduce the memory size if needed. See :ref:`system-requirements` for more"
" details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:176
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`Processors`. See "
"Figure 8."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:183
msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set virtualization engine option"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:186
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` section, check "
":guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:189
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Close` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:191
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:194
msgid "Install |CL| into the new VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:196
msgid ""
"Select the newly-created VM and click the :guilabel:`Play virtual "
"machine` button. See Figure 9."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:203
msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:205
msgid ""
"Follow the :ref:`install-on-target-start` guide to complete the "
"installation of |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:208
msgid ""
"After the installation completes, reboot the VM. This reboot restarts the"
" |CL| installer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:212
msgid "Detach the |CL| installer ISO from the VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:214
msgid ""
"To enable the mouse pointer so you access VMware Workstation Player's "
"menus, press :kbd:`<CTRL>` + :kbd:`<ALT>` on the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:217
msgid ""
"To disconnect the CD/DVD to stop it from booting the |CL| installer ISO "
"again, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 10."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:224
msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Edit CD/DVD settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:226
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Removable Devices-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:228
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Device status` section, uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Connected` and the :guilabel:`Connect at power on` settings. "
"See Figure 11."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:236
msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Disconnect CD/DVD"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:238
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:240
msgid "To power off the VM, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 12."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:246
msgid "Figure 12: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power off virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:248
msgid "Go to :guilabel:`Power` and select :guilabel:`Shut Down Guest`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:251
msgid "Enable UEFI boot support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:253
msgid ""
"|CL| needs UEFI support to boot. To enable UEFI, add the following line "
"to the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:262
msgid "Depending on the OS, you can typically find the VMware VM files under:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:264
msgid "On Linux distros: :file:`/home/username/vmware`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:265
msgid ""
"On Windows: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual "
"Machines`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:268
msgid "Power on the VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:270
msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:272
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your VM."
" See Figure 13."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:279
msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:281
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:284
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:286
msgid "For other guides on using the VMWare Player and ESXi, see:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:288
msgid ":ref:`vmw-player-preconf`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:289
msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:290
msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po
+477
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:4
msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| as a VMware\\* ESXi guest OS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:6
msgid ""
"`VMware ESXi`_ is a type 1 bare-metal hypervisor which runs directly on "
"top of server hardware. With VMware ESXi, you can create, configure, "
"manage, and run |CL-ATTR| virtual machines in the cloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:10
msgid ""
"This section shows you how to create a new :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` "
"and manually install |CL| into it with VMware ESXi 6.5."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:13
msgid ""
"Manually installing |CL| into a new VM provides you some additional "
"configuration flexibility during installation. For example: alternate "
"disk sizes, number of partitions, pre-installed bundles, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:17
msgid ""
"If you would prefer to use a preconfigured |CL| VMware image instead, see"
" :ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:22
msgid ""
"VMware also offers a type 2 hypervisor called `VMware Workstation "
"Player`_ which is designed for the desktop environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:25
msgid "See :ref:`vmw-player-preconf` or see :ref:`vmw-player`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:27
msgid "Visit :ref:`image-types` to learn more about all available images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:29
msgid "Install steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:36
msgid "Download the latest |CL| installer ISO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:38
msgid ""
"Get the latest |CL| installer ISO image from the `image`_ repository. "
"Look for :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:4
msgid "Decompress the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:6
msgid ""
"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ "
"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or "
"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:10
msgid "Start a terminal emulator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:11
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:13
msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:19
msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:45
msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:47
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:48
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:51
msgid "Upload the |CL| installer ISO to the VMware server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:53
msgid ""
"Connect to the VMware server and log into an account with sufficient "
"permission to create and manage VMs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:55
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Storage`. See "
"Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:57
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Datastores` tab, click the :guilabel:`Datastore "
"browser` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:64
msgid "Figure 1: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Storage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:66
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Create directory` button and name the directory "
"`ISOs`. See Figure 2."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:73
msgid "Figure 2: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Create directory"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:75
msgid ""
"Select the newly-created directory and click the :guilabel:`Upload` "
"button. See Figure 3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:82
msgid "Figure 3: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Upload ISO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:84
msgid ""
"Select the decompressed |CL| installer ISO file :file:`clear-[version "
"number]-installer.iso` and upload it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:88
msgid "Create and configure a new VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:90
msgid ""
"In this section, you will create a new VM, configure its basic parameters"
" such as drive size, number of CPUs, memory size, and then attach the "
"|CL| installer ISO."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:93
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual "
"Machines`. See Figure 4."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:95
msgid "In the right window, click the :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:101
msgid "Figure 4: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:103
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select creation type` step:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:105
msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` option. See Figure 5."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:107
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:121
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:132
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:185
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:113
msgid "Figure 5: VMware ESXi - Create a new virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:115
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` step:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:117
msgid "Give the new VM a name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. See Figure 6."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:118
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Compatability` option to :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual "
"machine`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:119
msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS family` option to :guilabel:`Linux`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:120
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS version` option to :guilabel:`Other 3.x or "
"later Linux (64-bit)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:127
msgid "Figure 6: VMware ESXi - Give a name and select guest OS type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:129
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select storage` step:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:131
msgid "Accept the default option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:134
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Customize settings` step:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:136
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 7."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:137
msgid ""
"Expand the :guilabel:`CPU` setting and enable :guilabel:`Hardware "
"virtualization` by checking :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted "
"virtualization to the guest OS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:144
msgid "Figure 7: VMware ESXi - Enable hardware virtualization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:146
msgid "Set :guilabel:`Memory` size to 2048MB (2GB). See Figure 8."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:152
msgid "Figure 8: VMware ESXi - Set memory size"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:156
msgid ""
"The |CL| installer ISO needs a minimum of 2GB of RAM to work properly. "
"You can reduce the memory size after the installation completes if you "
"want, because a minimum |CL| installation can function on as little as "
"128MB of RAM. See :ref:`system-requirements` for more details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:161
msgid "Set :guilabel:`Hard disk 1` to the desired capacity. See Figure 9."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:167
msgid "Figure 9: VMware ESXi - Set hard disk size"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:171
msgid ""
"A minimum |CL| installation can exist on 600MB of drive space. See :ref"
":`system-requirements` for more details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:174
msgid ""
"Attach the |CL| installer ISO. For the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` "
"setting, click the drop-down list to the right of it and select the "
":guilabel:`Datastore ISO file` option. Then select the |CL| installer "
"ISO :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso` that you previously "
"uploaded to the VMware server. See Figure 10."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:183
msgid "Figure 10: VMware ESXi - Set CD/DVD to boot installer ISO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:186
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:189
msgid "Install |CL| into the new VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:191
msgid "Power on the VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:193
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual "
"Machines`. See Figure 11."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:195
msgid "In the right window, select the newly-created VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:196
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:276
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Power on` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:197
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:277
msgid ""
"Click on the icon representing the VM to bring it into view and maximize "
"its window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:204
msgid "Figure 11: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:206
msgid ""
"Follow the :ref:`install-on-target-start` guide to complete the "
"installation of |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:208
msgid ""
"After the installation is complete, follow the |CL| instruction to reboot"
" it. This will restart the installer again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:212
msgid "Reconfigure the VM's settings to boot the newly-installed |CL|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:214
msgid ""
"After |CL| has been installed using the installer ISO, it must be "
"detached so it will not run again. Also, in order to boot the newly-"
"installed |CL|, you must enable UEFI support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:218
msgid "Power off the VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:220
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Actions` button - located on the top-right corner of"
" the VM's windows - and go to the :guilabel:`Power` setting and select "
"the :guilabel:`Power off` option. See Figure 12."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:228
msgid "Figure 12: VMware ESXi - Actions > Power off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:230
msgid "Edit the VM settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:232
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Actions` button again and select :guilabel:`Edit "
"settings`. See Figure 13."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:239
msgid "Figure 13: VMware ESXi - Actions > Edit settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:241
msgid ""
"Disconnect the CD/DVD to stop it from booting the |CL| installer ISO "
"again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:243
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 14."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:244
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` setting, uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Connect` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:251
msgid "Figure 14: VMware ESXi - Disconnect the CD/DVD drive"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:253
msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support in order to boot. Enable it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:255
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`VM Options` button. See Figure 15."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:256
msgid "Expand the :guilabel:`Boot Options` setting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:257
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`Firmware` setting, click the drop-down list to the "
"right of it and select the :guilabel:`EFI` option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:264
msgid "Figure 15: VMware ESXi - Set boot firmware to EFI"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:266
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:269
msgid "Power on the VM and boot |CL|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:271
msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on the VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:273
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual "
"Machines`. See Figure 16."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:275
msgid "In the right window, select the VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:284
msgid "Figure 16: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:287
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:289
msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po
+466
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:4
msgid "Run preconfigured |CL-ATTR| image as a VMware\\* ESXi guest OS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:6
msgid ""
"`VMware ESXi`_ is a type 1 bare-metal hypervisor which runs directly on "
"top of server hardware. With VMware ESXi, you can create, configure, "
"manage, and run |CL-ATTR| virtual machines at scale."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:10
msgid ""
"This section shows you how to deploy a preconfigured |CL| VMware "
":abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` image on a VMware ESXi 6.5 host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:13
msgid ""
"If you would prefer to perform a manual installation of |CL| into a new "
"VMware ESXi :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` instead, see :ref:`vmware-esxi-"
"install-cl`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:19
msgid ""
"VMware also offers a type 2 hypervisor called `VMware Workstation Player`"
" which is designed for the desktop environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:22
msgid "See :ref:`vmw-player-preconf` or see :ref:`vmw-player`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:25
msgid "Install steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:31
msgid "Download the latest |CL| VMware image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:33
msgid ""
"Get the latest |CL| VMware prebuilt image from the `image`_ repository. "
"Look for :file:`clear-[version number]-vmware.vmdk.xz`. You can also use "
"this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:41
msgid ""
"Visit :ref:`image-types` for additional information about all available "
"|CL| images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:4
msgid "Decompress the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:6
msgid ""
"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ "
"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or "
"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:10
msgid "Start a terminal emulator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:11
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:13
msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:19
msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:47
msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:49
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:50
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:53
msgid "Upload the |CL| image to the VMware server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once the |CL| VMware prebuilt image has been downloaded and decompressed "
"on your local system, it must be uploaded to a datastore on the VMware "
"ESXi server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:59
msgid ""
"The steps in this section can also be referenced from the `VMware "
"documentation on Using the Datastore File Browser`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:61
msgid ""
"Connect to the VMware ESXi server and login to an account with sufficient"
" permission to create and manage VMs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:64
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window on the left side, select "
":guilabel:`Storage`. See Figure 1"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:68
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Datastores` tab, click the :guilabel:`Datastore "
"browser` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:75
msgid "Figure 1: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Storage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:77
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Create directory` button and name the directory "
"`Clear Linux VM`. See Figure 2."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:84
msgid "Figure 2: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Create directory"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:86
msgid ""
"Select the newly-created directory and click the :guilabel:`Upload` "
"button. See Figure 3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:93
msgid "Figure 3: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Upload VMware image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:95
msgid ""
"Select the decompressed |CL| VMware image file :file:`clear-[version "
"number]-vmware.vmdk` and upload it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:99
msgid "Convert the |CL| image to an ESXi-supported format"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once the |CL| VMware prebuilt image has been uploaded to the VMware ESXi "
"datastore, it must be converted to a format for usable with VMware's ESXi"
" hypervisor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:105
msgid ""
"The steps in this section can also be referenced from the `VMware "
"documentation on Cloning and converting virtual machine disks with "
"vmkfstools`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:107
msgid ""
"SSH into the `vSphere Management Assistant`_ appliance that is managing "
"the ESXi host or connect to the vSphere hosting using the `vSphere CLI`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:112
msgid ""
"If there is no :abbr:`vMA (vSphere Management Assistant)` appliance or "
":abbr:`vCLI (vSphere CLI)` configured and available, you can temporarily "
"enable SSH directly on the ESXi host by referencing the `VMware "
"documentation on Enable the Secure Shell (SSH)`_ ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:116
msgid ""
"As a security best practice, remember to disable SSH access after "
"following the steps in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:119
msgid ""
"Locate the uploaded image, which is typically found in "
":file:`/vmfs/volumes/datastore1`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:122
msgid ""
"Use the :command:`vmkfstools` command to perform the conversion, as shown"
" below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:129
msgid "Two files should result from this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:131
msgid ":file:`clear-[version number]-esxi-flat.vmdk`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:132
msgid ":file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:134
msgid ""
"The :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file will be used in the "
"next section when you create a new VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:138
msgid "Create and configure a new VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:140
msgid ""
"In this section, you will create a new VM, configure its basic parameters"
" such as number of CPUs, memory size, and then attach the converted |CL| "
"VMware image. Also, in order to boot |CL|, you must enable UEFI support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:144
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual "
"Machines`. See Figure 4."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:147
msgid "In the right window, click the :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:153
msgid "Figure 4: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:155
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select creation type` step:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:157
msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` option. See Figure 5."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:160
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:177
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:188
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:259
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:166
msgid "Figure 5: VMware ESXi - Create a new virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:168
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` step:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:170
msgid "Give the new VM a name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. See Figure 6."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:172
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Compatability` option to :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual "
"machine`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:174
msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS family` option to :guilabel:`Linux`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:175
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS version` option to :guilabel:`Other 3.x or "
"later Linux (64-bit)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:183
msgid "Figure 6: VMware ESXi - Give a name and select guest OS type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:185
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select storage` step:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:187
msgid "Accept the default option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:190
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Customize settings` step:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:192
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 7."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:193
msgid ""
"Expand the :guilabel:`CPU` setting and enable :guilabel:`Hardware "
"virtualization` by checking :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted "
"virtualization to the guest OS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:201
msgid "Figure 7: VMware ESXi - Enable hardware virtualization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:203
msgid ""
"Remove the default :guilabel:`Hard drive 1` setting by clicking the `X` "
"icon on the right side. See Figure 8."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:210
msgid "Figure 8: VMware ESXi - Remove hard drive"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:212
msgid ""
"Since a preconfigured image will be used, the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` "
"setting will not be needed. Disable it by unchecking the "
":guilabel:`Connect` checkbox. See Figure 9."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:220
msgid "Figure 9: VMware ESXi - Disconnect the CD/DVD drive"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:222
msgid ""
"Attach the :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file that was "
"converted from the preconfigured |CL| VMware image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:225
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Add hard disk` button and select the "
":guilabel:`Existing hard drive` option. See Figure 10."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:232
msgid "Figure 10: VMware ESXi - Add an existing hard drive"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:234
msgid ""
"Select the converted :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file. Do "
"not use the original unconverted :file:`clear-[version "
"number]-vmware.vmdk` file. See Figure 11."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:242
msgid ""
"Figure 11: VMware ESXi - Select the converted :file:`clear-[version "
"number]-esxi.vmdk` file"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:245
msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support in order to boot. Enable UEFI boot support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:247
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`VM Options` button. See Figure 12."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:248
msgid "Expand the :guilabel:`Boot Options` setting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:249
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`Firmware` setting, click the drop-down list to the "
"right of it and select the :guilabel:`EFI` option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:256
msgid "Figure 12: VMware ESXi - Set boot firmware to EFI"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:258
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:260
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:263
msgid "Power on the VM and boot |CL|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:265
msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on the VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:267
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual "
"Machines`. See Figure 13."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:269
msgid "In the right window, select the newly-created VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:270
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Power on` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:271
msgid ""
"Click on the icon representing the VM to bring it into view and maximize "
"its window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:278
msgid "Figure 13: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:281
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:283
msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po
+414
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:4
msgid "Deploy at Scale"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:6
msgid ""
"Once you are comfortable with |CL-ATTR| :ref:`concepts <concepts>`, your "
"next step as a system administrator is to understand how to deploy |CL| "
"at scale in your environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:10
msgid ""
"In this document the term *endpoint* refers to a system targeted for |CL|"
" installation, whether that is a datacenter system or unit deployed in "
"field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:16
msgid ""
"This is not a replacement or blueprint for designing your own IT "
"operating environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:19
msgid ""
"Your |CL| deployment should complement the existing environment and "
"available tools. It is assumed foundational core IT dependencies of your "
"environment, such as your network, are healthy and scaled to suit the "
"deployment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:28
msgid "Pick a |CL| usage and update strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:30
msgid ""
"Different business scenarios call for different deployment methodologies."
" |CL| offers the flexibility to continue consuming the upstream |CL| "
"distribution or the option to fork away from the |CL| distribution and "
"act as your own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:35
msgid "Below is an overview of some considerations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:38
msgid "Create your own Linux distribution (mix)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:40
msgid ""
"This approach forks away from the |CL| upstream and has you act as your "
"own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)` by leveraging the `mixer "
"process`_ to create customized images based on |CL|. This is a level of "
"responsibility that requires having more infrastructure and processes to "
"adopt. In return, this approach *offers you a high degree of control and "
"customization*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:46
msgid ""
"Development systems which are generating bundles and updates should be "
"sufficiently performant for the task and separate from the swupd update "
"webservers which are serving update content to production machines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:50
msgid ""
"swupd update webservers which are serving update content to production "
"machines (see `mixer process`_ for more information) should be "
"appropriately scaled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:54
msgid ""
"Your swupd update server is just like any other web application. |WEB-"
"SERVER-SCALE|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:58
msgid "Adopt an agile methodology"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:59
msgid ""
"The cloud, and other scaled deployments, are all about flexibility and "
"speed. It only makes sense that any |CL| deployment strategy should "
"follow suit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:62
msgid ""
"Manually rebuilding your own bundles or mix for every release is not "
"sustainable at a large scale. A |CL| deployment pipeline should be agile "
"enough to validate and produce new versions with speed. Whether or not "
"those updates actually make their way to your production can be separate "
"business decision. However this *ability to frequently roll new versions*"
" of software to your endpoints is an important prerequisite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:69
msgid ""
"You own the validation and lifecycle of the OS and should treat it like "
"any other software development lifecycle. Below are some pointers:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:72
msgid ""
"Thoroughly understand the custom software packages that you will need to "
"integrate with |CL| and maintain along with their dependencies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:75
msgid ""
"Setup a path to production for building |CL| based images. At minimum "
"this should include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:78
msgid ""
"A development clr-on-clr environment to test building packages and "
"bundles for |CL| systems."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:81
msgid "A pre-production environment to deploy |CL| versions to before production"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:84
msgid ""
"Employ a continuous integration and continuous deployment (CI/CD) "
"philosophy in order to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:87
msgid ""
"Automatically pull custom packages as they are updated from their "
"upstream projects or vendors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:90
msgid ""
"Generate |CL| bundles and potentially bootable images with your "
"customizations, if any."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:93
msgid ""
"Measure against metrics and indicators which are relevant to your "
"business (e.g. performance, power, etc) from release to release."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:96
msgid ""
"Integrate with your organization's governance processes, such as change "
"control."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:100
msgid "Versioning Infrastructure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:102
msgid ""
"|CL| version numbers are very important as they apply to the whole "
"infrastructure stack from OS components to libraries and applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:106
msgid ""
"Good record keeping is important, so you should keep a detailed registry "
"and history of previously deployed versions and their contents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:109
msgid ""
"With a glance at the |CL| version numbers deployed, you should be able to"
" tell if your Clear systems are patched against a particular security "
"vulnerability or incorporate a critical new feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:114
msgid "Pick an image distribution strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:116
msgid ""
"Once you have decided on a usage and update strategy, you should "
"understand *how* |CL| will be deployed to your endpoints. In a large "
"scale deployment, interactive installers should be avoided in favor of "
"automated installations or prebuilt images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:121
msgid ""
"There are many well-known ways to install an operating system at scale. "
"Each have their own benefits, and one may lend itself easier in your "
"environment depending on the resources available to you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:125
msgid "See the available :ref:`image-types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:127
msgid "Below are some common ways to install |CL| to systems at scale:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:130
msgid "Baremetal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:132
msgid ""
"Preboot Execution Environments (PXE) or other out-of-band booting options"
" are one way to distribute |CL| to physical baremetal systems on a LAN."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:136
msgid ""
"This option works well if your customizations are fairly small in size "
"and infrastructure can be stateless."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:139
msgid ""
"The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers a live image that can be deployed as a "
"PXE boot server if one doesn't already exist in your environment. Also "
"see documentation on how to :ref:`bare-metal-install-server`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:144
msgid "Cloud Instances or Virtual Machines"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:146
msgid ""
"Image templates in the form of cloneable disks are an effective way to "
"distribute |CL| for virtual machine environments, whether on-premises or "
"hosted by a Cloud Solution Provider (CSP)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:150
msgid ""
"When used in concert with cloud VM migration features, this can be a good"
" option for allowing your applications a degree of high availability and "
"workload mobility; VMs can be restarted on a cluster of hypervisor host "
"or moved between datacenters transparently."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:155
msgid ""
"The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers example prebuilt VM images and is "
"readily available on popular CSPs. Also see documentation on how to :ref"
":`virtual-machine-install`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:160
msgid "Containers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:162
msgid ""
"Containerization platforms allow images to be pulled from a repository "
"and deployed repeatedly as isolated containers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:165
msgid ""
"Containers with a |CL| image can be a good option to blueprint and ship "
"your application, including all its dependencies, as an artifact while "
"allowing you or your customers to dynamically orchestrate and scale "
"applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:170
msgid ""
"|CL| is capable of running a Docker host, has a container image which can"
" be pulled from DockerHub, or can be built as a customized container. For"
" more information visit the `containers page`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:175
msgid "Considerations with stateless systems"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:176
msgid ""
"An important |CL| concept is statelessness and partitioning of system "
"data from user data. This concept can change the way you think about an "
"at scale deployment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:181
msgid "Backup strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:183
msgid ""
"A |CL| system and its infrastructure should be considered a commodity and"
" be easily reproducible. Avoid focusing on backing up the operating "
"system itself or default values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:187
msgid ""
"Instead, focus on backing up what's important and unique - the "
"application and data. In other words, only focus on backing up critical "
"areas like `/home`, `/etc`, and `/var`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:192
msgid "Meaningful Logging & Telemetry"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:194
msgid ""
"Offload logging and telemetry from endpoints to external servers, so it "
"is persistent and can be accessed on another server when an issue occurs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:197
msgid ""
"Remote syslogging in |CL| is available through the `systemd journal-"
"remote service`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:200
msgid ""
"|CL| offers a `native telemetry solution`_ which can be a powerful tool "
"for a large deployment to quickly crowdsource issues of interest. Take "
"advantage of this feature with careful consideration of the target "
"audience and the kind of data that would be valuable, and expose events "
"appropriately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:206
msgid ""
"Your telemetry server is just like any other web application. |WEB-"
"SERVER-SCALE|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:210
msgid "Orchestration and Configuration Management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:212
msgid ""
"In cloud environments, where systems can be ephemeral, being able to "
"configure and maintain generic instances is valuable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:215
msgid ""
"|CL| offers an efficient cloud-init style solution, `micro-config-"
"drive`_, through the *os-cloudguest* bundles which allow you to configure"
" many Day 1 tasks such as setting hostname, creating users, or placing "
"SSH keys in an automated way at boot. For more information on automating "
"configuration during deployment of |CL| endpoints see the `documentation "
"on bulk provisioning`_ ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:222
msgid ""
"A configuration management tool is useful for maintaining consistent "
"system and application-level configuration. Ansible\\* is offered through"
" the *sysadmin-hostmgmt* bundle as a configuration management and "
"automation tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:228
msgid "Cloud-native applications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:230
msgid ""
"An Infrastructure OS can design for good behavior, but it is ultimately "
"up to applications to make agile design choices. Applications deployed on"
" |CL| should aim to be host-aware but not depend on any specific host to "
"run. References should be relative and dynamic when possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:235
msgid ""
"The application architecture should incorporate an appropriate tolerance "
"for infrastructure outages. Don't just keep stateless design as a noted "
"feature. Continuously test its use; Automate its use by redeploying |CL| "
"and application on new hosts. This naturally minimizes configuration "
"drift, challenges your monitoring systems, and business continuity plans."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po
+44
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/guides.rst:4
msgid "Guides"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/guides.rst:6
msgid "The following guides provide step-by-step instructions on using |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/guides.rst:10
msgid "As of 22 May 2019 :file:`mixin` is no longer supported."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/guides.rst:13
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/guides.rst:23
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/guides.rst:33
msgid "Kernel"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po
+539
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:4
msgid "Kernel development"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:6
msgid ""
"This document shows how to obtain and compile a Linux* kernel source "
"using |CL-ATTR| development tooling."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:9
msgid ""
"The `kernels available`_ in |CL| aim to be performant and practical. In "
"some cases, it may be necessary to modify the kernel to suit your "
"specific needs or test new kernel code as a developer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:18
msgid ""
"Source RPM files (SRPM) are also available for all |CL| kernels, and can "
"be used for development instead. Select this link to view the latest "
"`source RPM files`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:22
msgid "Request changes be included with the |CL| kernel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:24
msgid ""
"If the kernel modification you need is already open source and likely to "
"be useful to others, consider submitting a request to include it in the "
"|CL| kernels.If your change request is accepted, you do not need to "
"maintain your own modified kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:28
msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `distribution on GitHub`_ ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:31
msgid "Set up kernel development environment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:33
msgid ""
"In some cases, it may be necessary to modify the kernel to suit your "
"specific needs or to test new kernel code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:36
msgid "You can build and install a custom kernel; however you must:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:38
msgid "Disable Secure Boot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:39
msgid "Maintain any updates to the kernel going forward"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:41
msgid ""
"To create a custom kernel, start with the |CL| development environment. "
"Then make changes to the kernel, build it, and install it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:46
msgid "Install the |CL| development tooling framework"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:3
msgid ""
"Setup of the workspace and tooling used for building source in |CL| is "
"mostly automated for you with a setup script. It uses tools from the "
":command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:7
msgid ""
"The setup script creates a workspace in the :file:`clearlinux` folder, "
"with the subfolders :file:`Makefile`, :file:`packages`, and "
":file:`projects`. The :file:`projects` folder contains the main tools "
"used for making packages in |CL| :file:`autospec` and :file:`common`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:12
msgid "Follow these steps to setup the workspace and tooling for building source:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:14
msgid "Install the :command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:20
msgid "Download the :file:`user-setup.sh` script:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:26
msgid "Make :file:`user-setup.sh` executable:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:32
msgid "Run the script as an unprivileged user:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:38
msgid ""
"After the script completes, log out and log in again to complete the "
"setup process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:41
msgid "Set your Git user email and username for the repos on your system:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:48
msgid "This global setting is used by |CL| tools that make use of Git."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:53
msgid "Clone the kernel package"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:54
msgid ""
"Clone the existing kernel package repository from |CL| as a starting "
"point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:56
msgid ""
"Clone the Linux kernel package from |CL|. Using the :command:`make "
"clone_<PACKAGENAME>` command in the :file:`clearlinux/` directory clones "
"the package from the `clearlinux-pkgs GitHub`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:66
msgid "Navigate into the cloned package directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:73
msgid ""
"The \"linux\" package is the kernel that comes with |CL| in the `kernel-"
"native` bundle. Alternatively, you can use a different kernel variant as "
"the base for modification. For a list of kernel package names which you "
"can clone instead, see the `clearlinux-pkgs GitHub`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:80
msgid ""
"The latest version of the |CL| kernel package is pulled as a starting "
"point. An older version can pulled by switching to different git tag by "
"using :command:`git checkout tag/<TAG_NAME>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:84
msgid "Change the kernel version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:86
msgid ""
"|CL| tends to use the latest kernel available from `kernel.org`_, the "
"Linux upstream. The kernel version that will be built can be changed in "
"the RPM SPEC file. While most packages in Clear Linux are typically "
"packaged using :ref:`autospec-about`, the kernel is not. This means "
"control files provided by autospec are not available and changes must be "
"made manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:92
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:285
msgid "Open the Linux kernel package RPM SPEC file in an editor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:98
msgid ""
"Modify the Version, Release, and Source0 URL entries at the top of the "
"file to change the version of Linux kernel that will be compiled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:101
msgid ""
"A list of current and available kernel release can be found on "
"`kernel.org`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:120
msgid ""
"Consider changing the Name from *linux* in the RPM spec file to easily "
"identify a modified kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:122
msgid ""
"Consider changing the ktarget from *native* in the RPM spec file to "
"easily identify a modified kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:124
msgid "Commit and save the changes to the file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:127
msgid "Pull a copy of the Linux kernel source code"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:129
msgid "Obtain a local copy of the source code to make modifications against."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:131
msgid ""
"Run make sources to pull the kernel source code specified in the RPM SPEC"
" file. In the example, it downloads the :file:`linux-4.20.8.tar.xz` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:139
msgid ""
"Extract the kernel source code archive. This will create a working copy "
"of the Linux source that you can modify."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:146
msgid ""
"Navigate to the extracted directory. In this example, it has been "
"extracted into a :file:`linux-4.20.8` directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:155
msgid "Customize the Linux kernel source"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:157
msgid ""
"After the kernel sources have been obtained, customizations to the kernel"
" configuration or source code can be made for inclusion with the kernel "
"build. These customizations are optional."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:162
msgid "Modify kernel configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:164
msgid ""
"The kernel source has many configuration options available to pick "
"support for different hardware and software features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:166
msgid ""
"These configuration values must be provided in the :file:`.config` file "
"at compile time. You will need to make modifications to the "
":file:`.config` file, and include it in the kernel package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:171
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:228
msgid ""
"Make sure you have followed the steps to `Pull a copy of the Linux kernel"
" source code`_ and are in the kernel source working directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:176
msgid ""
"If you have an existing :file:`.config` file from an old kernel, copy it "
"into the working directory as :file:`.config` for comparison. Otherwise, "
"use the |CL| kernel configuration file as template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:185
msgid ""
"Make any desired changes to the :file:`.config` using a kernel "
"configuration tool. Below are some popular options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:188
msgid ""
":command:`$EDITOR .config` - the .config file can be directly edited for "
"simple changes with names that are already known."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:191
msgid ""
":command:`make config` - a text-based tool that asks questions one-by-one"
" to decide configuration options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:194
msgid ""
":command:`make menuconfig` - a terminal user interface that provides "
"menus to decide configuration options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:197
msgid ""
":command:`make xconfig` - a graphical user interface that provides tree "
"views to decide configuration options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:201
msgid ""
"More configuration tools can be found by looking at the make help: "
":command:`make help | grep config`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:204
msgid "Commit and save the changes to the :file:`.config` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:206
msgid ""
"Copy the :file:`.config` file from the kernel source directory into the "
"kernel package directory as :file:`config` for inclusion in the build."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:214
msgid "Modify kernel source code"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:216
msgid ""
"Changes to kernel code are applied with patch files. Patch files are "
"formatted git commits that can be applied to the main source code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:219
msgid ""
"You will need to obtain a copy of the source code, make modifications, "
"generate patch file(s), and add them to the RPM SPEC file for inclusion "
"during the kernel build."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:223
msgid ""
"If you have a large number of patches or a more complex workflow, "
"consider using a patch management tool in addition to Git such as "
"`Quilt`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:233
msgid ""
"Initialize the kernel source directory as a new git repo and create a "
"commit with all the existing source files to begin tracking changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:243
msgid ""
"Apply patches provided by the |CL| kernel package to the kernel source in"
" the working directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:251
msgid "Make any of your desired code changes to the Linux source code files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:254
msgid "Track and commit your changes to the local git repo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:262
msgid ""
"Generate a patch file based on your git commits. <n> represents the "
"number of local commits to create patch file. See the `git-format-patch "
"Documentation`_ for detailed information on using :command:`git format-"
"patch`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:271
msgid ""
"Copy the patch files from the patches directory in the linux source tree "
"to the RPM build directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:279
msgid "Navigate back to the RPM build directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:291
msgid ""
"Locate the section of the SPEC file that contains existing patch variable"
" definitions and append your patch file name. Ensure the patch number "
"does not collide with an existing patch. In this example, the patch file "
"is called :file:`2001-my-patch-for-driver-A.patch`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:314
msgid ""
"Locate the section of the SPEC file further down that contains patch "
"application and append your patch file number used in the step above. In "
"this example, patch2001 is added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:333
msgid "Commit and save the changes to the RPM SPEC file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:336
msgid "Modify kernel boot parameters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:337
msgid ""
"The kernel boot options are passed from the bootloader to the kernel with"
" command-line parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:340
msgid ""
"While temporary changes can be made to kernel parameters on a running "
"system or on a during boot, you can also modify the default parameters "
"that are persistent and distributed with a customized kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:345
msgid "Open the kernel :file:`cmdline` file in an editor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:352
msgid ""
"Make any desired change to the kernel parameters. For example, you can "
"remove the :command:`quiet` parameter to see more verbose output of "
"kernel log messages during the boot process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:356
msgid "Commit and save the changes to the :file:`cmdline` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:358
msgid ""
"See the `Kernel parameters documentation`_ for a list of available "
"parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:362
msgid "Build and install the kernel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:363
msgid ""
"After changes have been made to the kernel source and RPM SPEC file, the "
"kernel is ready to be compiled and packaged into an RPM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:366
msgid ""
"The |CL| development tooling makes use of :command:`mock` environments to"
" isolate building of packages in a sanitized workspace."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:369
msgid ""
"Start the compilation process by issuing the :command:`make build` "
"command. This process is typically resource intensive and will take a "
"while."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:377
msgid ""
"The `ccache plugin for mock`_ can be enabled to help speed up any future "
"rebuilds of the kernel package by caching compiler outputs and reusing "
"them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:380
msgid ""
"The result will be multiple :file:`.rpm` files in the :file:`rpms` "
"directory as output."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:387
msgid ""
"The kernel RPM will be named "
":file:`linux<NAME>-<VERSION>-<RELEASE>.x86_64.rpm`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:391
msgid ""
"The kernel RPM file can be input to the :ref:`mixer` to create a custom "
"bundle and mix of |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:394
msgid ""
"Alternatively, the kernel RPM bundle can be installed manually on a local"
" machine for testing. This approach works well for individual development"
" or testing. For a more scalable and customizable approach, consider "
"using the :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel with updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:399
msgid ""
"Install the kernel onto the local system by extracting the RPM with the "
":command:`rpm2cpio` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:407
msgid "Update the |CL| boot manager using :command:`clr-boot-manager` and reboot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:417
msgid "After a reboot, verify the customized kernel is running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:424
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:426
msgid ":ref:`kernel-modules`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:427
msgid ":ref:`mixer`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po
+483
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:4
msgid "Add kernel modules with DKMS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:6
msgid ""
"Certain kernel modules are enabled by default in |CL-ATTR|. To use "
"additional kernel modules that are not part of the Linux source tree, you"
" may need to build out-of-tree kernel modules. Use this guide to add "
"kernel modules with :abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic Kernel Module System)` or refer "
"to :ref:`kernel-modules`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:18
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:20
msgid ""
"Kernel modules are additional pieces of software capable of being "
"inserted into the Linux kernel to add functionality, such as a hardware "
"driver. Kernel modules may already be part of the Linux source tree (in-"
"tree) or may come from an external source, such as directly from a vendor"
" (out-of-tree)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:25
msgid ""
":abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic Kernel Module System)` is a framework that "
"facilitates the building and installation of kernel modules. DKMS allows "
"|CL| to provide hooks that automatically rebuild modules against new "
"kernel versions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:4
msgid "Kernel module availability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:6
msgid ""
"|CL| comes with many upstream kernel modules available for use. Using an "
"existing module is significantly easier to maintain and retains signature"
" verification of the |CL| kernel. For more information on |CL| security "
"practices, see the :ref:`security` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:11
msgid ""
"Before continuing, check if the kernel module you're looking for is "
"already available in |CL| or submit a request to add the module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:16
msgid "Check if the module is already available"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:19
msgid ""
"You can search for kernel module file names, which end with the "
":file:`.ko` file extension, using the :command:`swupd search` command, as"
" shown in the following example. See :ref:`swupd-guide` for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:29
msgid "Submit a request to add the module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:31
msgid ""
"If the kernel module you need is already open source (for example, in the"
" Linux upstream) and likely to be useful to others, consider submitting a"
" request to add or enable it in the |CL| kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:35
msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| distribution `on GitHub`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:39
msgid "Install DKMS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:43
msgid ""
"The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides the :command:`dkms` program and "
"Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel modules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:46
msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:48
msgid ""
"Adds a systemd update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-"
"kernel.service`) to automatically run DKMS to rebuild modules after a "
"kernel upgrade occurs with :ref:`swupd update <swupd-guide>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:53
msgid ""
"Disables kernel module signature verification by appending a kernel "
"command-line parameter (:command:`module.sig_unenforce`) from the "
":file:`/usr/share/kernel/cmdline.d/clr-ignore-mod-sig.conf` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:57
msgid ""
"Adds a notification to the Message of the Day (MOTD) indicating kernel "
"module signature verification is disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:62
msgid ""
"We recommend that you always review the :command:`swupd update` output to"
" make sure kernel modules were successfully rebuilt against the new "
"kernel. This is especially important for systems where a successful boot "
"relies on a kernel module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:68
msgid ""
"Install the :command:`kernel-native-dkms` or :command:`kernel-lts-dkms` "
"bundle:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:71
msgid ""
"Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. Only the *native* and "
"*lts* kernels are enabled to build and load out-of-tree kernel modules "
"with DKMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:80
msgid "Ensure *.native* or *.lts* is in the kernel name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:82
msgid ""
"Install the DKMS bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. Use "
":command:`kernel-native-dkms` for the native kernel or :command:`kernel-"
"lts-dkms` for the lts kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:90
msgid "or"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:97
msgid "Update the |CL| bootloader and reboot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:108
msgid "Build, install, and load an out-of-tree module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:110
msgid ""
"Follow the steps in this section if you are an individual user or "
"testing, and you need an out-of-tree kernel module that is not available "
"through |CL|. For a more scalable and customizable approach, we recommend"
" using the `mixer tool`_ to provide a custom kernel and updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:117
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:119
msgid "Before you begin, you must:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:121
msgid ""
"Disable Secure Boot in UEFI/BIOS. The loading of new out-of-tree modules "
"modifies the signatures that Secure Boot relies on for trust."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:124
msgid ""
"Obtain a kernel module package in the form of source code and/or "
"precompiled binaries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:130
msgid "Obtain kernel module source"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:132
msgid ""
"A required :file:`dkms.conf` file inside of the kernel module's source "
"code directory informs DKMS how the kernel module should be compiled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:135
msgid "Kernel modules may come packaged as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:137
msgid "Source code without a :file:`dkms.conf` file"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:138
msgid "Source code with a premade :file:`dkms.conf` file"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:139
msgid ""
"Source code with a premade :file:`dkms.conf` file and precompiled module "
"binaries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:141
msgid "Precompiled module binaries only (without source code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:143
msgid ""
"Of the package types listed above, only precompiled kernel module "
"binaries will not work, because |CL| requires kernel modules to be built "
"against the same kernel source tree before they can be loaded. If you are"
" only able to obtain source code without a :file:`dkms.conf` file, you "
"must manually create a :file:`dkms.conf` file, described later in this "
"document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:149
msgid "Download the kernel module's source code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:151
msgid ""
"Review the available download options. Some kernel modules provide "
"separate archives that are specifically enabled for DKMS support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:154
msgid ""
"Review the README documentation, because it often provides required "
"information to build the module with DKMS support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:166
msgid "Build kernel module with an existing dkms.conf"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:168
msgid ""
"If the kernel module maintainer packaged the source archive with the "
":command:`dkms mktarball` command, the entire archive can be passed to "
"the :command:`dkms ldtarball` which completes many steps for you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:172
msgid ""
"The archive contains the required :file:`dkms.conf` file, and may contain"
" a :file:`dkms_source_tree` directory and a :file:`dkms_binaries_only` "
"directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:177
msgid ""
"Run the :command:`dkms ldtarball` command against the kernel module "
"archive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:184
msgid ""
":command:`dkms ldtarball` places the kernel module source under "
":file:`/usr/src/<MODULE-NAME>-<MODULE-VERSION>/`, builds it if necessary,"
" and adds the module into the DKMS tree."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:189
msgid ""
"Verify the kernel module is detected by checking the output of the "
":command:`dkms status` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:197
msgid "Install the kernel module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:206
msgid "Build kernel module without an existing dkms.conf"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:208
msgid ""
"If the kernel module source does not contain a :file:`dkms.conf` file or "
"the :command:`dkms ldtarball` command encounters errors, you must "
"manually create the file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:212
msgid ""
"Review the kernel module README documentation for guidance on what needs "
"to be in the :file:`dkms.conf` file, including special variables that may"
" be required to build successfully."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:216
msgid "Here are some additional resources that can be used for reference:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:218
msgid ""
"DKMS manual page (:command:`man dkms`) shows detailed syntax in the "
"DKMS.CONF section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:221
msgid ""
"`Ubuntu community wiki`_ shows an example where a single package contains"
" multiple modules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:224
msgid "`Sample dkms.conf file`_ in the GitHub\\* repository for the DKMS project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:228
msgid ""
":command:`AUTOINSTALL=yes` must be set in the dkms.conf for the module to"
" be automatically recompiled with |CL| updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:231
msgid "The instructions below show a generic example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:233
msgid ""
"Create or modify the :file:`dkms.conf` file inside of the extracted "
"source code directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:249
msgid ""
"This example identifies a kernel module named *custom_module* with "
"version *1.0*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:252
msgid "Copy the kernel module source code into the :file:`/usr/src/` directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:261
msgid ""
"*<PACKAGE_NAME>* and *<PACKAGE_VERSION>* must match the entries in the "
":file:`dkms.conf` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:265
msgid "Add the kernel module to the DKMS tree so that it is tracked by DKMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:271
msgid ""
"Build the kernel module using DKMS. If the build encounters errors, you "
"may need to edit the :file:`dkms.conf` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:278
msgid "Install the kernel module using DKMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:287
msgid "Load kernel module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:289
msgid ""
"By default, DKMS installs modules \"in-tree\" under :file:`/lib/modules` "
"so the :command:`modprobe` command can be used to load them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:292
msgid "Load the installed module with the :command:`modprobe` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:298
msgid "Validate the kernel module is loaded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:306
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:4
msgid "Optional: Specify module options and aliases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:6
msgid "Use the :command:`modprobe` command to load a module and set options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:8
msgid ""
":command:`modprobe` may add or remove more than one module due to module "
"interdependencies. You can specify which options to use with individual "
"modules, by using configuration files under the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` "
"directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:16
msgid ""
"All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` directory that end with "
"the :file:`.conf` extension specify module options to use when loading. "
"You can use :file:`.conf` files to create convenient aliases for modules "
"or to override the normal loading behavior altogether for those with "
"special requirements."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:21
msgid "Learn more about :command:`modprobe` on the modprobe.d manual page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:28
msgid "Optional: Configure kernel modules to load at boot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:30
msgid ""
"Use the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` configuration directory to specify "
"kernel modules to load automatically at boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:37
msgid ""
"All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` directory that end "
"with the :file:`.conf` extension contain a list of module names of "
"aliases (one per line) to load at boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:41
msgid "Learn more about module loading in the modules-load.d manual page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:316
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:318
msgid ""
"`Dynamic Kernel Module System (DKMS) project on GitHub "
"<https://github.com/dell/dkms>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:320
msgid ""
"`Dell Linux Engineering Dynamic Kernel Module Support: From Theory to "
"Practice "
"<https://www.kernel.org/doc/ols/2004/ols2004v1-pages-187-202.pdf>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:322
msgid ""
"`Linux Journal: Exploring Dynamic Kernel Module Support "
"<https://www.linuxjournal.com/article/6896>`_"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po
+267
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:4
msgid "Add kernel modules manually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:6
msgid ""
"Certain kernel modules are enabled by default in |CL-ATTR|. To use "
"additional kernel modules that are not part of the Linux source tree, you"
" may need to build out-of-tree kernel modules. Use this guide to add "
"kernel modules manually, or refer to :ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:17
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:19
msgid ""
"Kernel modules are additional pieces of software capable of being "
"inserted into the Linux kernel to add functionality, such as a hardware "
"driver. Kernel modules may already be part of the Linux source tree (in-"
"tree) or may come from an external source, such as directly from a vendor"
" (out-of-tree)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:28
msgid "Kernel module availability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:30
msgid ""
"|CL| comes with many upstream kernel modules available for use. Using an "
"existing module is significantly easier to maintain and retains signature"
" verification of the |CL| kernel. For more information on |CL| security "
"practices, see the :ref:`security` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:35
msgid ""
"Before continuing, check if the kernel module you're looking for is "
"already available in |CL| or submit a request to add the module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:40
msgid "Check if the module is already available"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:43
msgid ""
"You can search for kernel module file names, which end with the "
":file:`.ko` file extension, using the :command:`swupd search` command, as"
" shown in the following example. See :ref:`swupd-guide` for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:53
msgid "Submit a request to add the module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:55
msgid ""
"If the kernel module you need is already open source (for example, in the"
" Linux upstream) and likely to be useful to others, consider submitting a"
" request to add or enable it in the |CL| kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:59
msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| distribution `on GitHub`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:65
msgid "Build, install, and load an out-of-tree module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:67
msgid ""
"Follow the steps in this section if you are an individual user or "
"testing, and you need an out-of-tree kernel module that is not available "
"through |CL|. For a more scalable and customizable approach, we recommend"
" using the `mixer tool`_ to provide a custom kernel and updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:74
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:76
msgid "Before you begin, you must:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:78
msgid "Disable Secure Boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:79
msgid "Disable kernel module integrity checking."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:80
msgid "Have a kernel module package in the form of source code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:81
msgid "Rebuild the module against new versions of the Linux kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:85
msgid ""
"Any time the kernel is upgraded on your Clear Linux system, you must "
"rebuild your out-of-tree modules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:90
msgid "Build and install kernel module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:92
msgid ""
"Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. In the example below, "
"the *native* kernel is in use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:100
msgid ""
"Install the kernel dev bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. The "
"kernel dev bundle contains the kernel headers, which are required for "
"compiling kernel modules. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:104
msgid "`linux-dev` for developing against the native kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:105
msgid "`linux-lts-dev` for developing against the LTS kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:111
msgid ""
"Follow instructions from the kernel module source code to compile the "
"kernel module. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:124
msgid "Load kernel module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:126
msgid ""
"Disable Secure Boot in your system's UEFI settings, if you have enabled "
"it. The loading of new out-of-tree modules modifies the signatures that "
"Secure Boot relies on for trust."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:130
msgid ""
"Disable signature checking for the kernel by modifying the kernel boot "
"parameters and reboot the system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:133
msgid ""
"All kernel modules from |CL| have been signed to enforce kernel security."
" However, out-of-tree modules break this chain of trust so this mechanism"
" needs to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:142
msgid ""
"Update the boot manager and reboot the system to implement the changed "
"kernel parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:152
msgid ""
"If successful, the :command:`clr-boot-manager update` command does not "
"return any console output."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:155
msgid ""
"After rebooting, manually load out-of-tree modules using the "
":command:`insmod` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:163
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:168
msgid "Optional: Specify module options and aliases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:170
msgid "Use the :command:`modprobe` command to load a module and set options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:172
msgid ""
":command:`modprobe` may add or remove more than one module due to module "
"interdependencies. You can specify which options to use with individual "
"modules, by using configuration files under the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` "
"directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:180
msgid ""
"All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` directory that end with "
"the :file:`.conf` extension specify module options to use when loading. "
"You can use :file:`.conf` files to create convenient aliases for modules "
"or to override the normal loading behavior altogether for those with "
"special requirements."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:185
msgid "Learn more about :command:`modprobe` on the modprobe.d manual page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:192
msgid "Optional: Configure kernel modules to load at boot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:194
msgid ""
"Use the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` configuration directory to specify "
"kernel modules to load automatically at boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:201
msgid ""
"All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` directory that end "
"with the :file:`.conf` extension contain a list of module names of "
"aliases (one per line) to load at boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:205
msgid "Learn more about module loading in the modules-load.d manual page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:215
msgid "Related topic"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:217
msgid ":ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po
+137
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:4
msgid "Architect the life-cycle of |CL-ATTR|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:6
msgid ""
"This guide provides DevOps with a model to architect the life-cycle of a "
"|CL| derivative that integrates custom software and content using "
"distinct workflows."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:10
msgid "Maintaining a |CL| derivative requires:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:12
msgid "Monitoring upstream |CL| for new releases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:13
msgid "Building software packages and staging"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:14
msgid "Employing CI/CD automation for building releases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:15
msgid "Integrating Quality Assurance for testing and validation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:17
msgid "This guide provides the foundation of the recommended infrastructure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:24
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:26
msgid ""
"A repository with software RPM artifacts and a CI/CD system with a |CL| "
"machine for building `mixes`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:29
msgid "Experience using :ref:`mixer <mixer>` to create a |CL|-based distro"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:31
msgid ""
"Experience using :ref:`swupd <swupd-guide>` for maintaining the |CL| "
"build environment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:34
msgid "Familiarity with |CL| architecture and reuse of its content in releases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:37
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:39
msgid ""
"Coordinated infrastructure is deployed to automate the life-cycle of your"
" |CL| derivative. We divide deployment of this infrastucture in two "
"parts: *Content Workflow*; and *Release Workflow*, shown in Figure 1. "
"Distro Factory manages the *Release Workflow* while capturing the "
"requirements for maintaining a long-term release cadence."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:48
msgid "Figure 1: Architect the life-cycle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:51
msgid "Content workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:53
msgid ""
"The *Content Workflow* (Figure 1) orchestrates the processes used to "
"manage the creation of content for the distribution. This includes "
"everything from detecting a new release in a custom software repository "
"to generating RPM package files. The RPM files serve as intermediary "
"artifacts that track software dependencies and provide file-level data "
"consumed in a *Release Workflow*. The `Watcher Pipeline`_ checks |CL| "
"and a content provider, such as Koji, to determine if a new release is "
"necessary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:57
msgid "Release workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:59
msgid ""
"The *Release Workflow* (Figure 1) gathers the content of the RPMs and "
"ensures it can be consumed by :ref:`mixer <mixer>`. A content web server "
"hosts the |CL| derivative, to which targets connect for updating their "
"OSes. As an integral part of this toolchain, the *Release Pipeline* "
"enables these derivatives to incorporate |CL| content into their own "
"custom content. The *Watcher Pipeline* triggers the `Release Pipeline`_ "
"to create new releases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:68
msgid "Implementation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:70
msgid ""
"Distro factory implements the *Release workflow*. To get started on a "
"full implementation, visit |CL| `Distro factory documentation`_."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po
+211
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:4
msgid "Assign a static IP address"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:6
msgid ""
"By default, your |CL-ATTR| system automatically gets an IP address from "
"your network via DHCP. If you do not have a DHCP server on your network "
"or simply want to use a static IP address, follow the steps in this "
"guide."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:15
msgid "Identify which program is managing the interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:17
msgid ""
"New installations of |CL| use NetworkManager as the default network "
"interface manager for all network connections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:22
msgid ""
"The *cloud* |CL| images continue to use systemd-networkd to manage "
"network connections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:25
msgid ""
"In earlier |CL| versions, systemd-network was used to manage Ethernet "
"interfaces and NetworkManager was used for wireless interfaces."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:29
msgid ""
"Before defining a configuration for assigning a static IP address, you "
"should verify which program is managing the network interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:32
msgid ""
"Check the output of :command:`nmcli device` to see if NetworkManager is "
"managing the device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:39
msgid ""
"If the STATE column for the device shows *connected* or *disconnected*, "
"the network configuration is being managed by NetworkManager and the "
"instructions for :ref:`using NetworkManager <nm-static-ip>` should be "
"used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:43
msgid ""
"If the STATE column for the device shows *unmanaged*, check to see if the"
" device is being managed by systemd-networkd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:47
msgid ""
"Check the output of :command:`networkctl list` to see if systemd-networkd"
" is managing the device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:54
msgid ""
"If the SETUP column for the device shows *configured*, the network "
"configuration is being managed by systemd-networkd and the instructions "
"for :ref:`using systemd-networkd <networkd-static-ip>` should be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:62
msgid "Using NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:64
msgid ""
"Network connections managed by NetworkManager are stored as files with "
"the :file:`.nmconnection` file extension in the "
":file:`/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections/` directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:68
msgid ""
"A few tools exists to aid to manipulate network connections managed by "
"NetworkManager:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:71
msgid "nmcli - a command-line tool"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:73
msgid ""
"nmtui - a text user interface that provides a pseudo graphical menu in "
"the terminal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:76
msgid "nm-connection-editor - a graphical user interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:78
msgid ""
"The method below uses the command line tool *nmcli* to modify network "
"connection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:82
msgid "Identify the existing connection name:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:88
msgid "The output will look like this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:95
msgid ""
"If a connection does not exist, it will need to be created with "
":command:`nmcli connection add`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:99
msgid ""
"Modify the connection to use a static IP address. Replace the variables "
"in brackets with the appropriate values. *[CONNECTION_NAME]* should be "
"replaced with the NAME from the command above."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:112
msgid ""
"See the `nmcli developer page "
"<https://developer.gnome.org/NetworkManager/stable/nmcli.html>`_ for more"
" configuration options. For advanced configurations, the "
":file:`/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections/*.nmconnection`. can be "
"edited directly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:118
msgid "Restart the NetworkManager server to reload the DNS servers:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:125
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:179
msgid "Verify your static IP address details have been set:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:136
msgid "Using systemd-networkd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:138
msgid ""
"Network connections managed by systemd-networkd are stored as files with "
"the :file:`.network` file extension the :file:`/etc/systemd/network/` "
"directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:141
msgid ""
"Files to manipulate network connections managed by systemd-networkd must "
"be created manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:144
msgid ""
"Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory if it doesn't exist "
"already:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:150
msgid ""
"Create a :file:`.network` file and add the following content. Replace the"
" variables in brackets with the appropriate values. *[INTERFACE_NAME]* "
"should be replaced with LINK from the output of :command:`networkctl "
"list` ran previously."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:168
msgid ""
"See the `systemd-network man page "
"<https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.network.html>`_"
" for more configuration options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:172
msgid "Restart the systemd-networkd service:"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po
+201
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:4
msgid "Bulk provision"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:6
msgid ""
"The |CL-ATTR| can be automatically provisioned in bulk using a "
"combination of the |CL| installer, **Ister**, and :abbr:`ICIS (Ister "
"Cloud Init Service)`. This guide covers how to perform a bulk provision "
"of |CL| using **Ister** and **ICIS**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:11
msgid ""
"To configure a bulk provision, Ister configuration files and cloud-init "
"files must be defined. Hosting the configuration files in **ICIS** allows"
" **Ister** to use them during the installation. The Ister configuration "
"files allow us to customize the installation process. The cloud-init\\* "
"files allow us to customize the instance of the installation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:17
msgid ""
"Figure 1 depicts the flow of information between a PXE server and a PXE "
"client that needs to be set up to perform a bulk provision."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:23
msgid "Figure 1: Bulk provision information flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:26
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:28
msgid ""
"Before performing a bulk provision, verify you have a PXE server capable "
"of performing network boots of |CL|. Please refer to our :ref:`guide on "
"how to perform an iPXE boot<ipxe-install>` using :abbr:`NAT (network "
"address translation)` for details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:33
msgid ""
"Because a bulk provision relies on a reboot, ensure the following "
"preparations have been made:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:36
msgid "No existing disks are bootable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:37
msgid ""
"The network boot option must come immediately after the disk boot option "
"on any computer performing the installation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:41
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:43
msgid ""
"Install **ICIS** by following the getting started guide on the `ICIS "
"GitHub repository`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:46
msgid ""
"Create an Ister installation file and save it to the :file:`static/ister`"
" directory within the web hosting directory for **ICIS**. The "
"installation file is a JSON block and provides **Ister** with the steps "
"it needs to perform an installation. The file outlines what partitions, "
"file systems, and mount points **Ister** should set up. Lastly, the file "
"outlines which bundles to install. See our :ref:`bundles` document for "
"the list of available bundles. The following example shows the contents "
"of an Ister installation file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:85
msgid ""
"Every Ister installation file hosted on **ICIS** must contain the the "
"``IsterCloudInitSvc`` parameter as well as the ``os-cloudguest`` bundle. "
"These entries allow **Ister** to customize an instance of of an install."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:90
msgid ""
"Create an Ister configuration file to define the location of the Ister "
"installation file. Save it to the :file:`static/ister` directory within "
"the web hosting directory of **ICIS**. The following example shows an "
"Ister configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:99
msgid ""
"Modify the iPXE boot script by adding a kernel parameter to the command "
"line for booting the network image. Add the kernel parameter "
"``isterconf`` with the location of the Ister configuration file hosted on"
" **ICIS** as the kernel parameter value. The following example shows an "
"iPXE boot script with the ``isterconf`` parameter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:114
msgid ""
"After the network image of |CL| boots, **Ister** inspects the parameters "
"used during boot in :file:`/proc/cmdline` to find the location of the "
"Ister configuration file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:118
msgid ""
"Write a cloud-init document to customize the instance of the installation"
" according to your requirements. The `cloud-init Read the Docs`_ provides"
" a guide on how to write a cloud-init document. The guide covers the "
"customization options provided by cloud-init after an installation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:123
msgid ""
"Save the cloud-init document to the :file:`static/roles` directory within"
" the web hosting directory for **ICIS** with the name of a role you would"
" like to create. For example, a role may be \"database\", \"web\", or "
"\"ciao\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:127
msgid ""
"After creating the roles, also known as cloud-init files, assign roles to"
" MAC addresses of PXE clients. To do so, modify the :file:`config.txt` "
"file in the ``static`` directory within the web hosting directory of "
"**ICIS**. The following example shows one such assignment:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:137
msgid ""
"If MAC addresses of PXE clients are not listed within the "
":file:`config.txt` file, a default role for those MAC address may be "
"defined as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:146
msgid "Verify the following URLs are accessible on your local network:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:148
msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:149
msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:150
msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/<MAC address>``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:151
msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/<role>``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:152
msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:154
msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch it boot and install |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:156
msgid "Power-cycle the PXE client and watch it customize the |CL| installation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:158
msgid ""
"**Congratulations!** You have successfully performed a bulk provision of "
"|CL|."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po
+257
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:4
msgid "CPU Power and Performance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:6
msgid ""
"Modern x86 :abbr:`CPUs (central processing units)` employ a number of "
"features and technologies to balance performance, energy, and thermal "
"efficiencies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:9
msgid ""
"By default, |CL| prioritizes maximum CPU performance with the philosophy "
"that the faster the program finishes execution, the faster the CPU can "
"return to a low energy idle state. It is important to understand and "
"evaluate all of these technologies when troubleshooting or considering "
"changing the defaults."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:18
msgid "CPU power saving mechanisms"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:20
msgid ""
"C-states and P-states are both CPU power saving mechanisms that are "
"entered under different operating conditions. The tradeoff is a slightly "
"longer time to exit these states when the CPU is needed once again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:27
msgid "C-states (idle states)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:29
msgid ""
"C-states are hardware sleep states that are entered when it is determined"
" that the CPU is idle and not executing instructions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:32
msgid ""
"C-states aim to reduce power utilization by increasingly reducing clock "
"frequency, voltages, and features in each state."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:35
msgid ""
"Although C-states can typically be limited or disabled in a system's UEFI"
" or BIOS configuration, these settings are overridden when the "
"`intel_idle driver`_ is in use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:39
msgid "To view the current cpuidle driver run this command in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:45
msgid ""
"For troubleshooting, C-states can be limited with a kernel command line "
"boot parameter by adding :command:`processor.max_cstate=N "
"intel_idle.max_cstate=N` or completely disabled with "
":command:`idle=poll`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:51
msgid ""
":command:`processor.max_cstate=0` is changed to "
":command:`processor.max_cstate=1` by the kernel to be a valid value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:53
msgid ""
":command:`intel_idle.max_cstate=0` disables the Intel Idle driver, not "
"set it to C-state 0."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:59
msgid "P-states (performance states)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:61
msgid ""
"P-states, also known as *SpeedStep* on Intel processors or *Cool'n'Quiet*"
" on AMD processors, are states entered while the CPU is active and "
"executing instructions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:65
msgid ""
"P-states aim to reduce power utilization by adjusting CPU clock frequency"
" and voltages based on CPU demand."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:68
msgid ""
"P-states can typically be limited or disabled in a system's firmware "
"(UEFI/BIOS)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:71
msgid "Turbo boost"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:73
msgid ""
"`Turbo Boost technology`_, found on some modern Intel CPUs, allows "
"core(s) on a processor to temporarily operate at a higher than rated CPU "
"clock frequency to accommodate demanding workloads if the CPU is under "
"defined power and thermal thresholds."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:78
msgid ""
"Turbo boost is an extension of P-states. As such, changing or limiting "
"C-states or P-states impact the ability of a process to enter Turbo "
"boost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:81
msgid ""
"Turbo boost can be disabled in a system's UEFI or BIOS. Turbo boost can "
"also be disabled within |CL| with the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:89
msgid "Linux CPU clock frequency scaling"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:91
msgid ""
"The CPUFreq subsystem in Linux allows the OS to control :ref:`C-states <c"
"-states-section>` and :ref:`P-states <P-states-section>` via CPU drivers "
"and governors that provide algorithms that define how and when to enter "
"these states."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:97
msgid "Scaling driver"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:99
msgid ""
"Linux uses the `Intel P-state driver`_, *intel_pstate*, for modern Intel "
"processors from the Sandy Bridge generation or newer. Other processors "
"may default to the *acpi-cpufreq* driver which reads values from the "
"systems UEFI or BIOS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:104
msgid ""
"To view the current CPU frequency scaling driver run this command in a "
"terminal:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:111
msgid "Scaling governor"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:113
msgid ""
"|CL| sets the CPU governor to *performance* which calls for the CPU to "
"operate at maximum clock frequency. In other words, P-state P0. While "
"this may sound wasteful at first, it is important to remember that power "
"utilization does not increase significantly simply because of a locked "
"clock frequency without a workload."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:119
msgid ""
"To view the current CPU frequency scaling governor run this command in a "
"terminal:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:125
msgid "To change the CPU frequency scaling governor:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:127
msgid "Disable |CL| enforcement of certain power and performance settings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:133
msgid ""
"Change the governor. In the example below, the governor is set to "
"*performance*:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:140
msgid ""
"The list of all governors can be found in the `Linux kernel documentation"
" on CPUFreq Governors`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:145
msgid ""
"The intel_pstate driver only supports *performance* and *powersave* "
"governors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:148
msgid "Thermal management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:150
msgid ""
"`thermald`_ is a Linux thermal management daemon used to prevent the "
"overheating of platforms. When temperature thresholds are exceeded, "
"thermald forces a C-state by inserting CPU sleep cycles and adjusts "
"available cooling methods. This can be especially desirable for laptops."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:155
msgid ""
"By default, thermald is disabled in |CL| and starts automatically if "
"battery power is detected. thermald can be manually enabled using the "
"systemd service by running the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:164
msgid "For more information, see the thermald man page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:170
msgid ""
"`ThermalMonitor`_ is a GUI application that can visually graph and log "
"temperatures from thermald. To use ThermalMonitor, add the desktop-apps-"
"extras bundle and add your user account to the power group:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:182
msgid ""
"After adding a new group you must log out and log back in for the new "
"group to take affect."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po
+196
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:4
msgid "Developer Workstation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:6
msgid ""
"*Developer Workstation* helps you find the :ref:`bundles-about` you need "
"to start your |CL-ATTR| development project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:9
msgid ""
"Before continuing, we recommend that you learn how to use :ref:`swupd "
"<swupd-guide>`. Visit our :ref:`swupd-about` page to understand how |CL| "
"simplifies software versioning compared to other Linux\\* distributions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:15
msgid "Workstation Setup"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:17
msgid ""
"This guide helps you understand the minimum bundles required to get "
"started. After installing them, you can add more bundles relevant to your"
" use case. To run any process required for |CL| development, you can add "
"the large bundle :ref:`*os-clr-on-clr* <enable-user-space>`. However, "
"given how many packages this bundle contains, you may want instead to "
"deploy a leaner OS with only those bundles relevant to your project. "
"Developer Workstation responds to this need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:25
msgid ""
"Use Table 1, *Developer Profiles*, to identify the *minimum required "
"bundles* to get started developing based on your role or project. While "
"your role may not neatly fit in one of these categories, consider using "
"Table 1 as a starting point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:29
msgid "**Table 1. Developer Profiles**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:33
msgid "|CL| Bundle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:34
msgid "*Internet of Things (IoT)*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:35
msgid "*System Administrator*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:36
msgid "*Client/Cloud/Web Developer*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:38
msgid "`editors`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:39
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:40
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:41
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:44
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:45
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:46
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:49
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:50
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:51
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:55
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:56
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:60
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:61
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:65
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:66
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:69
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:70
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:71
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:76
msgid "✓"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:43
msgid "`network-basic`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:48
msgid "`openssh-server`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:53
msgid "`webserver-basic`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:58
msgid "`application-server`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:63
msgid "`database-basic`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:68
msgid "`desktop-autostart`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:73
msgid "`dev-utils`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:79
msgid "`swupd` search"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:81
msgid ""
"We recommend learning about :ref:`swupd <swupd-guide>`, to learn the "
"commands to search for and add bundles relevant to your project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:84
msgid ""
"The guide provides an :ref:`example <swupd-guide-example-install-bundle>`"
" that shows you how to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:87
msgid "Use `swupd` to search for bundles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:88
msgid "Use `swupd` to add bundles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:91
msgid "Core Concepts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:93
msgid ""
"We recommend that you understand these core concepts in |CL| *before* "
"developing your project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:96
msgid ":ref:`Bundles <bundles-about>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:97
msgid ":ref:`Software update <swupd-about>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:98
msgid ":ref:`Mixer <mixer-about>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:99
msgid ":ref:`Autospec <autospec-about>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:102
msgid "Other resources for developers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:104
msgid "`Developer Tooling Framework`_ for |CL|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:105
msgid "`Bundle definition files`_"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.po
+284
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:4
msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image on Linux"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:6
msgid ""
"This guide describes the types of |CL| images available, where to "
"download them, how to verify the integrity of an image, and how to "
"decompress it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:9
msgid "Instructions for other operating systems are available:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:11
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:12
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:15
msgid "Image types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:3
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and "
"environments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:7
msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:13
msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:15
msgid ""
"The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its "
"corresponding file format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:18
msgid ""
"The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types "
"of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:23
msgid ""
"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform "
"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are "
"platform specific."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:26
msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:30
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:43
msgid "Image Type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:31
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:44
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:33
msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:34
msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:36
msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:37
msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:39
msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:46
msgid "aws.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:47
msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:49
msgid "azure.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:50
msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:52
msgid "azure-docker.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:53
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with "
"Docker\\* pre-installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:55
msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:56
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the "
"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:58
msgid "cloudguest.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:59
msgid ""
"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements "
"installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:61
msgid "gce.tar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:62
msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:64
msgid "hyperv.vhdx"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:65
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes "
"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:67
msgid "kvm.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:68
msgid ""
"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized "
"kernel`_ for KVM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:71
msgid "kvm-legacy.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:72
msgid ""
"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using "
"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:74
msgid "pxe.tar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:75
msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:77
msgid "vmware.vmdk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:78
msgid ""
"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, "
"Workstation, and ESXi."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:23
msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:25
msgid ""
"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action"
" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues."
" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding "
"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:30
msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:31
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:57
msgid "Start a terminal emulator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:32
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:33
msgid ""
"Verify the integrity of the image and compare it to its original checksum"
" with the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:40
msgid ""
"If the checksum of the downloaded image is different than the original "
"checksum, a warning is displayed with a message indicating the computed "
"checksum does **not** match. Otherwise, the name of the image is printed "
"on the screen followed by `OK`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:45
msgid ""
"For a more in-depth discussion of image verification including checking "
"the certificate see :ref:`image-content-validation`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:51
msgid "Decompress the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:53
msgid ""
"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ "
"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or "
"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:58
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:60
msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:66
msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.po
+275
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:4
msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image on macOS\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:6
msgid ""
"This guide describes the types of |CL| images available, where to "
"download them, how to verify the integrity of an image, and how to "
"decompress it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:9
msgid "Instructions for other operating systems are available:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:11
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:12
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:15
msgid "Image types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:3
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and "
"environments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:7
msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:13
msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:15
msgid ""
"The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its "
"corresponding file format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:18
msgid ""
"The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types "
"of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:23
msgid ""
"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform "
"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are "
"platform specific."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:26
msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:30
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:43
msgid "Image Type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:31
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:44
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:33
msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:34
msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:36
msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:37
msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:39
msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:46
msgid "aws.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:47
msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:49
msgid "azure.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:50
msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:52
msgid "azure-docker.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:53
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with "
"Docker\\* pre-installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:55
msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:56
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the "
"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:58
msgid "cloudguest.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:59
msgid ""
"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements "
"installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:61
msgid "gce.tar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:62
msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:64
msgid "hyperv.vhdx"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:65
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes "
"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:67
msgid "kvm.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:68
msgid ""
"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized "
"kernel`_ for KVM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:71
msgid "kvm-legacy.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:72
msgid ""
"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using "
"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:74
msgid "pxe.tar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:75
msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:77
msgid "vmware.vmdk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:78
msgid ""
"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, "
"Workstation, and ESXi."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:23
msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:25
msgid ""
"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action"
" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues."
" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding "
"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:30
msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:31
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:51
msgid "Start the Terminal app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:32
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:33
msgid ""
"Verify the integrity of the image and compare it to its original checksum"
" with the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:40
msgid ""
"If the checksum of the downloaded image is different than the original "
"checksum, the differences will be displayed. Otherwise, an empty output "
"indicates a match and your downloaded image is good."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:45
msgid "Decompress the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:47
msgid ""
"We compress all released |CL| images by default with either GNU zip "
"(`.gz`) or xz (`.xz`). The compression type we use depends on the target "
"platform or environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:52
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:53
msgid ""
"Use the :command:`gunzip` command to decompress either compression type. "
"For example:"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.po
+279
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:4
msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image on Windows\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:6
msgid ""
"This guide describes the types of |CL-ATTR| images available, where to "
"download them, how to verify the integrity of an image, and how to "
"decompress it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:9
msgid "Instructions for other operating systems are available:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:11
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:12
msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:15
msgid "Image types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:3
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and "
"environments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:7
msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:13
msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:15
msgid ""
"The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its "
"corresponding file format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:18
msgid ""
"The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types "
"of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:23
msgid ""
"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform "
"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are "
"platform specific."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:26
msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:30
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:43
msgid "Image Type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:31
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:44
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:33
msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:34
msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:36
msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:37
msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:39
msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:46
msgid "aws.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:47
msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:49
msgid "azure.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:50
msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:52
msgid "azure-docker.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:53
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with "
"Docker\\* pre-installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:55
msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:56
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the "
"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:58
msgid "cloudguest.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:59
msgid ""
"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements "
"installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:61
msgid "gce.tar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:62
msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:64
msgid "hyperv.vhdx"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:65
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes "
"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:67
msgid "kvm.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:68
msgid ""
"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized "
"kernel`_ for KVM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:71
msgid "kvm-legacy.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:72
msgid ""
"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using "
"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:74
msgid "pxe.tar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:75
msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:77
msgid "vmware.vmdk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:78
msgid ""
"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, "
"Workstation, and ESXi."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:23
msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:25
msgid ""
"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action"
" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues."
" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding "
"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:30
msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:31
msgid "Start Command Prompt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:32
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:33
msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:39
msgid ""
"Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the"
" downloaded checksum file and make sure they match."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:43
msgid "Decompress the |CL| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:45
msgid ""
"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ "
"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or "
"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:49
msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:50
msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:51
msgid ""
"From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select "
":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:58
msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po
+155
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:4
msgid "Create and enable a new user space"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:6
msgid ""
"This section provides steps to complete the following basic setup tasks "
"for a newly installed |CL-ATTR| system:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:14
msgid "Create a new user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:16
msgid ""
"To create a new user and set a password for that user, enter the "
"following commands as a `root` user:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:24
msgid ""
"Replace the <userid> with the name of the user account you want to create"
" including the password for that user. The :command:`passwd` command "
"prompts you to enter a new password. Retype the new password for the new "
"user account just created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:30
msgid "Add the new user to the `wheel` group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:32
msgid ""
"Before logging off as root and logging into your new user account, enable"
" the :command:`sudo` command for your new `<userid>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:35
msgid ""
"To be able to execute all applications with root privileges, add the "
"`<userid>` to the `wheel group`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:38
msgid "Add `<userid>` to the `wheel` group:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:44
msgid "Log out of root and into the new `<userid>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:46
msgid "To log off as root, enter :command:`exit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:48
msgid "Enter the new `<userid>` and the password created earlier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:50
msgid "You will now be in the home directory of `<userid>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:53
msgid "Install and update the OS software to its current version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:55
msgid ""
"The |CL| software utility :ref:`swupd <swupd-guide>` allows you to "
"perform system updates while reaping the benefits of upstream "
"development."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:57
msgid "To update your newly installed OS, run:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:64
msgid "Add a bundle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:66
msgid ""
"Software applications are installed as bundles using the command "
":command:`swupd bundle-add`. Experienced Linux* users might compare "
"`swupd` to running :command:`apt-get` or :command:`yum install` for "
"package management. Yet |CL| manages packages at the level of bundles, "
"which are integrated stacks of packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:72
msgid ""
"For example, the `sysadmin-basic` bundle installs the majority of "
"applications useful to a system administrator. To install it, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:78
msgid ""
"View a full list of bundles and packages installed with the `sysadmin-"
"basic`_ bundle. You can also view `all bundles`_ for |CL|, active or "
"deprecated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:80
msgid ""
"Expand your knowledge of :command:`swupd` and check out our developer "
"resources:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:82
msgid ":ref:`swupd-guide`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:83
msgid ":ref:`developer-workstation`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:86
msgid "Next steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:88
msgid "Check out our guides and tutorials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:90
msgid ":ref:`guides`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:91
msgid ":ref:`tutorials`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po
+159
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:4
msgid "Fix a broken installation of |CL-ATTR|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:6
msgid ""
"This guide explains how to fix a broken installation of |CL| using a live"
" desktop image on a USB. It's assumed you already installed |CL| on a "
"target system, but your operating system does not boot or function "
"properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:10
msgid ""
"This process can only verify and fix files that :ref:`swupd<swupd-guide>`"
" owns in :file:`/usr`. Files outside of this path, such as /home/, /etc, "
"/var, etc., cannot be repaired by this process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:15
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:17
msgid ""
":ref:`Download and install the live desktop image on a USB <bare-metal-"
"install-desktop>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:20
msgid "Boot a live desktop image to fix target system"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:22
msgid "Boot the |CL| live desktop image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:4
msgid "Install from live image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:6
msgid ""
"After you download and burn the live desktop image on a USB drive, follow"
" these steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:9
msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:11
msgid "Power on the system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:13
msgid ""
"Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS "
"setup menu entry point may vary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:16
msgid ""
"In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the "
"first option in the device boot order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:19
msgid "Save these settings, e.g. :kbd:`F10`, and exit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:21
msgid "Reboot the target system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:23
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` in the boot menu, shown in Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:29
msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS in boot menu"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:29
msgid "Mount root partition, verify, and fix"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:31
msgid "Open a Terminal window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:33
msgid "Assure the system is connected to the network."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:35
msgid "Mount the system’s root partition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:37
msgid "To find the root partition, run:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:43
msgid "We'll use `/dev/sda3/` as the root partition example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:45
msgid "Next, mount the partition to the `/mnt` folder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:51
msgid ""
"Verify that you mounted the correct root partition by checking for some "
"files commonly found on |CL| systems."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:59
msgid "Next, run swupd to fix any issues on the target system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:65
msgid ":ref:`Learn more about how swupd works <swupd-guide>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:67
msgid "After the process is complete, unmount the root partition:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:73
msgid ""
"Reboot the system, remove the live desktop USB drive, and boot into the "
"repaired system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:80
msgid "**Congratulations!** You successfully restored |CL|."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po
+110
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:4
msgid "Modify hostname on |CL-ATTR|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:6
msgid ""
"This guide describes how to modify and view the hostname of your |CL-"
"ATTR| system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:9
msgid ""
"By default, |CL| installations have a machine generated name, which is a "
"long string of letters and numbers. The generated name is fine for "
"computers but is not human-friendly. Administrators and users will often "
"want to rename their machines with a name that is easier to remember, "
"type, and search for. Renaming a machine also makes it easier to "
"identify, by including meaningful data in the name. The following "
"examples show human-friendly machine names:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:17
msgid "*regression-test*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:18
msgid "*sally-test-box1*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:19
msgid "*az-bldg2-lab*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:22
msgid "Set your hostname"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:24
msgid ""
"|CL| uses the :command:`hostnamectl` command to display and modify the "
"machine name. :command:`hostnamectl` is part of the **os-core** bundle, "
"which provides a basic Linux\\* user space and utilities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:28
msgid ""
"This example sets the hostname to *telemetry-test-2-h15*, to identify a "
"|CL| telemetry test machine on the second floor at grid location H15. "
"Make sure to reboot after setting a new hostname."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:39
msgid ""
"There are three types of hostname: *static*, *transient*, and *pretty*. "
"The most common is the static hostname. Static hostnames must be between "
"two and 63 characters long, must start and end with a letter or number, "
"and may contain letters (case-insensitive), numbers, dashes, or dots."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:44
msgid ""
"If the static hostname exists, it is used to generate the transient "
"hostname, which is maintained by the kernel. The transient hostname can "
"be changed by DHCP or mDNS at runtime."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:48
msgid ""
"The pretty hostname is a free-form UTF8 name used for presentation to the"
" user."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:51
msgid "View your hostname"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:53
msgid "View your current hostname using the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:59
msgid "You should see output similar to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:74
msgid ""
"**Congratulations!** You successfully modified the hostname of your |CL| "
"system."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po
+245
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:4
msgid "Increase virtual disk size of a |CL-ATTR| image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:6
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| prebuilt images come in different sizes, ranging from 300 MB to"
" 20 GB. This guide describes how to increase the size of your prebuilt "
"|CL| image if you need more capacity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:10
msgid "This guide will cover:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:13
msgid "Determine the partition order and sizes of the prebuilt image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:15
msgid ""
"There are two methods to find the order and sizes of partitions virtual "
"disk of your prebuilt |CL| image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:18
msgid ""
"In both examples, the prebuilt Hyper-V image has a disk size of 8.5 GB "
"with / dev/sda3 being the partition for the root filesystem (/)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:22
msgid "Checking :command:`lsblk` on the VM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:24
msgid ""
"The first method is to boot up your :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` and "
"execute the :command:`lsblk` command as shown below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:31
msgid "An example output of the :command:`lsblk` command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:41
msgid "An example of this can also be seen in Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:44
msgid "Checking :file:`config.json` used to build the image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:46
msgid ""
"The second method to determine partition to check the :file:`config.json`"
" file used to create prebuilt image, located in the `releases`_ "
"repository. For example, to find the size of the Hyper-V\\* image version"
" number 20450, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:51
msgid "Go to the `releases`_ repository."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:52
msgid "Drill down into the `20450 > clear > config > image` directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:53
msgid "Open the :file:`hyperv-config.json` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:54
msgid "Locate the `PartitionLayout` key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:56
msgid ""
"The example shows 512 MB for the EFI partition, 32 MB for the swap "
"partition, and 8 GB for the root partition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:76
msgid "Increase virtual disk size"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:77
msgid ""
"Once you have determined the disk and partition to be increased, you are "
"ready to perform the actual increase of the disk, partition, and "
"filesystem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:81
msgid "Power off VM and increase virtual disk size:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:83
msgid ""
"To increase the virtual disk size for a prebuilt image, perform the steps"
" below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:86
msgid "Shut down your VM if it is running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:87
msgid ""
"Use the process defined by your hypervisor or cloud provider to increase "
"the virtual disk size of your |CL| VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:90
msgid "Power up the VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:94
msgid "Resize the partition of the virtual disk:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:96
msgid "Log in to an account with root privileges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:97
msgid "Open a terminal emulator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:98
msgid ""
"Add the |CL| `storage-utils` bundle to install the :command:`parted` and "
":command:`resize2fs` tools."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:105
msgid "Launch the `parted` tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:111
msgid "In the `parted` tool, perform these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:113
msgid "Press :command:`p` to print the partitions table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:114
msgid "If the warning message below is displayed, enter :command:`Fix`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:124
msgid ""
"Enter :command:`resizepart [partition number]` where *[partition number]*"
" is the partition number of the partition to modify."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:126
msgid "Enter :command:`yes` when prompted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:127
msgid "Enter the new `End` size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:131
msgid ""
"If you want a partition to take up the remaining disk space, then enter "
"the total size of the disk. When you print the partitions table with the "
":command:`p` command, the total disk size is shown after the `Disk` "
"label."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:136
msgid "An example of this can be seen in Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:138
msgid ""
"Enter :command:`q` to exit `parted` when you are finished resizing the "
"image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:141
msgid ""
"Figure 1 depicts the described steps to resize the partition of the "
"virtual disk from 8.5GB to 20GB."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:147
msgid "Figure 1: Increase root partition size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:150
msgid "Resize the filesytem"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:152
msgid ""
"Enter :command:`sudo resize2fs -p /dev/[modified partition name]` where "
"*[modified partition name]* is the partition that was changed in "
"`parted`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:155
msgid "Run the :command:`df -h` to verify that the filesystem size has increased."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:158
msgid ""
"Figure 2 depicts the described steps to resize the partition of the "
"virtual disk from 8.5GB to 20GB."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:164
msgid "Figure 2: Increase root filesystem size after partition has been expanded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:166
msgid ""
"Congratulations! You have resized the disk, partition, and filesystem. At"
" this point, the increase in disk capacity is usable."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po
+78
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:4
msgid "Set the time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:6
msgid "|CL-ATTR| uses the `systemd-timesyncd.service` daemon to synchronize time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:8
msgid ""
"This guide describes how to reset the time in your |CL| system when the "
"default :abbr:`NTP (Network Time Protocol)` servers cannot be reached."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:11
msgid "Install the `sysadmin-basic` bundle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:17
msgid "Set your time zone. This example uses Los Angeles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:25
msgid ""
"To see a list of time zones, use the command: :command:`timedatectl list-"
"timezones | grep <locale>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:28
msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/systemd/` directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:34
msgid ""
"Create a new file named :file:`/etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf` and enter the"
" following text."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:43
msgid "Enable the `systemd-timesyncd` service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:51
msgid ""
"To check the service status, use the :command:`timedatectl status` "
"command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:53
msgid ""
"To restart the `timesyncd` daemon, enter :command:`systemctl restart "
"systemd-timesyncd` into your terminal emulator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/time.rst:56
msgid "**Congratulations!** You successfully set up the time in your |CL| system."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po
+142
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:4
msgid "Validate signatures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:6
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| offers a way to validate the content of an image or an update. "
"All validation of content works by creating and signing a hash. A valid "
"signature creates a chain of trust. A broken chain of trust, seen as an "
"invalid signature, means the content is not valid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:11
msgid ""
"This guide covers how to validate the contents of an image, which is a "
"manual process and is the same process ``swupd`` performs internally to "
"validate an update."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:18
msgid "Image content validation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:20
msgid ""
"For the outlined steps, the installer image of the latest release of |CL|"
" is used for illustrative purposes. You may use any image of |CL| you "
"choose."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:23
msgid ""
"Download the image, the signature of the SHA512 sum of the image, and the"
" |CL| certificate used for signing the SHA512 sum."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:35
msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the |CL| certificate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:41
msgid ""
"Ensure the generated SHA256 sum of the |CL| certificate matches the "
"following SHA256 sum to verify the integrity of the certificate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:48
msgid "Generate the SHA512 sum of the image and save it to a file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:54
msgid ""
"Ensure the signature of the SHA512 sum of the image was created using the"
" |CL| certificate. This validates the image is trusted and it has not "
"been modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:64
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:115
msgid ""
"The `-purpose any` option is required when using OpenSSL 1.1. If using "
"an earlier version of OpenSSL, omit this option to perform signature "
"validation. The `openssl version` command may be used to determine the "
"version of OpenSSL in use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:69
msgid ""
"The output should contain ``Verification successful``. If the output "
"contains ``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the image is not trustworthy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:73
msgid "Update content validation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:75
msgid ""
"``swupd`` validates all update content automatically before applying the "
"update content. The process ``swupd`` follows internally is illustrated "
"here with manual steps using the latest |CL| release. There is no need to"
" perform these steps manually when performing a ``swupd update``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:80
msgid ""
"Download the :abbr:`MoM (top-level manifest)`, the signature of the MoM, "
"and the Swupd certificate used for signing the signature of the MoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:92
msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the Swupd certificate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:98
msgid ""
"Ensure the generated SHA256 sum of the Swupd certificate matches "
"following SHA256 sum to verify the integrity of the certificate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:105
msgid ""
"Ensure the signature of the MoM was created using the Swupd certificate. "
"This signature validates the update content is trustworthy and has not "
"been modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:122
msgid ""
"The SHA512 sum of the MoM is not generated and then signed. Instead, the "
"MoM is signed directly because it is small in size compared to an image "
"of |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:126
msgid ""
"The output should contain ``Verification successful``. If the output "
"contains ``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the MoM cannot be trusted. "
"Because the MoM contains a list of hashes for bundle manifests, if the "
"MoM cannot be trusted, then the bundle content cannot be trusted."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po
+177
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:4
msgid "Build a custom |CL-ATTR| based Docker container image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:6
msgid ""
"The official base |CL-ATTR| container image is published on Docker\\* Hub"
" and is updated on a regular basis. This guide contains the steps to "
"build a custom container image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:11
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:13
msgid ""
"You must perform these steps on a |CL| system because the :abbr:`swupd "
"(software updater)` is used to manage bundles in the container."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:16
msgid ""
"You must install the :file:`containers-basic` bundle on the |CL| system "
"or Docker will not work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:18
msgid "You have a basic understanding of Docker."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:21
msgid "Build the base container image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:23
msgid "Log in and get root privileges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:29
msgid "Verify Docker is installed and running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:35
msgid "If Docker is installed and running, the output is similar to this example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:78
msgid "If Docker is not installed, enter the commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:85
msgid "Use `os-install` to download and install the bundles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:92
msgid "The `swupd` example uses the following flags:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:94
msgid ":command:`os-install` tells `swupd` to download and install."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:95
msgid ":command:`-V / --version` specifies the version of the |CL| bundles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:96
msgid ":command:`--url` specifies the URL of the bundles repository."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:97
msgid ""
":command:`--statedir` specifies the state directory where downloaded "
"bundles and any state information are stored."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:99
msgid ""
":command:`--no-boot-update` tells `swupd` to skip updating boot files "
"because boot files are not required for a container."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:102
msgid ""
"For more information on `swupd` flags, enter the :command:`swupd os-"
"install -h` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:104
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:167
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:194
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:228
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:290
msgid "Example output:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:141
msgid "The `WARNING` message is expected and can be ignored."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:143
msgid "Create a tarball and compress it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:150
msgid "Create the Dockerfile to build the image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:161
msgid "Build the |CL| container image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:188
msgid "List the newly created |CL| container image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:201
msgid "Launch the built |CL| container."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:208
msgid "Manage bundles in a container"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:210
msgid ""
"You can add and remove bundles from a |CL| container using the "
":command:`RUN swupd` command in the Dockerfile."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:214
msgid "Add a bundle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:216
msgid ""
"This example Dockerfile adds the :file:`pxe-server` bundle to an existing"
" |CL| Docker image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:272
msgid ""
"The `WARNING` message can be ignored because systemd does not run inside "
"a container."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:276
msgid "Remove a bundle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:278
msgid ""
"This example Dockerfile removes the :file:`pxe-server` bundle from an "
"existing |CL| Docker image:"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po
+377
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:4
msgid "Use DPDK to send packets between platforms"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:6
msgid ""
"This document describes how to send packets between two platforms in the "
"simple configuration shown in :ref:`Figure 1 <f1>`. The example uses the "
":abbr:`Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK)`, which is a set of libraries, "
"drivers, sample applications, and tools for fast packet processing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:17
msgid "Figure 1: Environment for l3fwd DPDK application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:19
msgid "This example uses the following DPDK components:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:21
msgid "pktgen: Traffic generator. See `pktgen documentation`_ for details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:22
msgid ""
"l3fwd: Layer 3 forwarding example application. See `l3fwd documentation`_"
" for details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:26
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:28
msgid "Two platforms using |CL-ATTR| release `13330`_ or higher."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:29
msgid "Both images must include the :file:`kernel-native bundle`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:30
msgid "Install the :file:`network-basic-dev` bundle with the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:36
msgid ""
"Each platform must have at least one :abbr:`NIC (Network Interface "
"Card)`. Check the `DPDK project`_ for the list of supported `dpdk.org "
"NICs`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:39
msgid "Two network cables."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:42
msgid "Install dpdk and build l3fwd example (Platform B)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:44
msgid "Change to the :file:`l3fwd` example directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:50
msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_SDK` variable to the makefiles path."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:56
msgid ""
"Assign :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` variable to the location of the gcc\\* config"
" file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:63
msgid ""
"Build the `l3fwd` application and add the configuration header to the "
":makevar:`CFLAGS` variable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:72
msgid "Build pktgen (Platform A)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:74
msgid "Download the `pktgen tar package`_ v3.1.2 or newer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:76
msgid "Decompress packages and move to uncompressed source directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:78
msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_SDK` variable to the path where makefiles are located."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:84
msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` to the location of the gcc config file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:90
msgid ""
"Build the `pktgen` project and set the "
":makevar:`CONFIG_RTE_BUILD_SHARED_LIB` variable to \"n\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:98
msgid "Bind NICs to DPDK kernel drivers (Platforms A and B)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:100
msgid ""
"The `l3fwd` application uses two NICs. The DPDK includes tools for "
"binding NICs to DPDK modules to run DPDK applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:103
msgid "Load the DPDK I/O kernel module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:109
msgid ""
"Check the NIC status to determine which network cards are not busy. When "
"another application is using them, the status shows `Active`, and those "
"NICs cannot be bound."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:117
msgid ""
"Bind two available NICs. The general syntax for binding is: :command"
":`dpdk-devbind --bind=vfio-pci <device-entry>`. A working example is "
"shown below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:125
msgid ""
"Check the NIC status to verify that the NICs are bound correctly. If "
"successful, `drv` displays the value `igb_uio`, which confirms that the "
"NICs are using the DPDK modules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:131
msgid "Set hugepages (Platforms A and B)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:133
msgid ""
"|CL| supports `hugepages` for the large memory pool allocation used for "
"packet buffers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:136
msgid "Set the number of hugepages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:142
msgid "Allocate pages on NUMA machines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:149
msgid "Make memory available for DPDK."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:155
msgid ""
"For more information, refer to the `DPDK guide`_ System Requirements "
"section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:160
msgid "Set up the physical environment (Platforms A and B)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:162
msgid ""
"Connect the NICs on Platform A to the NICs on Platform B using the "
"network cables as shown in :ref:`Figure 2<f2>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:169
msgid "Figure 2: Physical network environment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:173
msgid "Run l3fwd application (Platform B)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:175
msgid ""
"The `l3fwd` application is one of the DPDK examples available when you "
"install the :file:`dpdk-dev` bundle. `l3fwd` forwards packets from one "
"NIC to another. For details, refer to the `l3fwd documentation`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:179
msgid "Open the l3fwd example directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:185
msgid "**This step is very important.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:187
msgid "DPDK needs poll mode drivers to operate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:188
msgid "Poll mode drivers are shared objects in :file:`/usr/lib64`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:189
msgid "See the full list of supported NICs at `dpdk.org NICs`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:190
msgid ""
"You must know which kernel module each NIC is using and choose a poll "
"mode driver that corresponds to your NICs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:193
msgid ""
"NIC binding and `pktgen` configuration depends upon network use cases and"
" available system resources. Use the :command:`-d` flag to set the poll "
"mode driver."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:197
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that the NICs use the `e1000` network "
"driver and the `e1000` poll mode driver. The :file:`librte_pmd_e1000.so` "
"is located in :file:`/usr/lib64` in |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:205
msgid ""
"The `l3fwd` application shows port initialization details at startup. "
"After port 0 initialization completes, `l3fwd` shows a MAC address and "
"information for port 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:209
msgid "Save the MAC address for configuring the `pktgen` project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:212
msgid "Run pktgen application (Platform A)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:214
msgid "`pktgen` is a network traffic generator included in the DPDK."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:216
msgid ""
"`pktgen` configuration depends upon the network setup and the available "
"system resources. The following example shows a basic configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:224
msgid "Enable active colorful output (optional)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:230
msgid ""
"Use the MAC addresses shown by the `l3fwd` application during "
"initialization. The command to set the MAC addresses in `pktgen` has the "
"format:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:237
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:296
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:314
msgid "Here is a working example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:244
msgid "Send packets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:250
msgid "For more details, see the `pktgen documentation`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:253
msgid "Appendix A: Use pass-through for virtual machines"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:255
msgid ""
"This section explains how to set up a virtual environment where virtual "
"machines control the NICs on the host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:258
msgid "Create a new directory and move to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:260
msgid ""
"Download or create a :file:`start_qemu.sh` script for running a kvm "
"virtual machine:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:267
msgid "Download a bare-metal image of |CL| and rename it as :file:`clear.img`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:269
msgid "Look for an Ethernet\\* device entry that contains vendor and device ID:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:275
msgid "An example output:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:281
msgid ""
"where `03:00.0` is the device entry and `8086:1521` is the `vendor:device"
" ID`. Record this information, because you need it to unbind the NICs "
"from a host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:286
msgid ""
"Unbind the NICs from the host to do pass-through with virtual machines. "
"|CL| supports this action. The commands take the format:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:305
msgid ""
"Assign the unbound NICs to the KVM virtual machine (guest). Modify the "
":file:`start_qemu.sh` script in `qemu-system-x86_64` arguments, and add "
"the lines with the host's NICs information in the format:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:321
msgid ""
"Add more NUMA machines to the virtual machine by adding lines to the "
"Makefile boot target in the format:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:328
msgid ""
"Here is a working example for a virtual machine with 4096 memory and four"
" CPUs:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:336
msgid "Each NUMA machine must use the same quantity of memory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/dpdk.rst:338
msgid "Run the :file:`start_qemu.sh` script."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po
+314
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:4
msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| over the network with iPXE"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:6
msgid ""
"This guide describes how to install |CL-ATTR| using :abbr:`PXE (Pre-boot "
"Execution Environment)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:9
msgid ""
"PXE is an industry standard that describes client-server interaction with"
" network-boot software and uses the DHCP and TFTP protocols. This guide "
"shows one method of using the PXE environment to install |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:13
msgid ""
"The PXE extension called `iPXE`_ adds support for additional protocols "
"such as HTTP, :abbr:`iSCSI (Internet Small Computer Systems Interface)`, "
":abbr:`AoE (ATA over Ethernet\\*)`, and :abbr:`FCoE (Fiber Channel over "
"Ethernet\\*)`. iPXE enables network booting on computers with no built-in"
" PXE support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:18
msgid ""
"To install |CL| through iPXE, you must create a PXE client. Figure 1 "
"depicts the flow of information between a PXE server and a PXE client."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:24
msgid "Figure 1: PXE information flow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:28
msgid ""
"The |CL| image that boots through the PXE process automatically erases "
"all data and partitions on the PXE client system and creates 3 new "
"partitions to install onto."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:33
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:35
msgid "Before booting with iPXE, make the following preparations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:37
msgid ""
"Connect the PXE server and PXE clients to a switch on a private network, "
"as shown in Figure 2."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:43
msgid "Figure 2: Network topology."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:45
msgid ""
"Your PXE client must have a boot order where the network boot option is "
"prioritized before the disk boot option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:48
msgid "Your PXE server must have:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:50
msgid "Ethernet/LAN boot option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:51
msgid "At least two network adapters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:52
msgid "Connection to a public network."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:53
msgid "Secure boot option disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:57
msgid ""
"You must disable the secure boot option in the BIOS because the UEFI "
"binaries used to boot |CL| are not signed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:62
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:64
msgid ""
"To set up |CL| using iPXE automatically, use the :file:`configure-"
"ipxe.sh` script included with :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud Init Service)`. "
"For additional instructions on the script, refer to the guide on the "
"`ICIS GitHub repository`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:68
msgid "To set up |CL| manually, perform the steps below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:70
msgid "Define the variables used for iPXE boot configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:86
msgid "Log in and get root privilege."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:92
msgid ""
"Add the `pxe-server` bundle to your |CL| system. The bundle contains all "
"files needed to run a PXE server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:99
msgid ""
"Download the latest network-bootable release of |CL| and extract the "
"files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:113
msgid ""
"Ensure that the initial ramdisk file is named :file:`initrd` and the "
"kernel file is named :file:`linux`, which is a symbolic link to the "
"actual kernel file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:117
msgid ""
"Create an iPXE boot script with the following contents. During an iPXE "
"boot, the iPXE boot script directs the PXE client to download the files "
"to boot and install |CL|. Use the names previously given to the initial "
"ramdisk and kernel files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:133
msgid ""
"The `pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight web-server known as "
"`nginx`. Create a configuration file for `nginx` to serve |CL| to PXE "
"clients with the following contents:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:155
msgid ""
"Create a separate `nginx` configuration file to serve network-bootable "
"images on a non-standard port number. This action saves existing `nginx` "
"configurations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:159
msgid "Start `nginx` and enable the startup on boot option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:166
msgid ""
"The `pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight DNS server which conflicts"
" with the DNS stub listener provided in `systemd-resolved`. Disable the "
"DNS stub listener and temporarily stop `systemd-resolved`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:180
msgid ""
"Assign a static IP address to the network adapter for the private network"
" and restart `systemd-networkd` with the following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:196
msgid ""
"Configure :abbr:`NAT (Network Address Translation)` to route traffic from"
" the private network to the public network. This action makes the PXE "
"server act as a router. To make these changes persistent during reboots, "
"save the changes to the firewall with the following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:212
msgid ""
"The firewall masks packets to make them appear as coming from the PXE "
"server and hides PXE clients from the public network."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:215
msgid ""
"Configure the kernel to forward network packets to different interfaces. "
"Otherwise, NAT will not work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:224
msgid ""
"The `pxe-server` bundle contains iPXE firmware images that allow "
"computers without an iPXE implementation to perform an iPXE boot. Create "
"a TFTP hosting directory and populate the directory with the iPXE "
"firmware images with the following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:234
msgid ""
"The `pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight TFTP, DNS, and DHCP server"
" known as `dnsmasq`. Create a configuration file for `dnsmasq` to listen "
"on a dedicated IP address for those functions. PXE clients on the private"
" network will use this IP address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:245
msgid ""
"Add the options to serve iPXE firmware images to PXE clients over TFTP to"
" the `dnsmasq` configuration file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:255
msgid ""
"Add the options to host a DHCP server for PXE clients to the `dnsmasq` "
"configuration file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:277
msgid "The configuration provides the following important functions:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:279
msgid ""
"Directs PXE clients without an iPXE implementation to the TFTP server to "
"acquire architecture-specific iPXE firmware images that allow them to "
"perform an iPXE boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:282
msgid ""
"Activates only on the network adapter that has an IP address on the "
"defined subnet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:284
msgid "Directs PXE clients to the DNS server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:285
msgid "Directs PXE clients to the PXE server for routing via NAT."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:286
msgid ""
"Divides the private network into two pools of IP addresses. One pool is "
"for network boot and one pool is used after boot. Each pool has their own"
" lease times."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:290
msgid ""
"Create a file for `dnsmasq` to record the IP addresses it provides to PXE"
" clients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:298
msgid "Start `dnsmasq` and enable startup on boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:305
msgid "Start `systemd-resolved`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:313
msgid ""
"`systemd-resolved` dynamically updates the list of DNS servers for the "
"private network if you use the `dnsmasq` DNS server. The setup creates a "
"pass-through DNS server that relies on the DNS servers listed in "
":file:`/etc/resolv.conf`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:318
msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch the client boot and install |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:320
msgid ""
"After booting, |CL| automatically partitions the hard drive, installs "
"itself, updates to the latest version, and reboots."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:324
msgid ""
"**Congratulations!** You have successfully installed and configured a PXE"
" server that enables PXE clients to boot and install |CL| over the "
"network."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po
+153
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:4
msgid "Combine multiple interfaces with network bonding"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:6
msgid ""
"Network bonding combines multiple network interfaces into a single "
"logical interface to provide redundancy and bandwidth aggregation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:9
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| includes Linux bonding_ and team_ drivers. This guide describes"
" how to configure systemd to use the `bonding` driver."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:12
msgid "The example demonstrates how to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:14
msgid "Bond all four ports of a quad-port NIC in `802.3ad` mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:16
msgid "Enable jumbo frames to optimize large data transfers on the local network."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:18
msgid ""
"Your NICs and network switch must support `802.3ad` mode and jumbo "
"frames. The example explains how to configure your NICs for both "
"features. Your switch may require additional configuration. See your "
"switch documentation for details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:24
msgid "You must run all commands in this guide as root."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:26
msgid "Log in and get root privileges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:32
msgid "Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:38
msgid ""
"The :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory contains configuration files "
"and network settings for the virtual device and its underlying physical "
"interfaces."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:42
msgid ""
"Configure systemd to create a virtual network device called `bond1`. Use "
"a text editor to create a file named :file:`30-bond1.netdev`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:57
msgid ""
"Refer to the systemd.netdev_ manpage for :file:`30-bond1.netdev` file "
"syntax. This example is based on Example 9 on the manpage. Modify the "
"example for your configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:61
msgid ""
"Configure the slave interfaces. Create a text file named "
":file:`30-bond1-enp1s0.network`. Assign the slave interfaces to the "
"virtual `bond1` device and use the syntax shown in systemd.network_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:76
msgid ""
"The example bonds all four ports of a quad-port NIC as a slave of "
"`bond1`. The example uses a wildcard match because the NIC names are in "
"the range `enp1s0f0-enp1s0f3`. If your NIC names are not wildcard-"
"compatible, create a separate :file:`.network` file for each NIC."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:81
msgid ""
"For best results, do not assign addresses or DHCP support to the "
"individual NICs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:84
msgid ""
"The `MTUBytes` setting enables jumbo frames of up to 9000 bytes. Your "
"switch may require additional configuration to support this setting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:87
msgid "Configure the bonded interface in a file named :file:`30-bond1.network`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:101
msgid "`bond1` is a virtual interface with no physical link status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:103
msgid ""
"`BindCarrier` indicates that the `bond1` link status is determined by the"
" status of the listed slave devices."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:106
msgid ""
"`Address` contains an IP address that you assign to the logical "
"interface. DHCP bonded interfaces are complex and outside the scope of "
"this example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:109
msgid ""
"`MTUBytes` must be set to 9000 on all slave interfaces and on the bonded "
"interface for successful jumbo frames operation. If `MTUBytes` is not the"
" same on all interfaces, then the lowest value is used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:113
msgid "Apply the new network configuration with the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/network-bonding.rst:119
msgid ""
"The `MTUBytes` settings do not take effect until you reboot or manually "
"apply the settings with a utility such as `ifconfig`."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po
+943
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,943 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:4
msgid "Remote-desktop to a |CL-ATTR| host using VNC"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:6
msgid ""
":abbr:`VNC (Virtual Network Computing)` is a client-server GUI-based tool"
" that allows you to connect via remote-desktop to your |CL-ATTR| host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:9
msgid "This guide shows you how to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:11
msgid "Install the VNC server and misc. components on your |CL| host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:12
msgid "Configure a VNC-server-start method on your |CL| host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:13
msgid "Install a VNC viewer app and an SSH client on your client system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:14
msgid "Establish a VNC connection to your |CL| host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:15
msgid "Terminate a VNC connection to your |CL| host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:16
msgid "Encrypt VNC traffic through an SSH tunnel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:19
msgid "Install the VNC server and misc. components on your host"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:21
msgid "To configure VNC to work on your |CL| host, install these bundles:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:23
msgid ""
"`desktop-autostart`: Installs :abbr:`GDM (Gnome Desktop Manager)`, sets "
"it to start automatically on boot, and installs TigerVNC Viewer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:25
msgid "`vnc-server`: Installs the TigerVNC server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:27
msgid "Follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:29
msgid "Log into your |CL| host and get root privileges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:35
msgid "Install the |CL| bundles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:41
msgid "Reboot your |CL| host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:44
msgid "Configure a VNC-server-start method on your host"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:46
msgid ""
"There are three methods you can use to configure and start the VNC server"
" on your |CL| host:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:49
msgid "Table 1: VNC-server-start Configuration Methods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:53
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:54
msgid "`Method 1`: Manually start a VNC session"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:55
msgid "`Method 2`: Automatically start a VNC session via a systemd service script"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:56
msgid "`Method 3`: Create multi-user logins with authentication through GDM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:57
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:58
msgid ""
"This is the traditional method where you SSH into the |CL| host, manually"
" start a VNC session to get a display ID, and connect to it by supplying "
"the display ID."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:61
msgid ""
"The system administrator sets up a systemd service script for you with a "
"pre-assigned display ID. You make a VNC connection and supply your pre-"
"assigned display ID."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:64
msgid ""
"The system adminstrator configures GDM to accept connection requests. "
"When you make a VNC connection to the |CL| host, you see the GDM login "
"screen and authenticate as if you are local."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:67
msgid "Who configures VNC settings?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:68
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:72
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:76
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:77
msgid "You"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:69
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:70
msgid "System adminstrator"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:71
msgid "Who starts VNC session?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:73
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:74
msgid "Set to start automatically on boot by system administrator"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:75
msgid "Who ends VNC sesssion?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:78
msgid "System administrator can disable VNC service altogether"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:79
msgid "Requires VNC password to authenticate?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:80
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:81
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:82
msgid "No. Use |CL| account username and password through GDM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:85
msgid ""
"Although all three methods can coexist on the same |CL| host, we "
"recommend you pick a method that suits your needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:88
msgid ""
"For simplicity, the rest of this guide refers to these methods as `Method"
" 1`, `Method 2`, and `Method 3`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:92
msgid "Method 1: Manually start a VNC session"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:94
msgid ""
"You (and each user) must perform these steps to initialize your VNC "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:96
msgid "Log in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:97
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:557
msgid "Open a terminal emulator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:98
msgid ""
"Start VNC with the :command:`vncserver` command. Since this is your "
"first time starting VNC, it adds default configuration files and asks you"
" to set a VNC password."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:106
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:431
msgid "Example output:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:126
msgid ""
"Upon completion, you can find the default configuration files and the "
"password file hidden in the `.vnc` directory in your home directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:129
msgid ""
"Also, a VNC session starts and shows a unique display ID, which is the "
"number following the hostname and the colon `:`. In the above example, "
"the display ID is 2. In a later step, you will supply the display ID to "
"your VNC viewer app for connection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:133
msgid ""
"Kill the active VNC session for the time being with the "
":command:`vncserver -kill :[display ID]` command. Substitute [display "
"ID] with your active VNC session display ID. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:143
msgid ""
"If you do not recall the active session display ID, use the "
":command:`vncserver -list` command to find it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:146
msgid "Optional configurations:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:148
msgid ""
"To customize settings such as screen size, security type, etc., modify "
"the :file:`$HOME/.vnc/config` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:150
msgid ""
"To customize the applications to run at startup, modify the "
":file:`$HOME/.vnc/xstartup` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:154
msgid "Method 2: Automatically start a VNC session via a systemd service script"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:156
msgid ""
"To configure VNC for this method, you must have root privileges. You "
"will set up a systemd service file for all intended VNC users with their "
"own preassigned unique display ID."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:160
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:244
msgid "Log in and get root privileges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:166
msgid ""
"Make sure the user accounts already exist. Use the following command to "
"list all users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:174
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:250
msgid "Create the path :file:`/etc/systemd/system`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:180
msgid ""
"Create a systemd service script file :file:`vncserver@:[X].service`, "
"where [X] is the display ID, for each user in :file:`/etc/systemd/system`"
" Each user must be assigned a unique display ID. Be sure the correct "
"username is entered in the `User` field. The example below shows user "
"`vnc-user-b` who is assigned the display ID `5`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:208
msgid ""
"Have each user log into their account and set a VNC password with the "
":command:`vncpasswd` command before proceeding to the next step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:211
msgid ""
"Start the VNC service script and set it to start automatically on boot "
"for each user. Replace the [X] with the display ID."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:220
msgid "After starting the services, verify they are running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:226
msgid ""
"The example below shows 2 VNC sessions that were successfully started for"
" users `vnc-user-b` with display ID 5 and `vnc-user-c` with display ID 6."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:238
msgid "Method 3: Multi-user logins with authentication through GDM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:240
msgid ""
"For this method, VNC is configured as a systemd service that listens on "
"port 5900 and GDM is configured to accept access requests from VNC. When "
"you make a VNC connection to your |CL| host, you are presented with the "
"GDM login screen and you authenticate as if you are local. You must have"
" root privileges to perform this configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:256
msgid "Create a systemd socket file :file:`xvnc.socket` and add the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:274
msgid "Create a systemd service file :file:`xvnc@.service` and add the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:291
msgid "Create the path :file:`/etc/gdm`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:298
msgid "Create a GDM :file:`custom.conf` file and add the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:310
msgid "Start the VNC socket script and set it to start automatically on boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:318
msgid "After starting the socket, verify it is running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:324
msgid "The example below shows the xvnc.socket is running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:333
msgid "See the `vncserver` Man page for additional information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:336
msgid "Install a VNC viewer app and an SSH client on your client system"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:338
msgid ""
"You need a VNC viewer app on your client system to connect to your |CL| "
"host. An SSH client is only needed if you chose to use `Method 1` or you "
"plan to encrypt your VNC traffic, which is discussed later in this guide."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:342
msgid "Perform the steps below to add these apps to your client system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:345
msgid "Install a VNC viewer app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:347
msgid "On |CL|:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:353
msgid "On Ubuntu, Mint:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:359
msgid "On Fedora:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:365
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:407
msgid "On Windows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:367
msgid "Install `RealVNC for Windows`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:369
msgid "On macOS:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:371
msgid "Install `RealVNC for macOS`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:374
msgid "Install an SSH client"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:376
msgid ""
"On most Linux distros (|CL|, Ubuntu, Mint, Fedora, etc.) and macOS, SSH "
"is built-in so you don't need to install it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:378
msgid "On Windows, you can install `Putty`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:381
msgid "Establish a VNC connection to your host"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:383
msgid ""
"Depending on the VNC-server-configuration method chosen, use the "
"appropriate VNC connection:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:385
msgid ""
"If you chose `Method 1`, you must take a few extra steps by using SSH to "
"connect to your |CL| host and then manually launching VNC."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:388
msgid ""
"If you chose `Method 2`, get your preassigned VNC display ID from your "
"system administrator first and then proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-"
"session` section below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:392
msgid ""
"If you chose `Method 3`, proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session` "
"below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:397
msgid "SSH into your host and launch VNC"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:399
msgid "SSH into your |CL| host"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:401
msgid "On Linux distros and macOS:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:409
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:724
msgid "Launch Putty."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:410
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:727
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Category` section, select :guilabel:`Session`. See "
"Figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:412
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:729
msgid ""
"Enter the IP address of your |CL| host in the :guilabel:`Host Name (or IP"
" address)` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:414
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:731
msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Connection type` option to :guilabel:`SSH`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:415
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:753
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Open` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:421
msgid "Figure 1: Putty - configure SSH session settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:423
msgid "Log in with your |CL| username and password. Do not use your VNC password."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:425
msgid "Start a VNC session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:442
msgid ""
"Take note of the generated display ID because you will input it into the "
"VNC viewer app to establish the connection. The above example shows the "
"display ID is 3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:448
msgid ""
"VNC automatically picks a unique display ID unless you specify one. To "
"specify a display ID, enter a unique number that is not already in use "
"after the colon. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:456
msgid ""
"You can now end the SSH connection by logging out. This does not "
"terminate your active VNC session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:462
msgid "Connect to your VNC session"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:464
msgid ""
"For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, you must connect to a specific active "
"session or display ID using one of two options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:467
msgid ""
"Use a fully-qualified VNC port number, which consists of the default VNC "
"server port (5900) plus the display ID"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:469
msgid "Use the display ID"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:471
msgid ""
"For example, if the display ID is 3, it can be specified as `5903` or "
"just as `3`. For `Method 3`, VNC does not expect a display ID. Use "
"`5900`. For simplicity, the instructions below use the fully-qualified "
"VNC port number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:475
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:762
msgid "**On Linux distros:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:477
msgid "Open a terminal emulator and enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:483
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:512
msgid "Enter your credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:485
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:514
msgid ""
"For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, enter your VNC password. No username is "
"required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:487
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:516
msgid "For `Method 3`, enter your |CL| account username and password through GDM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:492
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:521
msgid ""
"With `Method 3`, you cannot remotely log into your |CL| host through VNC "
"if you are logged in locally and vice versa."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:495
msgid "**On Windows and macOS using `RealVNC` app:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:497
msgid "Start the RealVNC viewer app. See Figure 2."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:498
msgid ""
"Enter the IP address of the |CL| host and the fully-qualified VNC port "
"number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:501
msgid ""
"The following screenshot shows connecting to |CL| host 192.168.25.54 with"
" a fully-qualified VNC port number 5902."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:508
msgid "Figure 2: RealVNC Viewer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:510
msgid "Press the :kbd:`Enter` key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:525
msgid "`Optional: Configure RealVNC Image Quality`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:527
msgid ""
"To increase the RealVNC viewer image quality, manually change the "
"`ColorLevel` value. Follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:529
msgid ""
"Right-click a connection node and select :guilabel:`Properties...`. See "
"Figure 3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:536
msgid "Figure 3: RealVNC Viewer - change connection node properties"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:538
msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Expert` tab. See Figure 4."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:540
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`ColorLevel` setting and change it to your preferred"
" setting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:547
msgid "Figure 4: RealVNC Viewer - change :guilabel:`ColorLevel`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:550
msgid "Terminate a VNC connection to your host"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:552
msgid ""
"For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, once started, a VNC session remains active"
" on your |CL| host even if you close your VNC viewer app. If you want to "
"truly terminate an active VNC session, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:556
msgid "SSH into your |CL| host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:558
msgid ""
"Find the active VNC session display ID with the command "
":command:`vncserver -list`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:565
msgid ""
"Terminate it with the :command:`vncserver -kill` command followed by a "
"colon and the display ID."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:572
msgid ""
"For `Method 3`, only the system administrator can stop and disable the "
"VNC service by using these commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:582
msgid "Encrypt VNC traffic through an SSH tunnel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:584
msgid ""
"By default, VNC traffic is not encrypted. Figure 6 shows an example "
"warning from RealVNC Viewer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:591
msgid "Figure 6: RealVNC Viewer - Connection not encrypted warning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:593
msgid ""
"To add security, VNC traffic can be routed through an SSH tunnel. This is"
" accomplished by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:595
msgid ""
"Configure the VNC server to only accept connection from localhost by "
"adding the `-localhost` option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:597
msgid ""
"Set up an SSH tunnel between your client system and your |CL| host. Your "
"client system will forward traffic from the localhost (the client) "
"destined for a specified fully-qualified VNC port number (on the client) "
"to your |CL| host with the same port number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:601
msgid ""
"The VNC viewer app on your client system will now connect to localhost, "
"instead of the IP address of your |CL| host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:605
msgid "Configure VNC to only accept connection from localhost"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:607
msgid "For `Method 1`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:609
msgid ""
"Edit the :file:`config` file located in :file:`$HOME/.vnc` and uncomment "
"the `# localhost` line. It should look like this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:625
msgid "If an active session exists, kill it, and then restart it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:627
msgid "For `Method 2`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:629
msgid ""
"Edit the systemd service script :file:`vncserver@:[X].service` located in"
" :file:`/etc/systemd/system` and add `-localhost` to the `ExecStart` "
"line. The example below uses vncserver@:5.service:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:651
msgid "Restart the service script:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:658
msgid "For `Method 3`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:660
msgid "No change is needed to the :file:`xvnc@service` script."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:662
msgid ""
"After you have restarted your VNC session, you can verify that it only "
"accepts connections from localhost by using the :command:`netstat` "
"command like this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:672
msgid "Add the |CL| `network-basic` bundle to get the :command:`netstat` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:675
msgid ""
"Figure 7 shows two VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) accepting connections "
"from any host as specified by the `0.0.0.0`'s. This is before the "
"`-localhost` option was used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:682
msgid "Figure 7: VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) accepting connections from any host"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:684
msgid ""
"Figure 8 shows two VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) only accepting "
"connections from localhost as specified by `127.0.0.1`'s. This is after "
"the `-localhost` option was used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:690
msgid ""
"Figure 8: VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) only accepting connections from "
"localhost"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:693
msgid "Set up an SSH tunnel from your client system to your |CL| host"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:695
msgid "**On Linux distros and macOS:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:697
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:764
msgid "Open terminal emulator and enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:704
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:754
msgid "Enter your |CL| account password (not your VNC password)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:708
msgid ""
"`-L` specifies that [client port number] on the localhost (on the client "
"side) is forwarded to [fully-qualified VNC port number] (on the server "
"side)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:711
msgid ""
"Replace `[client port number]` with an available client port number (for "
"example: 1234). For simplicity, you can make the `[client port number]` "
"the same as the `[fully-qualified VNC port number]`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:714
msgid ""
"Replace `[fully-qualified VNC port number]` with 5900 (default VNC port) "
"plus the display ID. For example, if the display ID is 2, the fully-"
"qualified VNC port number is is 5902."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:717
msgid "`-N` tells SSH to only forward ports and not execute a remote command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:719
msgid "`-f` tells SSH to go into the background before command execution."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:720
msgid "`-l` specifies the username to log in as."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:722
msgid "**On Windows:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:725
msgid "Specify the |CL| VNC host to connect to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:733
msgid "Configure the SSH tunnel. See Figure 9 for an example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:735
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Category` section, go to :guilabel:`Connection` > "
":guilabel:`SSH` > :guilabel:`Tunnels`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:738
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Source port` field, enter an available client port "
"number (for example: 1234). For simplicity, you can make the `Source "
"port` the same as the fully-qualified VNC port number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:742
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Destination` field, enter `localhost:` plus the fully-"
"qualified VNC port number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:745
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:751
msgid "Figure 9: Putty - configure SSH tunnel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:757
msgid "Connect to a VNC session through an SSH tunnel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:759
msgid ""
"After you have set up an SSH tunnel, follow these instructions to connect"
" to your VNC session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:770
msgid "**On Windows and macOS using `RealVNC`:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:772
msgid "Start the RealVNC viewer app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:773
msgid ""
"Enter `localhost` and the fully-qualified VNC port number. See Figure 10"
" for an example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:780
msgid "Figure 10: RealVNC viewer app connecting to `localhost:1234`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/network/vnc.rst:784
msgid ""
"RealVNC will still warn that the connection is not encrypted even though "
"its traffic is going through the SSH tunnel. You can ignore this "
"warning."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po
+942
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,942 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:4
msgid "Telemetrics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:6
msgid ""
"Telemetrics in |CL-ATTR| is a client and server solution used to collect "
"data from running |CL| systems to help quickly identify and fix bugs in "
"the OS. Both client and server are customizable, and an API is available"
" on the client side for instrumenting your code for debug and analysis."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:10
msgid ""
"Telemetry in |CL| is **opt-in**. The telemetry client is **not** active "
"and sends **no** data until you explicitly enable it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:14
msgid ""
"The telemetry functionality adheres to `Intel privacy policies`_ "
"regarding the collection and use of :abbr:`PII (Personally Identifiable "
"Information)` and is open source. Specifically, no intentionally "
"identifiable information about the user or system owner is collected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:23
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:25
msgid ""
"Telemetry, one of the key features of |CL|, enables developers to observe"
" and proactively address issues in the OS before end users are impacted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:27
msgid "Telemetrics is a combination word made from:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:29
msgid "Telemetry, which is sensing and reporting data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:30
msgid ""
"Analytics, which is using visualization and statistical inferencing to "
"make sense of the reported data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:32
msgid ""
"|CL| telemetry reports system-level debug/crash information using "
"specialized probes. The probes monitor system tasks such as swupd, kernel"
" oops, machine error checks, and the BIOS error report table for "
"unhandled hardware failures. Telemetry enables real-time issue reporting "
"to allow system developers to quickly focus on an issue and monitor "
"corrective actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:34
msgid ""
"|CL| telemetry is fully customizable and can be used during software "
"development for debugging purposes. You can use the libtelemetry library"
" in your code to create custom telemetry records. You can also use the "
"telem-record-gen utility in script files for light touch record creation "
"where instrumenting code files doesn't make sense."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:36
msgid ""
"The |CL| telemetrics solution is an **opt-in** choice on the client side."
" By default, the telemetry client is disabled until you choose to enable"
" it. Enabling the client is covered in this guide."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:39
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:41
msgid ""
"|CL| telemetry has two fundamental components, which are shown in figure "
"1:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:43
msgid ""
"Client: generates and delivers records to the backend server via the "
"network"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:45
msgid ""
"Backend: receives records sent from the client and displays the "
"cumulative content through a specialized web interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:50
msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`|CL| Telemetry Architecture`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:52
msgid ""
"The telemetry client provides the front end of the telemetrics solution "
"and includes the following components:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:54
msgid ""
"telemprobd, a daemon that receives and prepares telemetry records from "
"probes and spools them to disk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:55
msgid ""
"telempostd, a daemon that manages spooled telemetry records and delivers "
"these records according to configurable settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:56
msgid "probes, that collect specific types of data from the operating system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:57
msgid "libtelemetry, the API that telemetrics probes use to create records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:59
msgid ""
"The telemetry backend provides the server-side component of the "
"telemetrics solution and consists of:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:61
msgid "Nginx web server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:62
msgid ""
"Two Flask apps: * Collector, an ingestion web app for records received "
"from client probes. * TelemetryUI, a web app that exposes different views"
" to visualize the telemetry data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:65
msgid "PostgreSQL as the underlying database server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:69
msgid ""
"The default telemetry backend server is hosted by the Intel |CL| "
"development team and is not viewable outside the Intel firewall. To "
"collect your own records, you must set up your own telemetry backend "
"server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:74
msgid "How To Use"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:76
msgid ""
"From a workflow perspective, the |CL| telemetrics system is "
"straightforward. On the client side, the main decisions after "
"installation and enabling telemetry concern what to do with the record "
"data generated by the probes. You can send the data to the default or a "
"custom backend server, keep the data local to the system, or both. The "
"backend server has a more complex setup, but once it's running, it is "
"simple to use and configure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:78
msgid ""
"This section walks through some of the possible scenarios for configuring"
" the |CL| telemetrics system, and suggests which make sense according to "
"your needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:81
msgid "Scenarios"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:82
msgid "Enable telemetry"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:84
msgid ""
"Before probes can generate records, the telemetry client daemons must be "
"enabled. You can configure the client before enabling by creating a "
"custom :file:`telemetrics.conf` file that you place in the "
":file:`/etc/telemetrics` directory. If you choose to use the default "
"settings, records will be sent to the telemetrics backend server managed "
"by the |CL| development team at Intel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:86
msgid "Save record data locally"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:88
msgid ""
"You can configure the telemetry client to save records locally. This is "
"convenient when you want instant feedback during a development cycle, or "
"to track system issues if you believe there is a machine specific "
"problem. The client can be set to not send records at all, or to both "
"keep the records locally and send to the backend server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:90
msgid "Set up a server to collect data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:92
msgid ""
"Whether you are managing a network of |CL| systems or you don't want to "
"send records to the default telemetry server, you can set up a backend "
"server to collect your records. The backend server can be installed on "
"any Linux system and will give you the same dashboard as the default "
"server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:95
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:362
msgid "Instrument your code with the libtelemetry API"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:97
msgid ""
"The ``telemetrics`` bundle includes the libtelemetry C library, which "
"exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd daemons. You can use"
" these in your applications as well. The API documentation is found in "
"the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics client`_ repository."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:101
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:108
msgid "Enable or Disable Telemetry"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:110
msgid "Enabling during installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:112
msgid ""
"During the initial installation of |CL|, you are requested to join the "
"stability enhancement program and allow |CL| to collect anonymous reports"
" to improve system stability. If you choose not to join this program, "
"then the telemetry software bundle is not added to your system. Choosing "
"to join will automatically enable telemetry on your system after "
"installation is commplete."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:114
msgid "Enabling after install"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:116
msgid "To start telemetry on your system, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:122
msgid ""
"This enables and starts the :command:`telemprobd` and "
":command:`telempostd` daemons. Your system will begin to send telemetry "
"data to the server defined in the file "
":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf`. If this file does not exist, "
"the :command:`telemprobd` and :command:`telempostd` daemons will use the "
"file :file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:124
msgid "Disabling after install"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:126
msgid "To disable both of the telemetry daemons, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:132
msgid "Opt in to telemetry"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:134
msgid ""
"To opt-in to the telemetry services, simply enter the opt-in command and "
"start the service:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:140
msgid ""
"This removes the :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` file, if it exists, and"
" starts the telemetry services."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:144
msgid ""
"To opt-in but not immediately start telemetry services, you will need to "
"run the command :command:`sudo telemctl stop` after the :command:`opt-in`"
" command is entered. Once you are ready to start the service, enter the "
"command :command:`sudo telemctl start`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:146
msgid "Opt out of telemetry"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:148
msgid ""
"To stop sending telemetrics data from your system, opt out of the "
"telemetry service:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:154
msgid ""
"This creates the file :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` and stops the "
"telemetry services."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:158
msgid "Saving Data Locally"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:160
msgid ""
"This example requires |CL| to be installed, and telemetry to be enabled "
"on the system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:162
msgid ""
"To change how records are managed, we will be copying the default "
":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file to "
":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and editing it. The changes in"
" the :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file will override the "
"defaults in the :file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` "
"file. You may need ``root`` permissions to create and edit files in "
":file:`/etc`. For each example, and for any time you make changes to the "
"configuration file, you will need to restart the client daemons to pick "
"up the changes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:169
msgid ""
"The :command:`telemctl journal` command gives you access to features and "
"options of the telemetry journal to assist with system analytics and "
"debug. :command:`telemctl journal` has a number of options to help filter"
" records. Use :command:`-h` or :command:`--help` to view usage options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:172
msgid "Keep local copy and send records to backend server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:174
msgid ""
"To keep a local copy of the telemetry record and also send it on to the "
"backend server, we will need to change the "
":guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` configuration key value to "
":guilabel:`true`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:177
msgid "Keep all records -- don't send to backend server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:179
msgid ""
"To keep records on the system without sending them to a backend server, "
"set the :guilabel:`record_server_delivery_enabled` key value to "
":guilabel:`false`. Note that you will also need to ensure the "
":guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` configuration key value is set to "
":guilabel:`true` or the system will not keep local copies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:181
msgid "Keep and send records to custom server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:183
msgid ""
"This assumes you have set up a custom server according to the next "
"example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:185
msgid ""
"The server is identified by the :guilabel:`server` setting, and by "
"default records will be sent to the |CL| server "
":guilabel:`server=https://clr.telemetry.intel.com/v2/collector`. To "
"change this, you can use an IP address or fully qualified domain name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:190
msgid "Set up a backend server to collect telemetry records"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:192
msgid ""
"For this example, start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system"
" using the :ref:`bare-metal-install-server` getting started guide and:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:195
msgid ""
"Join the :guilabel:`Stability Enhancement Program` to install and enable "
"the telemetrics components."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:197
msgid "Select the manual installation method with the following settings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:199
msgid "Set the hostname to :guilabel:`clr-telem-server`,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:200
msgid ""
"Create an administrative user named :guilabel:`clear` and add this user "
"to sudoers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:203
msgid ""
"Log in with your administrative user, from your :file:`$HOME` directory, "
"run :command:`git` to clone the :guilabel:`telemetrics-backend` "
"repository into the :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend` directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:211
msgid ""
"You may need to set up the :envvar:`https_proxy` environment variable if "
"you have issues reaching github.com."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:213
msgid ""
"Change your current working directory to :file:`telemetrics-"
"backend/scripts`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:214
msgid ""
"We will install the telemetrics backend with the :file:`deploy.sh` script"
" file. We will set the following options and leave the remainder as "
"default:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:216
msgid "*-a install* to perform an install"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:217
msgid "*-d clr* to install to a |CL| distro"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:218
msgid "*-H localhost* to set the domain to localhost"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:221
msgid ""
"The :file:`deploy.sh` shell script has minimal error checking and makes "
"several changes to your system. Be sure that the options you define on "
"the cmdline are correct before proceeding."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:224
msgid ""
"Run the shell script from the :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend/scripts` "
"directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:232
msgid ""
"The script will start and list all the defined options and prompt you for"
" the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:245
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`DB password:`, press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept "
"the default password `postgres`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:249
msgid ""
"The :file:`deploy.sh` script uses :command:`sudo` to run commands and you"
" may be prompted to enter your user password at any time while the script"
" is executing. If this occurs, enter your user password to execute the "
":command:`sudo` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:252
msgid ""
"Once all the server components have been installed you are prompted to "
"enter the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password to change it as "
"illustrated below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:261
msgid ""
"Enter `postgres` for the current value of the password and then enter a "
"new password, retype it to verify the new password and the "
":guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password will be updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:263
msgid ""
"Once the installation is complete you can use your web browser to view "
"the new server by opening the browser on the system and typing in "
"``localhost`` in the address bar. You should see a web page similar to "
"the one shown in figure 1:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:268
msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Telemetry UI`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:273
msgid "Create records with telem-record-gen"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:275
msgid ""
"The telemetrics bundle provides a record generator tool called ``telem-"
"record-gen``. This tool can be used to create records from shell scripts "
"or the command line when writing a probe in C is not desirable. Records "
"are sent to the backend server, and can also be echoed to stdout."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:277
msgid "There are three ways to supply the payload to the record."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:279
msgid "On the command line, use the :command:`-p <string>` option:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:305
msgid ""
"Specify a file that contains the payload with the option :command:`-P "
"path/to/file`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:331
msgid ""
"If the :command:`-p` or :command:`-P` options are absent, the tool reads "
"from stdin so you can use it in a :file:`heredoc` in scripts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:365
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:366
msgid ""
"Confirm that the telemetrics header file is located on the system at "
":file:`usr/include/telemetry.h` The `latest version`_ of the file can "
"also be found on github for reference, but installing the `telemetry` "
"bundle will install the header file that matches your |CL| version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:368
msgid "Includes and variables"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:370
msgid ""
"You will need to include the following headers in your code to use the "
"API:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:381
msgid ""
"Use the following code to create the variables we need to hold the data "
"for the record we will be creating:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:396
msgid "Severity:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst
msgid "Type: uint32_t"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst
msgid ""
"Value: Severity field value. Accepted values are in the range 1-4, with "
"1 being the lowest severity, and 4 being the highest severity. Values "
"provided outside of this range are clamped to 1 or 4. [low, med, high, "
"crit]"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:400
msgid "Payload_version:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst
msgid ""
"Value: Payload format version. The only supported value right now is 1, "
"which indicates that the payload is a freely-formatted (unstructured) "
"string. Values greater than 1 are reserved for future use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:404
msgid "Classification:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst
msgid "Type: char array"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst
msgid ""
"Value: It should have the form, DOMAIN/PROBENAME/REST: DOMAIN is the "
"reverse domain to use as a namespace for the probe (e.g. org.clearlinux);"
" PROBENAME is the name of the probe; and REST is an arbitrary value that "
"the probe should use to classify the record. The maximum length for the "
"classification string is 122 bytes. Each sub-category may be no longer "
"than 40 bytes long. Two / delimiters are required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:408
msgid "Tm_handle:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst
msgid "Type: Telem_ref struct pointer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst
msgid ""
"Value: Struct pointer declared by the caller, The struct is initialized "
"if the function returns success."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:414
msgid "Payload:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst
msgid "Type: char pointer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst
msgid "Value: The payload to set"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:416
msgid "For this example, we'll set the payload to “hello” by using ``asprintf()``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:426
msgid ""
"The functions ``asprintf()`` and ``vasprintf()`` are analogs of "
"``sprintf(3)`` and ``vsprintf(3)``, except that they allocate a string"
" large enough to hold the output including the terminating null byte "
"('\\0'), and return a pointer to it via the first argument. This pointer"
" should be passed to ``free(3)`` to release the allocated storage when it"
" is no longer needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:428
msgid "Create the new telemetry record"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:430
msgid ""
"The function ``tm_create_record()`` initializes a telemetry record and "
"sets the severity and classification of that record, as well as the "
"payload version number. The memory needed to store the telemetry record "
"is allocated and should be freed with ``tm_free_record()`` when no longer"
" needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:440
msgid "Set the payload field of a telemetrics record"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:442
msgid ""
"The function ``tm_set_payload()`` attaches the provided telemetry record "
"data to the telemetry record. The current maximum payload size is 8192b."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:453
msgid ""
"The ``free()`` function frees the memory space pointed to by ptr, which "
"must have been returned by a previous call to ``malloc()``, ``calloc()``,"
" or ``realloc()``. Otherwise, or if ``free(ptr)`` has already been "
"called before, undefined behavior occurs. If ptr is NULL, no operation "
"is performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:455
msgid "Send a record to the telemetrics daemon"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:457
msgid ""
"The function ``tm_send_record()`` delivers the record to the local "
"``telemprobd(1)`` service. Since the telemetry record was allocated by "
"the program it should be freed with ``tm_free_record()`` when it is no "
"longer needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:476
msgid "Full sample application with compiling flags"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:478
msgid "Create a new file test.c add the following code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:533
msgid "Compile with the gcc compiler, using this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:540
msgid "Test to ensure the program is working:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:549
msgid ""
"A full example of the `heartbeat probe`_ in C is documented in the source"
" code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:552
msgid "Reference"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:559
msgid "The Telemetry API"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:561
msgid ""
"Installing the ``telemetrics`` bundle includes the libtelemetry C "
"library, which exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd "
"daemons. You can use these in your applications as well. The API "
"documentation is found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics "
"client`_ repository."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:564
msgid "Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:566
msgid ""
"The telemetry client will look for the configuration file located at "
":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and use it if it exists. If the"
" file does not exist, the client will use the default configuration "
"located at :file:`/usr/share/defaults telemetrics/telemetrics.conf`. To "
"modify or customize the configuration, copy the file from "
":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics` to :file:`/etc/telemetrics` and "
"edit it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:569
msgid "Configuration Options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:570
msgid "The client uses the following configuration options from the config file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:572
msgid ""
"**server**: This specifies the web server to which telempostd sends the "
"telemetry records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:573
msgid ""
"**socket_path**: This specifies the path of the unix domain socket that "
"the telemprobd listens on for connections from the probes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:574
msgid ""
"**spool_dir**: This configuration option is related to spooling. If the "
"daemon is not able to send the telemetry records to the backend server "
"due to reasons such as the network availability, then it stores the "
"records in a spool directory. This option specifies that path of the "
"spool directory. This directory should be owned by the same user as the "
"daemon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:575
msgid ""
"**record_expiry**: This is the time in minutes after which the records in"
" the spool directory are deleted by the daemon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:576
msgid ""
"**spool_process_time**: This specifies the time interval in seconds that "
"the daemon waits for before checking the spool directory for records. The"
" daemon picks up the records in the order of modification date and tries "
"to send the record to the server. It sends a maximum of 10 records at a "
"time. If it was able to send a record successfully, it deletes the record"
" from the spool. If the daemon finds a record older than the "
"\"record_expiry\" time, then it deletes that record. The daemon looks at "
"a maximum of 20 records in a single spool run loop."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:577
msgid ""
"**rate_limit_enabled**: This determines whether rate-limiting is enabled "
"or disabled. When enabled, there is a threshold on both records sent "
"within a window of time, and record bytes sent within a window a time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:578
msgid ""
"**record_burst_limit**: This is the maximum amount of records allowed to "
"be passed by the daemon within the record_window_length of time. If set "
"to -1, the rate-limiting for record bursts is disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:579
msgid ""
"**record_window_length**: The time in minutes (0-59) that establishes the"
" window length for the record_burst_limit. EX: if "
"record_burst_window=1000 and record_window_length=15, then no more than "
"1000 records can be passed within any given fifteen minute window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:580
msgid ""
"**byte_burst_limit**: This is the maximum amount of bytes that can be "
"passed by the daemon within the byte_window_length of time. If set to -1,"
" the rate-limiting for byte bursts is disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:582
msgid ""
"**byte_window_length**: This is the time, in minutes (0-59), that "
"establishes the window length for the byte_burst_limit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:583
msgid ""
"**rate_limit_strategy**: This is the strategy chosen once the rate-"
"limiting threshold has been reached. Currently the options are 'drop' or "
"'spool', with spool being the default. If spool is chosen, records will "
"be spooled and sent at a later time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:584
msgid ""
"**record_retention_enabled**: When this key is enabled (true) the daemon "
"saves a copy of the payload on disk from all valid records. To avoid the "
"excessive use of disk space only the latest 100 records are kept. The "
"default value for this configuration key is false."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:585
msgid ""
"**record_server_delivery_enabled**: This key controls the delivery of "
"records to server; when enabled (default value), the record will be "
"posted to the address in the configuration file. If this configuration "
"key is disabled (false), records will not be spooled or posted to "
"backend. This configuration key can be used in combination with "
"record_retention_enabled to keep copies of telemetry records locally "
"only."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:589
msgid ""
"Configuration options may change as the telemetry client evolves. Please "
"use the comments in the file itself as the most accurate reference for "
"configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:595
msgid "Client Run-time Options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:596
msgid ""
"The |CL| telemetry client provides an admin tool called "
":guilabel:`telemctl` for managing the telemetry services and probes. The "
"tool is located in :file:`/usr/bin`. Running it with no argument results "
"in the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:615
msgid "start/stop/restart"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:617
msgid ""
"The commands to start, stop and restart the telemetry services manage all"
" required services and probes on the system. There is no need to "
"separately start/stop/restart the two client daemons **telemprobd** and "
"**telempostd**. The **restart** command option will call **telemctl "
"stop** followed by **telemctl start** ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:620
msgid "is-active"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:622
msgid ""
"The `is-active` option reports whether the two client daemons are active."
" This is useful to verify that the **opt-in** and **opt-out** options "
"have taken effect, or to ensure that telemetry is functioning on the "
"system. Note that both daemons are verified."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
+94
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/index.rst:4
msgid "|CL-PRJ|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:6
msgid ""
"Welcome to the |CL-ATTR| documentation pages, the source for |CL| "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:12
msgid "Our documentation is divided into the following sections:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:15
msgid ":ref:`get-started`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/includes/get-started.txt:1
msgid ""
"If you are new to |CL|, get started fast with tutorials for installing "
"|CL| on bare metal, in a virtual environment, or as a live image on a USB"
" stick."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:19
msgid ":ref:`tooling`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:18
msgid ""
"Clear Linux is a little different from other distros. Here are some "
"important tools and concept for managing your install."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:24
msgid ":ref:`guides`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:22
msgid ""
"Guides show how to complete common tasks that help you leverage |CL| "
"native features effectively. From basic system configuration to advanced "
"management of a cloud installation, there is a guide for you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:28
msgid ":ref:`tutorials`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:27
msgid ""
"|CL| tutorials provide step-by-step instructions on how |CL| features can"
" be used and extended, frequently with third-party tools."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:32
msgid ":ref:`reference`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:31
msgid ""
"Find the detailed information you need to enable your configuration or "
"task in our |CL| reference section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:35
msgid ":ref:`faq`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/index.rst:35
msgid "Refer to our FAQ section to read commonly asked questions and answers."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundle-commands.po
+58
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/reference/bundle-commands.rst:4
msgid "Useful bundle commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundle-commands.rst:6
msgid "To see a list of currently installed bundles, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundle-commands.rst:12
msgid "To see the list of all available bundles, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundle-commands.rst:18
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can view our :ref:`available bundles <bundles>` "
"webpage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundle-commands.rst:21
msgid "To search for bundles and their contents, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundle-commands.rst:27
msgid "To add a bundle, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundle-commands.rst:34
msgid "Additional information"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundle-commands.rst:36
msgid "For additional :command:`swupd` commands, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundle-commands.rst:42
msgid "To reference the :command:`swupd` man page, enter:"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/bundles.po
+41
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/bundles.rst:4
msgid "Available bundles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/bundles.rst:6
msgid ""
"This document provides a current list of available bundles. View the "
"`clr-bundles repo`_ on GitHub\\*, or select the bundle :file:`Name` for "
"more details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/bundles.rst:9
msgid ""
"To learn more about how |CL-ATTR| uses bundles for software deployment, "
"visit :ref:`bundles-about`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/bundles.rst:13
msgid "Bundle list"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/openssh-server.po
+181
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:4
msgid "openssh-server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:6
msgid ""
"The **openssh-server** bundle provides the OpenSSH\\* package needed to "
"enable an SSH service in |CL-ATTR|. Remote users require an SSH service "
"to be able to use an encrypted login shell."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:10
msgid ""
"|CL| enables the `sshd.socket` unit, which will listen on port 22 by "
"default and start the OpenSSH service as required. The first time OpenSSH"
" starts, it generates the server SSH keys needed for the service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:15
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:17
msgid "Assure the bundle :file:`openssh-server` is installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:19
msgid "To check it it's on your host, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:25
msgid "To add it, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:32
msgid "Change default port"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:34
msgid ""
"Perform the following steps to change the default listening port for the "
"OpenSSH service:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:37
msgid "Open the sshd.socket file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:43
msgid ""
"Add the `[Socket]` section and `ListenStream` option to the sshd.socket "
"file as shown below. The first `ListenStream` entry removes the |CL| "
"default listen port value. The second `ListenStream` entry sets the new "
"default listen port value. In this example, we set the new default port "
"to 4200:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:56
msgid ""
"Make sure to include a new line after the last line of text in the "
"sshd.socket file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:58
msgid "Verify your changes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:64
msgid "You should see the following output:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:72
msgid "Reload the systemd daemon configurations:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:78
msgid "Restart the sshd.socket unit:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:84
msgid "Confirm the the sshd.socket unit is listening on your new port:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:92
msgid "Output should show :guilabel:`Active:` as `active(listening)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:95
msgid "Enable SFTP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:97
msgid ""
"|CL| *disables* the :abbr:`SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol)` subsystem "
"by default due to security considerations. To enable the SFTP subsystem, "
"perform the following configuration of the :abbr:`SSHD (SSH Daemon)` "
"service file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:101
msgid "Create a systemd drop-in directory for the SSHD service:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:107
msgid ""
"Create the following file: "
":file:`/etc/systemd/system/sshd@.service.d/sftp.conf`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:110
msgid "Add the OPTIONS environment variable to the sftp.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:117
msgid "Reload systemd configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:123
msgid "Congratulations! The SFTP subsystem is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:126
msgid "Enable root login"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:128
msgid "To enable root login via SSH, perform the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:130
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:153
msgid "Create a *ssh* directory in :file:`/etc`, if it does not already exist."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:136
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:159
msgid ""
"Create the following file, if it does not already exist: "
":file:`/etc/ssh/sshd_config`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:139
msgid "Set the configuration variable in /etc/ssh/sshd_config"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:146
msgid "Enable X11-forwarding"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:148
msgid ""
"X11 forwarding allows you to securely run graphical applications (i.e., X"
" clients) over the ssh conection. This will alow for remote gui apps "
"without the need for full VNC/remotedesktop. To enable X11-forwarding via"
" SSH, perform the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:162
msgid "Set the configuration variables."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/collaboration.po
+161
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:4
msgid "Documentation guidelines"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:6
msgid ""
"See a missing topic in the documentation? Find an existing document that "
"could be improved? Help us out by contributing! If you haven't "
"contributed before, take a moment to review our `Contribution "
"guidelines`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:10
msgid ""
"Do you have questions about the documentation that were not answered by "
"these guidelines? Send your question to the `mailing list`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:14
msgid "Contribution guidelines"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:16
msgid ""
"The |CL| documentation is hosted in GitHub and is written using "
"reStructuredText. Use our guidelines and best practices to write "
"consistent, readable documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:27
msgid "How to contribute"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:29
msgid "There are multiple ways to contribute and help improve our documentation:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:31
msgid ""
"**Make a suggestion**: Have a documentation suggestion but no time to "
"write it yourself? Send your suggestion to the `mailing list`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:33
msgid ""
"**Log an issue**: If you find a problem in our documentation (such as "
"typos or out-of-date information), log an issue in the `documentation "
"repository`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:35
msgid ""
"**Contribute directly via GitHub**: Whether you've found a typo, have "
"better instructions or examples, or have a new page to add, submit your "
"improvement or addition as a pull request on the `documentation "
"repository`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:38
msgid ""
"**Test documentation**: Step through our instructional guides and "
"tutorials to verify the instructions. Log or correct any out-of-date "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:41
msgid "All contributions must follow our `code of conduct`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:44
msgid "Contribute via GitHub"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:46
msgid ""
"Our documentation is hosted in GitHub and we follow the standard `GitHub "
"flow`_:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:48
msgid "Clone the `documentation repository`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:50
msgid "Create your own fork of the repository."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:52
msgid "Create a branch for your contribution."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:54
msgid "Add your commits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:56
msgid "Open a pull request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:58
msgid "Discuss, review, and update your contributions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the maintainer approves, your contribution is merged and published "
"as part of the documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:66
msgid "References"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:68
msgid ""
"We use the following references to guide the grammar, style, and "
"formatting of our documentation:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:71
msgid "`Microsoft Writing Style Guide`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:72
msgid "`Merriam-Webster Dictionary`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:73
msgid ""
"The Chicago Manual of Style (15th edition), The University of Chicago "
"Press"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:74
msgid "Microsoft Press Computer Dictionary, Microsoft Press"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:75
msgid "Read Me First!, Oracle Technical Publications"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.po
+890
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,890 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:4
msgid "Structure and formatting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:6
msgid ""
"Content should be organized to support scanning. Consistent organization,"
" formatting, and writing style helps readers quickly find what they need "
"and to understand the content more effectively. This document describes "
"our organization and formatting guidelines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:11
msgid ""
"Refer to :ref:`writing-guide` to learn how we keep our documents clear "
"and concise."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:18
msgid "Markup"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:20
msgid ""
"Our documentation is written in the reStructuredText markup language, "
"using Sphinx roles and directives. We use Sphinx to generate the final "
"documentation. You can read more about reStructuredText and Sphinx on "
"their respective websites:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:25
msgid "`Sphinx documentation`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:26
msgid "`reStructuredText Primer`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:28
msgid ""
"You can view the content directly in the .rst markup files, or generate "
"the HTML content by installing and building the documentation locally. To"
" run the documentation locally, follow the instructions found in the "
"`documentation repository`_ README."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:34
msgid "New pages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:36
msgid ""
"There are a few additional steps to consider when adding a new page to "
"the documentation. First, identify where your new page should be located "
"within the existing `Documentation organization`_. Second, make sure the "
"new page is picked up in the Sphinx build and easily linkable from other "
"content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:41
msgid ""
"Each page must be included in a `Sphinx toctree`_ in order to be included"
" in the documentation content tree. Typically, pages are added to the "
"section landing page toctree."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:45
msgid "For example, the :ref:`collaboration` page toctree looks like:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:55
msgid ""
"Additionally, each page must include a uniquely named reST label directly"
" before the page title, to enable the `Sphinx ref role`_ for linking to a"
" page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:58
msgid ""
"For example, this page \"Structure and formating\" has the label ``.. "
"_structure-formatting``:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:68
msgid ""
"This page can then be referenced from other pages in the documentation "
"using the `:ref:` role:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:76
msgid "Documentation organization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:78
msgid "The documentation is organized into five general sections:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:80
msgid ""
"**Concepts**: Introduction and overview of |CL| specific concepts or "
"features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:82
msgid "**Get started**: Information about getting started with |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:83
msgid "**Guides**: Detailed information and instruction on using |CL| features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:84
msgid ""
"**Tutorials**: Step-by-step instruction for using |CL| in specific use "
"cases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:85
msgid "**Reference**: Supplementary and reference information for |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:88
msgid "Page structure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:90
msgid "Each page in the documentation should follow the basic format of:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:92
msgid "Overview: 1-2 sentences describing what this page shows and why it matters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:93
msgid ""
"Prerequisites: Describe any pre-work necessary to the content (if "
"appropriate)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:94
msgid "Content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:95
msgid "Next steps: List links to next steps (if appropriate)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:96
msgid "Related topics: List links to related content (if appropriate)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:99
msgid "Headings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:101
msgid ""
"Use headings to section and organize your content for better readability "
"and clarity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:104
msgid "All files must have a top level heading, which is the title for the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:105
msgid ""
"Up to three additional levels of headings are allowed under the title "
"heading."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:106
msgid ""
"Each heading should be followed by at least one paragraph of content. "
"Avoid two or more consecutive headings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:109
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`writing-guide` for tips on using headings to create "
":ref:`scannable content <scannable-content>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:112
msgid "To mark up headings in the .rst file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:114
msgid "Use hash-tags to underline the file's main title:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:121
msgid "Use asterisks to underline the file's first level headings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:128
msgid "Use equal signs to underline the file's second level of headings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:135
msgid "Use dashes to underline the file's third level of headings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:143
msgid "In-page navigation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:145
msgid ""
"If a page has three or more sections, provide quick links to each "
"section. Place the quick links after the overview section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:148
msgid "Use the standard `reST contents directive`_ with depth: 1 for quick links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:151
msgid "Inline text formatting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:153
msgid ""
"We use the `Microsoft Writing Style Guide`_ as our starting point for "
"text formatting. We apply the formatting using reST and Sphinx markup."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:156
msgid "Use our quick reference for the most commonly used inline text elements:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:159
msgid "**Element**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:159
msgid "**Convention**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:159
msgid "**reST/Sphinx**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:161
msgid "Acronyms"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:161
msgid ""
"Define acronym when first used. After first use and definition, use the "
"acronym only."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:161
msgid "Use the ``:abbr:`` role, in the following format:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:164
msgid "``:abbr:`Acronym (Def)```"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:166
msgid "Bundle names"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:166
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:174
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:176
msgid "Bold"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:166
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:174
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:176
msgid "Use the ``:command:`` role."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:168
msgid "Callouts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:168
msgid "Use ``.. note::``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:170
msgid "Code/command examples"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:170
msgid ""
"Monospace, visually distinct from rest of text. Use an indented call-out "
"box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:170
msgid "Use ``.. code-block::`` with the correct language setting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:174
msgid "Commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:176
msgid "Command flags"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:178
msgid "Console output"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:178
msgid ""
"Monospace, visual distinction from rest of text. Use an indented call-out"
" box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:178
msgid "Use ``.. code-block::`` with console as the language setting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:182
msgid "Emphasis"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:182
msgid "Italic"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:182
msgid "``*strong*``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:184
msgid "Environment variables"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:184
msgid "Use the case format of the environment variable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:184
msgid "Use ``:envvar:``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:187
msgid "Example commands with optional or replaceable parts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:187
msgid "Use angle brackets for swapping in the specific name, e.g. <package-name>."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:191
msgid "Use square brackets for optional parts, e.g. [--build]."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:195
msgid "Example URLs (not linked)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:195
msgid "Plain text"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:197
msgid "File extensions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:197
msgid "Lowercase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:199
msgid "File names, directories, paths"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:199
msgid "Title style capitalization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:199
msgid "Use the ``:file:`` role."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:201
msgid "GUI labels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:201
msgid "Use ``:guilabel:``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:203
msgid "Inline comments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:203
msgid "Use ``..``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:205
msgid "Keystrokes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:205
msgid "Use ``:kbd:``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:207
msgid "Local navigation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:207
msgid "``.. contents:: :local:`` with a depth of 1"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:210
msgid "Menu selection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:210
msgid "Use ``:menuselection:``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:212
msgid "New terms"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:212
msgid "Italic for first use, normal for all subsequent uses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:215
msgid "If it is used outside of the source of definition, link the term."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:212
msgid "``*term*``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:218
msgid "Product name"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:218
msgid "Follow correct trademark and attribution guidelines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:221
msgid "Tool names"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:221
msgid "Correctly capitalized, no quotes, bold, or italics as the basic rule."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:224
msgid ""
"If the tool name is the command, like most Linux tools, treat it like a "
"command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:228
msgid ""
"If the tool name is lowercase and used at the start of a sentence, use "
"bold."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:234
msgid "White space and line length"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:236
msgid ""
"Limit line length to 78 characters. The GitHub web interface forces this "
"limitation for readability."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:239
msgid "Remove trailing whitespace from your documents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:242
msgid "Code blocks and examples"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:244
msgid ""
"When providing example code or commands use the `Sphinx code-block "
"directive`_. Select the appropriate syntax highlighting for the example "
"command or code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:247
msgid "For example, if showing console output, use console highlighting:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:253
msgid "Sphinx provides other ways of `marking up example code`_ if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:256
msgid "Lists and instructions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:258
msgid ""
"Use a numbered list when the order or priority of the items is important,"
" such as step-by-step instructions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:261
msgid "Use a bulleted list when the order of the items is not important."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:263
msgid ""
"For both list types, keep all items in the list parallel. See "
":ref:`parallelism`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:266
msgid "Use standard `reST list markup`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:269
msgid "Numbered lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:271
msgid ""
"Numbered lists are most frequently used for procedures. Use numbered "
"lists to show sequence for the items. Follow our guidelines for numbered "
"lists:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:274
msgid "Make sure the list is sequential and not just a collection of items."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:275
msgid ""
"Introduce a numbered list with a sentence. End the setup text with a "
"colon. Example: \"To configure the unit, perform the following steps:\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:277
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:299
msgid "Each item in the list should be parallel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:278
msgid ""
"Treat numbered list items as full sentences with correct ending "
"punctuation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:280
msgid ""
"You may interrupt numbered lists with other content, if relevant, e.g. "
"explanatory text, commands, or code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:282
msgid "Second-level steps are acceptable; avoid third-level steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:283
msgid ""
"Avoid single-step procedures; the minimum number of steps in a procedure "
"is two."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:285
msgid ""
"Do not create numbered lists that emulate flowcharts. The reader should "
"be able to execute the list of steps from first to last without branching"
" or looping."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:288
msgid ""
"Avoid over-using numbered lists, except in procedural documents such as "
"tutorials and step-by-step guides."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:292
msgid "Bulleted lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:294
msgid ""
"Use bulleted lists to reduce wordiness and paragraph density, especially "
"when a sequence is not required. Here are some guidelines for bulleted "
"lists:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:297
msgid ""
"Introduce a bulleted list with a sentence. End the setup text with a "
"colon. Example: \"To repair the unit, you will need the following "
"items:\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:300
msgid "Avoid interrupting bulleted lists with other paragraph styles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:301
msgid "Second-level bullets are acceptable; avoid third-level bullets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:303
msgid ""
"Use the correct ending punctuation for sentence style bullet lists. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:305
msgid "**Use this:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:315
msgid "**Not this:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:327
msgid "Instructions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:329
msgid ""
"When presenting instructions, such as in a tutorial, present them in a "
"numbered list according to these guidelines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:332
msgid "Each step (list item) should describe one action."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:334
msgid ""
"If the same steps are repeated, refer to the earlier steps rather than "
"repeating them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:337
msgid ""
"When a step includes a command or code block as an example, put the "
"command or code block after the step that includes them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:340
msgid ""
"Use supporting images where appropriate. If the series of steps is "
"supported by one figure, refer to the figure in the introductory text."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:343
msgid "For example: \"See Figure 15 and do the following:\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:345
msgid ""
"When a series of steps is supported by two or more figures, refer to the "
"specific figure in the relevant step and show the figure immediately "
"after the reference. **Do not write**: \"See figures 15 through 22 and do"
" the following:\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:351
msgid "Notices"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:353
msgid ""
"We use four special types of notices: notes, cautions, warnings, and "
"dangers. Here are some specific rules and tips regarding use of these "
"notices:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:356
msgid ""
"Do not use a notice directly after a heading. Notices must follow a "
"variant of body text."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:358
msgid "Do not include more than one notice in a single notice block."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:359
msgid "Avoid back-to-back notices."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:360
msgid ""
"If back-to-back notices are not avoidable, make sure each distinct notice"
" in the notice block is clearly defined."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:363
msgid "Use the standard `reST admonition directive`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:366
msgid "Notes, cautions, and warnings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:368
msgid ""
"Use notes sparingly. Avoid having more than one note per section. If you "
"exceed this number consistently, consider rewriting the notes as main "
"body text."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:371
msgid ""
"Use cautions and warnings to alert readers of potential problems or "
"pitfalls. Use conditional phrases in cautions and warnings, such as \"If "
"you do X, then Y will occur.\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:375
msgid "These are examples of typical notices and the conditions for their usage:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:378
msgid ""
"Notes are extra bits of information that supplement the main content. "
"Notes should be relatively short."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:382
msgid ""
"Cautions are low-level hazard messages that alert the user of possible "
"equipment, product, and software damage, including loss of data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:386
msgid "Warnings are mid-level hazards that are likely to cause product damage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:389
msgid "Links"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:391
msgid "Use the standard `reST markup for links`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:393
msgid ""
"To add a cross-reference to another documentation page, use the `:ref:` "
"role:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:399
msgid ""
"To add an external link, we use named references that refer to a defined "
"link/label at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:402
msgid ""
"For example, an external link is defined at the bottom of the page like "
"this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:408
msgid "The defined link is then used in the content like this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:415
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:417
msgid ""
"Use images or figures to convey information that may be difficult to "
"explain using words alone. Well-planned graphics reduce the amount of "
"text required to explain a topic or example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:421
msgid ""
"Follow these guidelines when using graphics in support of your "
"documentation:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:423
msgid ""
"Keep it simple. Use images that serve a specific purpose in your "
"document, and contain only the information the reader needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:426
msgid ""
"Avoid graphics that will need frequent updating. Don't include "
"information in a graphic that might change with each release, such as "
"product versions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:429
msgid ""
"Use either PNG or JPEG bitmap files for screenshots and SVG files for "
"vector graphics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:432
msgid ""
"Place the image immediately after the text it helps clarify, or as close "
"as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:435
msgid ""
"Use the `Sphinx figure directive`_ to insert images and figures into the "
"document. Include both alt text, a figure name, and caption."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:438
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:447
msgid ""
"Include at least one direct reference to an image from the main text, "
"using the figure number. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:450
msgid "**Use this:** ::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:454
msgid "**Not this:** ::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:458
msgid "Images should follow these naming and location conventions:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:460
msgid ""
"Save the image files in a :file:`figures` folder at the same level as the"
" file that will reference the image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:462
msgid "Name image files according to the following rules:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:464
msgid "Use only lower case letters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:465
msgid "Separate multiple words in filenames using dashes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:466
msgid ""
"Name images using the filename of the file they appear on and add a "
"number to indicate their place in the file. For example, the third figure"
" added to the :file:`welcome.rst` file must be named "
":file:`welcome-3.png`."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.po
+689
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,689 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:4
msgid "Writing guide"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:6
msgid ""
"We want our documentation to be easy to read and understand. This "
"document describes guidelines for writing documentation that is clear, "
"concise, confident, and courteous."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:10
msgid ""
"Refer to :ref:`structure-formatting` for details on organizing content "
"and how we use reStructuredText and Sphinx."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:17
msgid "Use simple English"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:19
msgid ""
"Write using simple English: Be brief and communicate only the information"
" that is needed. Be friendly and informative. Emphasize clarity and avoid"
" unecessary complicated or technical terms. Make the content accessible "
"to non-native speakers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:25
msgid "Be brief"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:27
msgid ""
"Use short sentences and paragraphs. Stick to the principle of one main "
"idea per sentence, plus one additional point if needed. Each paragraph "
"should address one main idea. Remember the basic structure of a "
"paragraph: Introduction, body, and conclusion."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:33
msgid "Be friendly"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:35
msgid ""
"We write for our peers and want to be familiar. Take a personal tone as "
"if you were speaking directly to the reader. Use \"you\" to address the "
"reader and \"we\" to refer to our view. Be professional, respectful, and "
"cooperative."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:39
msgid ""
"Assume your audience has the same level of technical understanding and "
"expertise as you did when you first started collaborating. Do not talk "
"down to our readers, but also do not assume they know everything about "
"the subject. Offer brief explanations or summaries of common knowledge if"
" a significant portion of readers might benefit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:46
msgid "Use simple words"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:48
msgid ""
"Use simple words to increase reader comprehension and reduce ambiguity. "
"Follow our tips for making good word choices:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:51
msgid ""
"**Avoid jargon**: Write for your audience, using everyday language where "
"possible, and technical terms where appropriate. Avoid clichés, idioms, "
"and metaphors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:54
msgid ""
"**Be consistent**: Use one term for each concept or action and use it "
"consistently."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:56
msgid ""
"**Avoid \"fancy\" words and phrases**: If there is a simpler word or "
"phrase, use it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:59
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:151
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:202
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:213
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:258
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:368
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:62
msgid "Use this"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:62
msgid "Not this"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:64
msgid "start, begin"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:64
msgid "commence"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:65
msgid "so"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:65
msgid "consequently"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:66
msgid "more than"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:66
msgid "in excess of"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:67
msgid "if"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:67
msgid "in the event of"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:68
msgid "before"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:68
msgid "prior to"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:69
msgid "if you want"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:69
msgid "should one wish"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:70
msgid "use"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:70
msgid "utilize"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:71
msgid "example"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:71
msgid "instance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:75
msgid "Avoid overuse of product name"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:77
msgid ""
"Use product names only when necessary. Typically, you can rewrite "
"sentences to remove the product name with no change in meaning, which "
"keeps the content concise and scannable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:81
msgid "Avoid using the product name in page titles and headings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:86
msgid "Make content scannable"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:88
msgid ""
"Organize your content to make it scannable for the reader, which helps "
"them find what they need quickly, and to understand the information more "
"efficiently."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:91
msgid ""
"**Put the most important content first.** Make sure your introduction "
"clearly communicates what the reader can find on the page. Present the "
"point of the document first, and organize supporting information towards "
"the end of the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:95
msgid ""
"**Write scannable headings.** Expect readers of documentation to skim and"
" scan the content, and to leave if they dont find what they need quickly."
" Good headings add organization to your content and help the reader to "
"find and understand content more effectively. Follow our guidelines for "
"writing effective `Headings`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:100
msgid ""
"**Write great link text.** Great link text tells the reader what they can"
" expect when they click on a link. It also helps make the page more "
"scannable. Follow our guidelines for writing `Link text`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:105
msgid "Headings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:107
msgid "Use these guidelines to write effective headings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:109
msgid ""
"**Be concise and descriptive.** Use only the words necessary to describe "
"the section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:111
msgid ""
"**Use sentence case.** Capitalize only the first word and proper nouns in"
" a heading."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:113
msgid ""
"**Avoid punctuation.** Unless your heading is a question, don't use "
"sentence punctuation in headings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:115
msgid ""
"**Use parallel structure.** Headings at the same level should use the "
"same grammatical pattern. This provides structure to the document and "
"helps users find information more easily. See :ref:`parallelism`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:118
msgid ""
"**Use strong verbs.** Strong, active verbs get to the point. Avoid -ing "
"verbs, such as *Running*, *Testing*, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:121
msgid "For example, two headings at the same level:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:123
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:153
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:173
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:189
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:215
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:225
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:239
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:260
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:270
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:285
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:401
msgid "**Use this:** ::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:129
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:157
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:177
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:193
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:219
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:229
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:243
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:264
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:274
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:289
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:405
msgid "**Not this:** ::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:136
msgid "Link text"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:138
msgid "All links in content should follow these guidelines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:140
msgid ""
"**Write descriptive link text**: Link text should describe where the link"
" goes, without having to read the surrounding text."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:142
msgid ""
"**Keep link text concise**: Use only the words needed to accurately "
"describe the destination."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:144
msgid ""
"**Use unique link text**: Each link on a page should be unique. If users "
"see the same link text twice on a page, they'll assume it goes to the "
"same place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:146
msgid ""
"**Start link text with keywords**: Frontload the link text with the most "
"important words to help users scan the text."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:148
msgid ""
"**Avoid generic text**: Don't use generic, uninformative link text such "
"as \"click here\" or \"read more\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:162
msgid "Use strong verbs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:164
msgid ""
"Passive verbs make writing stuffy and formal. Use strong verbs to get to "
"the point and avoid unnecessary words and phrases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:168
msgid "Use imperatives"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:170
msgid ""
"Commands, also called imperatives, are the fastest and most direct way of"
" giving someone instructions. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:182
msgid "Use present tense"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:184
msgid ""
"Use simple present tense instead of future tense for most text. Search "
"for the words \"will\" or \"shall\" to find future tense instances. "
"Future tense is acceptable for conditional statements, such as in a "
"caution or a warning. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:198
msgid "Avoid nominalizations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:200
msgid "Avoid nominalizations, which are nouns formed from verbs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:205
msgid "Verb"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:205
msgid "Nominalization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:207
msgid "complete"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:207
msgid "completion"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:208
msgid "provide"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:208
msgid "provision"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:209
msgid "fail"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:209
msgid "failure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:210
msgid "install"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:210
msgid "installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:223
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:268
msgid "Or:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:234
msgid "Avoid words ending in -ing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:236
msgid ""
"Avoid using words ending in -ing unless they are part of a technical "
"name. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:248
msgid "Use the active voice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:250
msgid ""
"Use active voice whenever possible to show who or what is performing an "
"action."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:253
msgid ""
"Active voice follows standard English word order: SUBJECT–VERB–OBJECT "
"(where the OBJECT is optional)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:255
msgid ""
"Passive voice reverses the order and weakens the verb: OBJECT–be VERB–by "
"SUBJECT (where the OBJECT is optional)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:279
msgid "Avoid long noun phrases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:281
msgid ""
"Noun phrases (a noun and other words that describe or modify it) can be "
"difficult to understand. Try to limit the number of modifiers in a noun "
"phrase to two. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:296
msgid "Parallelism"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:298
msgid ""
"Parallelism refers to the practice of using similar patterns of grammar, "
"and sometimes length, to coordinate words, phrases, and clauses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:301
msgid ""
"Use parallel construction in lists. The table below shows some unparallel"
" structures and how they can be made parallel with a little rewording."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:305
msgid "Parallel (do)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:305
msgid "Unparallel (don't)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:307
msgid "Mount the panel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:308
msgid "Install the battery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:309
msgid "Wire the keypad."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:308
msgid "Battery installation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:309
msgid "Wiring the keypad."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:311
msgid ""
"I like practicing my accordion, reading sci-fi, and eating peanut butter "
"and pickle sandwiches."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:311
msgid ""
"I like practicing my accordion, reading sci-fi, and to eat peanut butter "
"and pickle sandwiches."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:316
msgid "For breakfast he likes coffee and bacon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:316
msgid "For breakfast he likes coffee and to fry bacon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:319
msgid "Apples or bananas are a good snack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:319
msgid "Apples or a banana are a good snack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:324
msgid "Grammar and punctuation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:326
msgid ""
"This section covers common grammatical topics relevant to our "
"documentation. For detailed explanations of correct grammar and "
"punctuation, use one of our :ref:`preferred references <references>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:331
msgid "Capitalization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:333
msgid ""
"The capitalization style for all documentation is sentence case. Words "
"should only be capitalized when they are proper nouns or refer to "
"trademarked product names."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:338
msgid ""
"Do not capitalize a word to indicate it is more important than other "
"words. Never change the case of variable, function or file names - always"
" keep the original case."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:343
msgid "Menu capitalization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:345
msgid ""
"When referring to software menu items by name, use the same "
"capitalization as seen in the actual menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:348
msgid "A few other tips when referring to menu items:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:350
msgid ""
"Reference the specific menu item using \"Select :menuselection:`File --> "
"New`.\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:352
msgid ""
"Put the option to be selected last. \"Select :menuselection:`View --> "
"Side Bar --> Hide Side Bar`\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:355
msgid ""
"Do not include more than 3 navigation steps in a menu selection. If more "
"than three steps are needed, divide the steps using ``:guilabel:`` or "
"``:menuselection:``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:359
msgid ""
"For example: \"Go to :guilabel:`File` and select :menuselection:`Print "
"--> Print Preview --> Set Up`.\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:363
msgid "Software version capitalization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:365
msgid ""
"When listing software or hardware version numbers, the word “version” or "
"letter \"v\" are lowercase. The v is closed with the number (no period)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:370
msgid "Widget Pro version 5.0"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:371
msgid "Widget Master v2.1.12"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:374
msgid "Contractions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:376
msgid ""
"Avoid using contractions, such as it's, they're, and you're, because they"
" may be unclear to non-native English-speaking audiences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:380
msgid "Quotation marks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:382
msgid "Follow these guidelines for quotation marks:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:384
msgid "Restrict use of quotation marks to terms as terms."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:385
msgid "Do not use quotation marks for emphasis; use *italics* for emphasis."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:386
msgid "Avoid using single-quote marks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:389
msgid "Commas and colons"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:391
msgid ""
"This section addresses common use of commas, semicolons, and colons in "
"our documentation. Refer to one of our :ref:`preferred references "
"<references>` for further details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:396
msgid "Use the serial comma"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:398
msgid ""
"When writing a series of items, use the serial comma before the final "
"*and* and *or* to avoid confusion and ambiguity. For example:"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/compatible-hardware.po
+262
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:4
msgid "Compatible Hardware"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:6
msgid ""
"This document describes hardware that has been tested and confirmed as "
"compatible with |CL-ATTR|. This list is not comprehensive and will "
"continue to grow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:10
msgid "**Table 1. Compatible Hardware**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:14
msgid "Processor SKU"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:15
msgid "Platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:17
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:98
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:110
msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-6260U"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:20
msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-6560U"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:21
msgid "Dell XPS\\* 13 9350"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:23
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:92
msgid "Intel® Celeron® J3455"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:24
msgid "NUC6CAYS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:26
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:65
msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-4250U"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:29
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:101
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:107
msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-5557U"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:32
msgid "Intel® Core™ i9-7900X"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:33
msgid "Gigabyte\\* X299"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:35
msgid "Intel® Core™ i3-4130"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:36
msgid "Lenovo Thinkserver\\* TS140"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:38
msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-7567U"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:39
msgid "NUC7i7BNH"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:41
msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-8809G"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:42
msgid "NUC8i7HVK"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:44
msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-7260U"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:45
msgid "NUC7i5BNH"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:47
msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-8650U"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:48
msgid "NUC7i7DNKE"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:50
msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-7300U"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:51
msgid "NUC7i5DNHE"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:53
msgid "Intel® Xeon® Gold 6138"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:56
msgid "Intel® Xeon® E5-2699A v4"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:57
msgid "Dell PowerEdge\\* R630"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:59
msgid "Intel® Xeon® E5-2620 v3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:62
msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-6600"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:63
msgid "Gigabyte\\* Z170X-UD5"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:66
msgid "D54250WYK"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:68
msgid "Intel® Xeon® E5-2699 v3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:69
msgid "S2600WT2"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:71
msgid "Intel® Atom™ J3455"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:72
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:93
msgid "NUC6CAYB"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:74
msgid "Intel® Xeon® Bronze 3104"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:75
msgid "0W23H8"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:77
msgid "Intel® Atom™ C2750"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:78
msgid "SuperMicro\\* A1SAi"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:80
msgid "Intel® Atom™ E3825"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:81
msgid "CircuitCo MinnowBoard MAX\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:83
msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-8700"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:84
msgid "Gigabyte\\* H370 WIFI"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:86
msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-3667U"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:87
msgid "Lenovo ThinkPad\\* X1 Carbon laptop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:89
msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-4210U"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:90
msgid "Dell XPS\\* 13 laptop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:95
msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-4790"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:96
msgid "Gigabyte\\* desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:99
msgid "NUC6I6SYH"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:102
msgid "NUC5I7RYH"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:104
msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-4700MQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:105
msgid "Lenovo ThinkPad\\* T540p"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:108
msgid "NUC5I7RYB"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:111
msgid "NUC6I5SYH"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/compatible-hardware.rst:113
msgid "\\* Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/how-to-clear-overview.po
+94
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:4
msgid "How to Clear training overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:6
msgid ""
"The existing Linux\\* ecosystem can be challenging to users because of "
"long intervals between :abbr:`OS (operating system)` updates, which leads"
" to large update downloads. Users can also be frustrated when managing "
"complicated component dependencies. |CL-ATTR| solves these problems by:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:11
msgid "Allowing you to update frequently, even multiple times per day"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:12
msgid "Preventing you from combining incompatible components"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:14
msgid ""
"The |CL| team delivers technology advances with the |CL| OS and its "
"tooling, concepts, and content. The team has created training materials "
"as a GitHub\\* project to get you up and running quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:18
msgid ""
"The training provides complete details on the methods used to create "
"updates and how to deploy the updates to targets. The following items "
"provide an overview of these |CL| mechanisms:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:22
msgid ""
"Update server: an https-enabled web server where the content files are "
"served as static content. |CL| periodically queries the data on the "
"update server and determines whether updates are available. The update "
"content files provide the data and metadata to perform the required "
"actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:27
msgid ""
"Software delivery mechanism: :abbr:`swupd (software updater)` queries "
"metadata from the update server and calculates what to do and which "
"content to use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:31
msgid ""
"Tools: `mixer-tools` software suite generates the update server content "
"using |CL| official software update content, local bundle definitions, "
"and local RPM files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:34
msgid ""
"The training helps you create a customized OS that is based on |CL|. The "
"training content is self-contained and hosted on GitHub. You need a clean"
" |CL| installation and a functional network connection to complete the "
"training. For convenience, the project includes the training files you "
"need for the exercises."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:40
msgid ""
"We appreciate your feedback and comments, especially in the form of Pull "
"Requests. Please visit the `how-to-clear project`_ page to access the "
"training materials, open a ticket, or clone/branch the training and help "
"us improve |CL|."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/image-types.po
+193
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:4
msgid "|CL-ATTR| image types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:8
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and "
"environments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:12
msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:18
msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:20
msgid ""
"The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its "
"corresponding file format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:23
msgid ""
"The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types "
"of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:28
msgid ""
"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform "
"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are "
"platform specific."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:31
msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:35
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:48
msgid "Image Type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:36
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:49
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:38
msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:39
msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:41
msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:42
msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:44
msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:51
msgid "aws.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:52
msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:54
msgid "azure.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:55
msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:57
msgid "azure-docker.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:58
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with "
"Docker\\* pre-installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:60
msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:61
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the "
"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:63
msgid "cloudguest.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:64
msgid ""
"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements "
"installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:66
msgid "gce.tar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:67
msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:69
msgid "hyperv.vhdx"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:70
msgid ""
"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes "
"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:72
msgid "kvm.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:73
msgid ""
"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized "
"kernel`_ for KVM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:76
msgid "kvm-legacy.img"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:77
msgid ""
"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using "
"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:79
msgid "pxe.tar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:80
msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:82
msgid "vmware.vmdk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/image-types.rst:83
msgid ""
"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, "
"Workstation, and ESXi."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/reference.po
+34
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/reference/reference.rst:4
msgid "Reference"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/reference.rst:6
msgid ""
"This section provides additional information on the |CL| project and "
"features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/reference.rst:24
msgid "Clear Linux concepts"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/system-requirements.po
+124
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:4
msgid "Recommended minimum system requirements"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:6
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| can run on very minimal hardware. For example, it can run on a "
"system with a single core CPU, 128MB of memory, and 600MB of disk space."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:9
msgid ""
"Different use cases and applications will require different "
"configurations. For general |CL| use, in addition to a supported "
"processor, the recommended minimum requirements include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:13
msgid "Processors:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:15
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| can run on any Intel® 64bit processors which support UEFI\\* "
"and SSE\\* v4.1 streaming SIMD\\* instructions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:18
msgid "The following processor families have been verified to run |CL|:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:20
msgid "2nd Generation, or later, Intel® Core™ processor family."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:21
msgid "Intel® Xeon® Processor E3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:22
msgid "Intel® Xeon® Processor E5"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:23
msgid "Intel® Xeon® Processor E7"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:24
msgid ""
"Intel® Atom™ processor C2000 product family for servers -- Q3 2013 "
"version or later."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:26
msgid "Intel® Atom™ processor E3800 series -- Q4 2013 version or later."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:28
msgid ""
"To help determine if a processor is supported, you can run a "
":ref:`compatibility check<compatibility-check>` or go to "
"http://ark.intel.com and check for these features:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:32
msgid "Instruction Set = 64-bit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:33
msgid "Instruction Set Extensions = SSSE3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:34
msgid "Instruction Set Extensions = SSE 4.1"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:35
msgid "Instruction Set Extensions = SSE 4.2"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:36
msgid "Instruction Set Extensions = AES"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:37
msgid "Instruction Set Extensions = PCLMUL"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:39
msgid "Memory: 4GB RAM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:41
msgid "Hard Disk: 20GB HDD"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:43
msgid "Network: Active Internet connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/reference/system-requirements.rst:45
msgid "Graphics: Intel HD Graphics (required if running a GUI desktop)"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autoproxy.po
+162
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:4
msgid "Autoproxy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:6
msgid ""
"Autoproxy is provided to enable |CL-ATTR| to work smoothly behind a "
"corporate proxy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:14
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:16
msgid ""
"Autoproxy tries to detect a Proxy Auto-Config (PAC) script and use it to "
"automatically resolve the proxy needed for a given connection. With "
"Autoproxy, you can use |CL| inside any proxy environment without having "
"to manually configure the proxies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:21
msgid ""
"Corporate and private networks can be very complex, needing to restrict "
"and control network connections for security reasons. The typical side "
"effects are limited or blocked connectivity, and require manual "
"configuration of proxies to perform the most mundane tasks, such as "
"cloning a repo or checking for updates. With |CL|, all of the work is "
"done behind the scenes to effortlessly use your network and have "
"connections “just work”."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:28
msgid ""
"This feature removes severe complications with network connectivity due "
"to proxy issues. You can automate tasks, such as unit testing, without "
"worrying about the proxy not being set, and you can remove unset proxies "
"from the equation when dealing with network unavailability across "
"systems."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:34
msgid "How it works"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:36
msgid ""
"We designed Autoproxy around tools provided by most Linux\\* "
"distributions with a few minor additions and modifications. We leveraged "
"the DHCP and network information obtained from systemd and created a PAC-"
"discovery daemon. The daemon uses the information to resolve a URL for a "
"PAC file. The daemon then passes the URL into PACrunner\\*. PACrunner "
"downloads the PAC file and uses the newly implemented Duktape\\* engine "
"to parse it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:47
msgid "Figure 1: Autoproxy Flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:49
msgid ""
"From that point on, any cURL\\* or network requests query PACrunner for "
"the correct proxy to use. We modified the cURL library to communicate "
"with PACrunner over DBus. However, cURL will ignore PACrunner and run "
"normally if no PAC file is loaded or if you manually set any proxies. "
"Thus, your environment settings are respected and no time is wasted "
"trying to resolve a proxy. All these steps happen in the background with "
"no user interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:57
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:59
msgid ""
"Autoproxy allows |CL| to operate seamlessly behind a proxy because "
":ref:`swupd <swupd-guide>` and other |CL| tools are implemented on top of"
" libcurl. Tools that do not use libcurl, like git, must be configured "
"independently."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:64
msgid ""
"If you are familiar with PAC files and WPAD, you can use "
":command:`pacdiscovery` and :command:`FindProxyForURL` to troubleshoot "
"problems with autproxy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:70
msgid "Learn more about WPAD, PAC files, and PAC functions at `findproxyforurl`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:74
msgid "Run :command:`pacdiscovery` with no arguments to indicate"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:76
msgid "if there is a problem resolving the :command:`WPAD` host name resolution:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:87
msgid "or if the :command:`pacrunner` service is disabled (masked)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:98
msgid "Unmask the :command:`pacrunner` service by running:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:104
msgid ""
":command:`FindProxyForURL` with :command:`busctl` can also indicate if "
"the :command:`pacrunner.service` is masked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:117
msgid ""
":command:`FindProxyForURL` returns the URL and port of the proxy server "
"when an external URL and host are provided as arguments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:129
msgid ""
"If a proxy server is not avialable, or if :command:`pacrunner` is running"
" without a PAC file, :command:`FindProxyForURL` will return \"DIRECT\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:141
msgid ""
"Once :command:`pacdiscovery` is able to look up :command:`WPAD`, restart "
"the :command:`pacrunner` service:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autoproxy.rst:151
msgid ""
"A \"domain\" or \"search\" entry in :file:`/etc/resolv.conf` is required "
"for short name lookups to resolve. The :file:`resolv.conf` man page has "
"additional details."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autospec.po
+578
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:4
msgid "autospec"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:6
msgid ""
"**autospec** is a tool used to assist with the automated creation and "
"maintenance of RPM packaging in |CL-ATTR|. Where a standard :abbr:`RPM "
"(RPM Package Manager)` build process using :command:`rpmbuild` requires a"
" tarball and :file:`.spec` file to start, autospec requires only a "
"tarball and package name to start."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:16
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:18
msgid ""
"The autospec tool attempts to infer the requirements of the :file:`.spec`"
" file by analyzing the source code and :file:`Makefile` information. It "
"continuously runs updated builds based on new information discovered from"
" build failures until it has a complete and valid :file:`.spec` file. If "
"needed, you can influence the behavior of autospec and customize the "
"build by providing optional `control files`_ to the autospec tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:25
msgid ""
"autospec uses **mock** as a sandbox to run the builds. Visit the `mock "
"wiki`_ for additional information on using mock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:28
msgid ""
"For a general understanding of how an RPM works, visit the `rpm website`_"
" or the `RPM Packaging Guide`_ ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:32
msgid "How it works"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:34
msgid "Learn the autospec tool set up and process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:41
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:43
msgid ""
"The setup for building source in |CL| must be completed before using the "
"autospec tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:46
msgid ""
"Refer to `Setup environment to build source`_ for instructions on "
"completing the setup."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:50
msgid "Create an RPM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:52
msgid "The basic autospec process is described in the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:54
msgid ""
"The :command:`make autospec` command generates a :file:`.spec` file based"
" on the analysis of code and existing control files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:57
msgid ""
"Any control files should be located in the same directory as the "
"resulting :file:`.spec` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:60
msgid "View the `autospec README`_ for more information on `control files`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:62
msgid "autospec creates a build root with mock config."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:64
msgid "autospec attempts to build an RPM from the generated :file:`.spec`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:66
msgid "autospec detects any missed declarations in the :file:`.spec`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:68
msgid ""
"If build errors occur, autospec scans the build log to try to detect the "
"root cause."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:71
msgid ""
"If autospec detects the root cause and knows how to continue, it restarts"
" the build automatically at step 1 with updated build instructions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:74
msgid ""
"Otherwise, autospec stops the build for user inspection to resolve the "
"errors. Respond to the build process output by fixing source code issues "
"and/or editing control files to resolve issues, which may include "
"dependencies or exclusions. See `autospec README`_ for more information "
"on control files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:80
msgid "The user resumes the process at step 1 after errors are resolved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:82
msgid ""
"If a binary dependency doesn't exist in |CL|, you must build it before "
"running autospec again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:85
msgid ""
"Following these steps, autospec continues to rebuild the package, based "
"on new information discovered from build failures, until it has a valid "
":file:`.spec`. If no build errors occur, RPM packages are successfully "
"built."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:90
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:92
msgid "Complete `Setup environment to build source`_ before using these examples."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:99
msgid "Example 1: Build RPM with an existing spec file"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:101
msgid ""
"This example shows how to build a RPM from a pre-packaged upstream "
"package with an existing spec file. The example uses the ``dmidecode`` "
"package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:104
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:160
msgid "Navigate to the autospec workspace and clone the ``dmidecode`` package:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:113
msgid "You can clone all package repos at once using the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:119
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:216
msgid "The optional NUM is the number of threads to use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:121
msgid ""
"For a list of available packages, view the "
":file:`~/clearlinux/projects/common/packages` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:124
msgid "Navigate to the local copy of the ``dmidecode`` package and build it:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:131
msgid ""
"The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./rpms`. Build logs and additional RPMs "
"are in :file:`./results`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:135
msgid "Example 2: Build a new RPM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:137
msgid ""
"This example shows how to build a new RPM with no spec file. The example "
"will create a simple helloclear RPM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:140
msgid ""
"Navigate to the autospec workspace and build the helloclear RPM. The "
":file:`Makefile` provides a :command:`make autospecnew` that can "
"automatically generate an RPM package using the autospec tool. You must "
"pass the URL to the source tarball and the NAME of the RPM you wish to "
"create:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:150
msgid ""
"The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./packages/helloclear/rpms`. Build logs "
"and additional RPMs are in :file:`./packages/helloclear/results`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:154
msgid "Example 3: Generate a new spec file with a pre-defined package"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:156
msgid ""
"This example shows how to modify an existing package to create a custom "
"RPM. In this example you will make a simple change to the ``dmidecode`` "
"package and rebuild the package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:167
msgid "Navigate into the *dmidecode* directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:173
msgid "Open the :file:`excludes` file with an editor and add these lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:186
msgid ""
"These files aren't needed by dmidecode, so we can remove them without any"
" issues."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:189
msgid ""
"In the :file:`dmidecode` directory, build the modified ``dmidecode`` "
"package:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:195
msgid "The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./rpms`. Logs are in :file:`./results`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:198
msgid "Example 4: Provide control files to autospec"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:200
msgid ""
"This example shows how to modify control files to correct build failures "
"that autospec is unable to resolve. In this example, you will add a "
"missing license and dependencies so autospec can complete a successful "
"build."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:204
msgid "Navigate to the autospec workspace:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:210
msgid "If you have not already, clone all upstream package repos:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:220
msgid ""
"In a later step of this example, we will search the cloned package repos "
"for a missing dependency."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:223
msgid "Build the opae-sdk RPM:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:229
msgid "This results in an error for a missing license file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:235
msgid "Navigate to the package with build failures:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:241
msgid ""
"Add one or more valid license identifiers from the `SPDX License List "
"<https://spdx.org/licenses/>`_. In the example below, two different "
"licenses are appropriate based on the opae-sdk project licensing:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:250
msgid "Run autospec again:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:256
msgid "This results in a generic error:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:262
msgid "Open the build log to view the error details:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:268
msgid ""
"The build log contains details for the specific failures. In this "
"instance, there are missing dependencies:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:281
msgid ""
"Search the spec files of upstream |CL| packages to see if the json-c "
"library is available. In this case, it does exist and we'll add the "
"json-c 'dev' package into the buildreq_add:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:292
msgid ""
"This search step works only if the user cloned all of the upstream "
"package repos. In this example, upstream package repos were cloned in a "
"previous step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:296
msgid ""
"Search the spec files of upstream |CL| packages to see if the libuuid "
"library is available. In this case, it exists in the util-linux package, "
"so we'll add util-linux-dev package into the buildreq_add:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:305
msgid ""
"Run autospec again and find the successfully-generated RPMs in the "
":file:`rpms` directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:314
msgid ""
"If you need a dependency that does not exist in the |CL| repo, you must "
"first build it manually (see `Example 2: Build a new RPM`_), then add the"
" repo so that autospec knows the package exists. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:324
msgid ""
"You only need to add the dependency to the :file:`buildreq_add` control "
"file if autospec is not able to automatically find the correct dependency"
" on its own."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:329
msgid "Test packaged software"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:331
msgid ""
"After software has been packaged with autospec, the resulting RPMs can be"
" tested for functionality before being integrated and deployed into a "
"|CL| image with the :ref:`Mixer tool <mixer>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:335
msgid ""
"The |CL| development tooling offers two ways to quickly test autospec "
"generated RPMs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:339
msgid ""
"The methods outlined below should only be used for temporary testing on "
"development systems."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:344
msgid "Test in a |CL| virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:346
msgid ""
"The |CL| development tooling includes a method to install RPMs into a "
"|CL| virtual machine running on the KVM hypervisor. Using a :abbr:`VM "
"(Virtual Machine)` allows testing in a completely isolated environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:350
msgid "To test an autospec-created package inside a VM:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:352
msgid ""
"Download the |CL| KVM image into the :file:`~/clearlinux` directory as "
":file:`clear.img`. The location and name :file:`clear.img.xz` is "
"important for the tooling to work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:361
msgid "Extract the downloaded |CL| KVM image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:367
msgid ""
"Copy the QEMU start script and virtual firmware needed for KVM into the "
":file:`~/clearlinux` directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:375
msgid ""
"Run :command:`make install` from the package's autospec directory. The "
":command:`make install` command mounts the downloaded |CL| KVM image and "
"installs the autospec-created RPM into it:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:384
msgid ""
"The code that makes this possible can be viewed by searching for the "
"*install:* target in the `Makefile.common file on GitHub`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:387
msgid "Return to the :file:`~/clearlinux` directory and start the |CL| VM:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:394
msgid ""
"A new |CL| VM will launch in the console. Log into the VM as *root* and "
"set a new pasword for the VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:397
msgid ""
"Check that the software is installed in the |CL| VM as expected and "
"perform any relevant tests."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:400
msgid ""
"After testing has been completed, the |CL| VM can be powered off and "
"deleted:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:410
msgid "Test directly on a development machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:412
msgid ""
"The |CL| development tooling also includes a method to extract autospec-"
"created RPMs locally onto a |CL| development system for testing. "
"Extracting an RPM directly onto a system offers quicker testing; however"
" conflicts may occur and responsibility to remove the software after "
"testing is up to the developer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:418
msgid ""
"To test an autospec created package directly on the |CL| development "
"system:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:420
msgid ""
"Run :command:`make install-local` from the package's autospec directory. "
"The :command:`make install-local` command extracts the RPM directly onto "
"the filesystem of the running |CL| system:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:429
msgid ""
"The code that makes this possible can be viewed by searching for the "
"*install-local:* target in the `Makefile.common file on GitHub`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:432
msgid ""
"Check that the software is installed as expected and perform any relevant"
" tests."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:435
msgid ""
"After testing has been completed, the software and any related files must"
" be identified and deleted. The :command:`swupd repair --picky` command "
"can help restore the state of the :file:`/usr` directory (see :ref:`swupd"
" <swupd-about>`) however any other files must be cleaned up manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:443
msgid "References"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:445
msgid ""
"Reference the `autospec README`_ for details regarding `autospec` "
"commands and options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:448
msgid "Setup environment to build source"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:452
msgid ""
"Setup of the workspace and tooling used for building source in |CL| is "
"mostly automated for you with a setup script. It uses tools from the "
":command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:456
msgid ""
"The setup script creates a workspace in the :file:`clearlinux` folder, "
"with the subfolders :file:`Makefile`, :file:`packages`, and "
":file:`projects`. The :file:`projects` folder contains the main tools "
"used for making packages in |CL| :file:`autospec` and :file:`common`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:461
msgid "Follow these steps to setup the workspace and tooling for building source:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:463
msgid "Install the :command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:469
msgid "Download the :file:`user-setup.sh` script:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:475
msgid "Make :file:`user-setup.sh` executable:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:481
msgid "Run the script as an unprivileged user:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:487
msgid ""
"After the script completes, log out and log in again to complete the "
"setup process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:490
msgid "Set your Git user email and username for the repos on your system:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:497
msgid "This global setting is used by |CL| tools that make use of Git."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:502
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/autospec.rst:504
msgid ":ref:`Mixer tool <mixer>`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po
+135
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:4
msgid "Kernels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:6
msgid ""
"The |CL-ATTR| provides the following Linux kernels with a respective "
"bundle. This document describes the specific use cases these `bundles`_ "
"serve and provides links to their source code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:11
msgid "Bare metal only"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:17
msgid "Kernel native"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:14
msgid ""
"The *kernel-native* bundle focuses on the bare metal platforms. It is "
"optimized for fast booting and performs best on the Intel® architectures "
"described on the :ref:`supported hardware list<system-requirements>`. The"
" optimization patches are found in our `Linux`_ GitHub\\* repo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:24
msgid "Kernel Container"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:20
msgid ""
"The *kernel-container* bundle contains the kernel used by the Intel® "
"Clear Containers project. This kernel is optimized for fast booting and "
"performs best on |CC| running on the Intel® architectures described on "
"the :ref:`supported hardware list<system-requirements>`. The optimization"
" patches are found in our `Linux-Container`_ GitHub repo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:29
msgid "Also compatible with VMs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:39
msgid "Kernel LTS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:32
msgid ""
"The *kernel-lts* bundle focuses on the bare metal platforms but uses the "
"latest :abbr:`LTS (Long Term Support)` Linux kernel. It is optimized for "
"fast booting and performs best on the Intel® architectures described on "
"the :ref:`supported hardware list<system-requirements>`. Additionally, "
"this kernel includes the VirtualBox\\* kernel modules, see our "
":ref:`instructions on using Virtualbox<virtualbox-cl-installer>` for more"
" information. The optimization patches are found in our `Linux-LTS`_ "
"GitHub repo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:42
msgid "VM only"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:54
msgid "Kernel KVM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:45
msgid ""
"The *kernel-kvm* bundle focuses on the Linux :abbr:`KVM (Kernel-based "
"Virtual Machine)`. It is optimized for fast booting and performs best on "
"Virtual Machines running on the Intel® architectures described on the "
":ref:`supported hardware list<system-requirements>`. Use this kernel when"
" running |CL| as the guest OS on top of *qemu/kvm*. Use this kernel with "
"**cloud orchestrators** using *qemu/kvm* internally as their "
"**hypervisor** . This kernel can be used as a standalone |CL| VM, see our"
" :ref:`instructions on using KVM<kvm>` for more information. The "
"optimization patches are found in our `Linux-KVM`_ GitHub repo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:65
msgid "Kernel Hyper-V\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:57
msgid ""
"The *kernel-hyperv* bundle focuses on running Linux on Microsoft\\* "
"Hyper-V. It is optimized for fast booting and performs best on Virtual "
"Machines running on the Intel® architectures described on the "
":ref:`supported hardware list<system-requirements>`. Use this kernel when"
" running |CL| as the guest OS of **Cloud Instances** in projects such as "
"Microsoft `Azure`_\\*. This kernel can be used in a standalone |CL| VM, "
"see our :ref:`instructions on using Hyper-V<hyper-v>` for more "
"information. The optimization patches are found in our `Linux-HyperV`_ "
"GitHub repo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:78
msgid "Kernel Hyper-V LTS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:68
msgid ""
"The *kernel-hyperv-lts* bundle focuses on running Linux on Microsoft "
"Hyper-V but uses the latest :abbr:`LTS (Long Term Support)` Linux kernel."
" It is optimized for fast booting and performs best on Virtual Machines "
"running on the Intel® architectures described on the :ref:`supported "
"hardware list<system-requirements>`. Use this kernel when running |CL| as"
" the guest OS of **Cloud Instances** in projects such as Microsoft "
"`Azure`_. This kernel can be used in a standalone |CL| VM, see our "
":ref:`instructions on using Hyper-V<hyper-v>` for more information. The "
"optimization patches are found in our `Linux-HyperV-LTS`_ GitHub repo."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/debug.po
+131
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:4
msgid "Debug System"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:6
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| introduces a novel approach to system software debugging using "
"*clr-debug-info*. On the client side, the |CL| debug system obtains any "
"necessary debug information on-the-fly over a network during a debugging "
"session. On the server side, the system curates and compresses debug "
"information into small pieces for efficient downloading."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:12
msgid ""
"For developers, this avoids the interruption during debugging that "
"usually happens when debug information is missing. This can be especially"
" useful on systems where storage is limited."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:22
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:24
msgid ""
"Software that is compiled and packaged for general usage in an operating "
"system typically only contains components that are used to execute the "
"program, such as binaries and libraries. Extra developer data, such as "
"the actual source code and symbol information, are separated and excluded"
" for efficiency."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:30
msgid ""
"The debug information helps relate binary code to human readable source "
"code lines and variables. Most of the time, this auxiliary information is"
" not needed; however without it, debugging a program results in limited "
"visibility."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:37
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:39
msgid ""
"The clr-debug-info system is integrated into |CL| and seamlessly engages "
"once installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:42
msgid "Install the *dev-utils* bundle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:50
msgid ""
"The *telemetrics* and *performance-tools* bundles also include clr-debug-"
"info."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:54
msgid ""
"Start a debugging session against a program using a debugger, such as "
"GDB. For example, to debug *gnome-control-center* execute the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:62
msgid ""
"As you step through the program and debug information is needed, the "
"clr_debug_daemon obtains it in the background."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:67
msgid "Implementation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:69
msgid ""
"The implementation of the |CL| debug system is open source and available "
"on GitHub at: https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-debug-info/"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:76
msgid "Figure 1: The communication flow of the |CL| debug system"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:78
msgid ""
"The |CL| debug system implements a :abbr:`FUSE (filesystem in userspace)`"
" filesystem mounted at :file:`/usr/lib/debug` and :file:`/usr/src/debug`."
" The FUSE filesystem starts automatically. You can verify its status by "
"executing :command:`systemctl status clr_debug_fuse.service`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:83
msgid ""
"The *clr_debug_daemon* is responsible for fetching the appropriate "
"package debug content from the server and making it available for any "
"debugging programs that need it. It is socket activated whenever a "
"request to the local FUSE filesystem occurs. You can verify its status "
"with :command:`systemctl status clr_debug_daemon.service`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/debug.rst:90
msgid ""
"|CL| hosts debuginfo content packaged for consumption by |CL| debug "
"clients at https://download.clearlinux.org/debuginfo/"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/ister.po
+166
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:4
msgid "ister.py image builder"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:6
msgid ""
"The `ister.py tool`_ is a template-based installer used by |CL-ATTR| to "
"produce images for each release. The same ister tool is available for use"
" in |CL| to create custom images based on an upstream image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:15
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:17
msgid ""
"|CL| is a rolling release and produces an average of 10 releases per week"
" using the ister tool. With each release we produce multiple :ref:`image "
"types for different environments <image-types>` and use cases such as "
"installers, Hyper-V, KVM, or VMWare."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:22
msgid ""
"Each image has a JSON configuration file that is used by ister to "
"generate the image. These JSON configuration files describe the image "
"type, partitions, version, and bundles that will be preinstalled by "
"default with the image. For each image type we produce, the corresponding"
" JSON configuration file for the image also is published."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:28
msgid ""
"The :ref:`mixer<mixer>` tool also uses ister to build images for your "
"custom mix. Like upstream images, a JSON configuration file is defined "
"for the image, which ister uses to generate the image. Refer to the "
":ref:`mixer<mixer>` guide for instructions on using ister to build an "
"image for a custom mix."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:34
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:37
msgid "Recreate an upstream image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:39
msgid ""
"The published configuration files for upstream images may be used to "
"recreate an image. Here are some examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:42
msgid ""
"Use an older version of |CL| and the image is no longer available (only "
"after March 2017)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:44
msgid "Customize the partitions of an image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:45
msgid "Customize the bundles preinstalled in an image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:46
msgid "Run your own post installation script."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:49
msgid ""
"Follow these steps to recreate an upstream image based on the image's "
"JSON configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:52
msgid ""
"Install the :command:`os-installer` bundle. Refer to `Install a bundle`_ "
"for more details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:55
msgid "Download the `ister.py tool`_ and grant it sudo privileges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:57
msgid "Download the JSON configuration file for the desired image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:59
msgid "`Configuration files for the current release`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:60
msgid "`Previous releases`_ (only after March 2017)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:62
msgid ""
"For a previous release, navigate to `Previous releases`_, select the "
"version you want, and find the JSON configuration file under "
":file:`/clear/config/image`. For example: "
"``https://cdn.download.clearlinux.org/releases/15700/clear/config/image/``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:67
msgid "Download the “PostNonChroot” script (if applicable)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:69
msgid ""
"The JSON configuration file for the image may have an accompanying "
"“PostNonChroot” script that is executed at the end of the image creation "
"process. If it does, download the script and make it executable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:73
msgid "Edit the JSON configuration file as needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:75
msgid ""
"If your configuration file has an accompanying \"PostNonChroot\" script, "
"change the default path of the script to match your path."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:78
msgid "Generate the new image with the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:85
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:87
msgid ":ref:`mixer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/ister.rst:88
msgid ":ref:`bulk-provision`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po
+1074
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/swupd-guide.po
+446
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:4
msgid "swupd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:6
msgid ""
":command:`swupd` links a |CL-ATTR| installation with upstream updates and"
" software."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:14
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:16
msgid ":command:`swupd` has two main functions:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:18
msgid ""
"Manage software and replace APT or YUM, by installing bundles rather than"
" packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:20
msgid "Check for system updates and install them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:22
msgid ""
":command:`swupd` manages overlapping dependencies behind the scenes, "
"ensuring that all software is compatible across the system. It can be "
"used to verify the OS, clean cached files, and fix issues."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:26
msgid ""
":ref:`Bundles <bundles>` contain everything needed to deliver a software "
"capability. They are the smallest granularity component that is managed "
"by |CL|. A bundle comes with all of its dependencies rather than "
"downloading a cascade of package dependencies when installing a piece of "
"software."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:33
msgid "Versioning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:35
msgid ""
"Using package managers to monitor software version compatibility or "
"compare multiple systems on many Linux distributions can be cumbersome."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:38
msgid ""
"With |CL| :command:`swupd`, versioning happens at the individual file "
"level. This means |CL| generates an entirely new OS version with any set "
"of software changes to the system, including software downgrades or "
"removals. This rolling release versioning model is similar to "
":command:`git` internal version tracking, where any of the individual "
"file commits are tracked and move the pointer forward when changed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:45
msgid ""
"A number that represents the **current** release of the OS describes the "
"versions of all the software on the OS. Each build is composed of a "
"specific set of bundles made from a particular version of packages. On a "
"daily basis, this matters to system administrators who need to determine "
"which of their systems do not have the latest security fixes, or which "
"combinations of software have been tested. Every release of the same "
"number is guaranteed to contain the same versions of software, so there's"
" no ambiguity between two systems running the same version of |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:55
msgid "Updating"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:57
msgid ""
"|CL| enforces regular updating of the OS by default and automatically "
"checks for updates against a version server. The content server provides "
"the file and metadata content for all versions and can be the same as the"
" version server. The content url server provides metadata in the form of "
"*manifests*, which list and describe file contents, symlinks, and "
"directories. Additionally, the actual content is provided to clients in "
"the form of archive files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:65
msgid ""
"Software updates with |CL| are also efficient. Unlike package-based "
"distributions, :command:`swupd` only updates files that have changed, "
"rather than entire packages. For example, it is quite common for an OS "
"security patch to be as small as 15 KB. Using binary deltas, |CL| is able"
" to apply only what is needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:71
msgid ""
"For details on how to generate update content for |CL|, see the "
":ref:`mixer <mixer>` tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:75
msgid "How it works"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:78
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:80
msgid "The device is on a well-connected network."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:81
msgid ""
"The device is able to connect to an update server. The default server is:"
" http://update.clearlinux.org"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:85
msgid "Updates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:87
msgid ""
"|CL| updates are automatic by default, but can be set to occur only on "
"demand. :command:`swupd` makes sure that regular updates are simple and "
"secure. It can also check the validity of currently installed files and "
"software, and can correct any problems."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:93
msgid "Manifests"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:95
msgid ""
"The |CL| software update content consists of data and metadata. The data "
"is the files that end up in the OS. The metadata contains relevant "
"information to properly provision the data to the OS file system, as well"
" as update the system and add or remove additional content to the OS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:100
msgid ""
"The manifests are mostly long lists of hashes that describe content. Each"
" bundle gets its own manifest file. There is a master manifest file that "
"describes all manifests to tie it all together."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:105
msgid "Fullfiles, packs, and delta packs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:107
msgid ""
"To speed up updates and optimize content delivery, update data "
"provisioned to a system is obtained by one of the following methods:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:110
msgid ""
"*Fullfiles* are always generated for every file in every release. This "
"allows any |CL| to obtain the exact copy of the content for each version "
"directly. This is used if the OS verification needs to replace a single "
"file, for instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:115
msgid ""
"*Packs* are available for some releases. They combine many files to speed"
" up the creation of installation media and large updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:118
msgid ""
"*Delta packs* are an optimized version of packs that only contain updates"
" (binary diffs). They cannot be used without having the original file "
"content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:122
msgid "Bundle search"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:124
msgid ""
":command:`swupd` searches download manifest data for bundles that match "
"the term. Enter only one term, or hyphenated term, per search. Use the "
"command :command:`man swupd` to learn more."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:128
msgid ""
"Only the base bundle is returned. Bundles can contain other bundles via "
"includes. For more details, see `Bundle Definition Files`_ and its "
"subdirectory bundles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:132
msgid ""
"Bundles that are already installed are marked **(installed)** in search "
"results."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:135
msgid "Optionally, you can review our `bundles`_ on GitHub\\*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:138
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:141
msgid "Example 1: Disable and enable automatic updates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:143
msgid ""
"|CL| updates are automatic by default, but can be set to occur only on "
"demand."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:146
msgid "Verify your current auto-update setting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:156
msgid "Disable automatic updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:170
msgid "Check manually for updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:176
msgid "Install an update after identifying one that you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:182
msgid "Re-enable automatic installs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:191
msgid "Example 2: Find and install Kata Containers\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:193
msgid ""
"Kata Containers is a popular container implementation. Unlike other "
"container implementations, each Kata Container has its own kernel "
"instance and runs on its own :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` for improved "
"security."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:198
msgid ""
"|CL| makes it very easy to install, since you only need to add `one "
"bundle`_ to use `Kata Containers`_: `containers-virt`, despite a number "
"of dependencies. Also, check out our tutorial: :ref:`kata`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:202
msgid "Find the correct bundle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:204
msgid ""
"To return all possible matches for the search string, enter "
":command:`swupd search`, followed by 'kata':"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:211
msgid "The output should be similar to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:229
msgid ""
"If your search does not produce results with a specific term, shorten the"
" search term. For example, use *kube* instead of *kubernetes*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:232
msgid "Add the bundle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:240
msgid "To add multiple bundles, add a space followed by the bundle name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:242
msgid "The output of a successful installation should be similar to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:261
msgid "Example 3: Verify and correct system file mismatch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:263
msgid ""
":command:`swupd` can determine whether system directories and files have "
"been added to, overwritten, removed, or modified (e.g., permissions)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:270
msgid ""
"All directories that are watched by :command:`swupd` are verified "
"according to the manifest data. Hash mismatches are flagged as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:287
msgid ""
"In this case, Python\\* packages that were installed on top of the "
"default install were flagged as mismatched. :command:`swupd` can be "
"directed to ignore or fix issues based on command line options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:291
msgid ""
":command:`swupd` can correct any issues it detects. Additional directives"
" can be added including a white list of directories to be ignored."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:294
msgid ""
"The following command repairs issues, removes unknown items, and ignores "
"files or directories matching :file:`/usr/lib/python`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:302
msgid "Quick reference"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:305
msgid "swupd info"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:305
msgid "Returns the currently installed version and update servers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:309
msgid "swupd update <version number>"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:308
msgid ""
"Updates to a specific version or updates to latest version if no "
"arguments are used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:312
msgid "swupd bundle-list [--all]"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:312
msgid "Lists installed bundles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:315
msgid "swupd bundle-add [-b] <search term>"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:315
msgid "Finds a bundle that contains your search term."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:318
msgid "swupd bundle-add <bundle name>"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:318
msgid "Adds a bundle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:321
msgid "swupd bundle-remove <bundle name>"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:321
msgid "Removes a bundle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:324
msgid "swupd --help"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:324
msgid "Lists additional :command:`swupd` commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:327
msgid "man swupd"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:327
msgid "Opens the :command:`swupd` man page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:329
msgid ""
"Refer to :command:`swupd` `source documentation`_ on GitHub for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:332
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:334
msgid ":ref:`autospec`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:335
msgid ":ref:`mixer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/swupd-guide.rst:336
msgid ":ref:`bundles`"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po
+30
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tooling/tooling.rst:4
msgid "Tooling"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tooling/tooling.rst:6
msgid ""
"Clear Linux is a little different from other distros. Here are some "
"important tools and concepts for managing your install."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.po
+379
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:4
msgid "Create and launch |CL-ATTR| from Amazon Web Services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial walks you through creating and launching a |CL| :abbr:`AMI "
"(Amazon Machine Image)` instance from the :abbr:`AWS (Amazon Web "
"Services)` console and complete the following tasks:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:10
msgid "Locate and select the |CL| OS Basic AMI in the AWS Marketplace."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:11
msgid ""
"Create a new public and private key pair to allow you to connect to your "
"|CL| instance securely."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:13
msgid "Launch the new |CL| instance and connect to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:14
msgid "Update your instance of |CL| using the :command:`swupd` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:15
msgid "Stop the |CL| instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:18
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:20
msgid "This tutorial assumes the following statements are true:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:22
msgid ""
"You are using a linux-based system to access AWS and can run "
":command:`SSH` to access the remote |CL| AWS image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:24
msgid ""
"Your browser puts downloaded files in the :file:`$HOME/Downloads` "
"directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:26
msgid ""
"You have already set up an AWS user account and logged into the AWS "
"console."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:30
msgid ""
"This tutorial uses a |CL| AMI t2.micro instance that is eligible for the "
"AWS free tier. To learn more about AWS and setting up an account, visit "
"the AWS website at http://aws.amazon.com."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:35
msgid "Locate, select, and launch the |CL| Basic AMI"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:37
msgid ""
"Start from your main AWS services console menu in your browser and select"
" the :guilabel:`EC2` text as shown in figure 1:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:44
msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`AWS Console`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:46
msgid "This selection brings up your :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:48
msgid ""
"To create a new |CL| instance from the :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard` menu, "
"select the :guilabel:`Launch Instance` button as shown in figure 2:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:55
msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:57
msgid ""
"This selection takes you to the :guilabel:`Step 1: Choose an Amazon "
"Machine Image (AMI)` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:60
msgid ""
"To find the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI in the :guilabel:`Step "
"1: Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI)` menu, do the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:64
msgid ""
"In the lefthand navigation window, select the :guilabel:`AWS Marketplace`"
" menu item to bring up the search bar to :guilabel:`Search AWS "
"Marketplace Products`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the search bar, type \"clear linux os\" and hit the :kbd:`Enter` key "
"to search for and locate the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:71
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI by clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Select` button as shown in figure 3:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:78
msgid "Figure 3: :guilabel:`Step 1: Choose AMI`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:80
msgid ""
"A pop-up dialog box appears showing you more information about the "
":guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI along with the pricing details for "
"running |CL| on different platform configurations as shown in figure 4. "
"Select the :guilabel:`Continue` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:89
msgid "Figure 4: :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:91
msgid "The :guilabel:`Choose Instance Type` menu appears as shown in figure 5."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:97
msgid "Figure 5: :guilabel:`Choose an Instance Type`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:99
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`t2.micro` type by clicking the box on the left side"
" of the instance and then select the :guilabel:`Review and Launch` button"
" to move to the :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:105
msgid ""
"You can configure the instance details, add additional storage, add tags,"
" and configure the security group before selecting the :guilabel:`Review "
"and Launch` button if you want to further customize this |CL| instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:110
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch` menu, shown in figure "
"6, allows you to :guilabel:`Cancel` the process, return to the "
":guilabel:`Previous` screen to change the configuration or "
":guilabel:`Launch` the instance defined."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:119
msgid "Figure 6: :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:121
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Launch` button. A dialog box appears, as shown in "
"figure 7, asking you to :guilabel:`Select an existing key pair or create "
"a new pair`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:129
msgid "Figure 7: :guilabel:`Select an existing key pair or create a new pair`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:131
msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new key pair` option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:133
msgid "For the :guilabel:`Key pair name` field, enter `AWSClearTestKey`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:135
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Download Key Pair` button to download the "
":file:`AWSClearTestKey.pem` to your browser's defined :file:`Downloads` "
"directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:139
msgid ""
"When the file finishes downloading, select the :guilabel:`Launch "
"Instances` button to proceed to the :guilabel:`Launch Status` menu shown "
"in figure 8."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:147
msgid "Figure 8: :guilabel:`Launch Status`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:149
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Launch Status` page changes to what is shown in "
"figure 9, select the :guilabel:`View Instances` button to view your "
":guilabel:`Instances` dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:157
msgid "Figure 9: :guilabel:`View Instance`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:160
msgid "Connect to your Clear Linux OS Basic instance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:162
msgid ""
"Your :guilabel:`Instances` Dashboard is shown in figure 10 with the new "
"|CL| OS basic instance already selected and in the running state. If "
"there are other instances available, they are also listed but not "
"selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:170
msgid "Figure 10: :guilabel:`Instance Dashboard`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:172
msgid ""
"To connect to your running instance, click the :guilabel:`Connect` button"
" located at the top of your dashboard. AWS brings up the pop-up dialog "
"box shown in figure 11 describing how to connect to your running "
"instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:182
msgid "Figure 11: :guilabel:`Connect to Your Instance`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:184
msgid ""
"Open a terminal on your system. You should be in your :file:`$HOME` "
"directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:187
msgid ""
"Copy the previously downloaded keyfile from the :file:`Downloads` "
"directory to the current directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:194
msgid ""
"Change the attributes of the :file:`AWSClearTestKey.pem` using the "
":command:`chmod` command as instructed in the dialog box shown in figure "
"11."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:202
msgid ""
"Copy the text highlighted in the :guilabel:`Example:` section that is "
"shown in :ref:`figure 11<fig-aws-web-11>`. Paste the copied text into "
"your terminal, change the text before the `@` sign to the username "
"`clear`, and press the :kbd:`Enter` key to execute the command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:211
msgid ""
"A message appears on the terminal stating the authenticity of the host "
"can't be established and prompts you with the message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:220
msgid ""
"Type `yes` and hit the :kbd:`Enter` key. Another warning is printed to "
"the terminal and you are now at the command prompt of your new |CL| "
"instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:229
msgid "Update the |CL| instance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:231
msgid ""
"Run the :command:`sudo swupd update` command to update the operating "
"system as shown in figure 12:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:238
msgid "Figure 12: :guilabel:`sudo swupd update`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:240
msgid "In this example we updated from version 18940 to 19100."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:243
msgid "Stop the |CL| instance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:245
msgid ""
"When you are finished using your AWS |CL| instance you need to stop it "
"using the :guilabel:`Instances` dashboard to stop accruing charges. "
"Complete the following steps from the :guilabel:`Instances` dashboard to "
"stop your AWS |CL| instance from running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:250
msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` button to bring up a pull-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:252
msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Instance State` menu item to expand the options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:254
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Stop` menu item to shut down the running instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:256
msgid "Figure 13 illustrates these steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:262
msgid "Figure 13: :guilabel:`Stop Instance`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:264
msgid ""
"A pop-up dialog box appears warning you that any ephemeral storage of "
"your instance will be lost. Select the :guilabel:`Yes, Stop` button to "
"stop your |CL| instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:272
msgid "Figure 14: :guilabel:`Stop Instances`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:274
msgid ""
"Congratulations! You are up and running with |CL| on AWS. To see what you"
" can do with your |CL| instance, visit our :ref:`tutorials <tutorials>` "
"section for examples on using your |CL| system."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/azure.po
+445
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:4
msgid "Run |CL-ATTR| using Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:6
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| is available for you to use in the Microsoft* Azure* "
"marketplace and is offered with three different images, also known as a "
":abbr:`SKU (Stock Keeping Unit)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:10
msgid ""
"|CL| Basic - This SKU consists of a bare-bones system which can be used "
"as a starting point for those wanting to explore and build out a system "
"with additional software bundles of their choosing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:14
msgid ""
"|CL| Containers - This SKU comes with the containers-basic software "
"bundle already installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:17
msgid ""
"|CL| Machine-learning - This SKU comes pre-loaded with popular open "
"source tools for developing machine learning applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:20
msgid ""
"You can access these images directly from your MS Azure dashboard through"
" the `Azure portal`_ or by using the MS Azure :abbr:`CLI (Command Line "
"Interface)` 2.0. If you do not already have an account set up with MS "
"Azure, you can sign up for a `MS Azure free account`_ to access the |CL| "
":abbr:`VM(Virtual Machine)` images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:26
msgid ""
"The Azure CLI offers the ability to create and manage resources in MS "
"Azure from the command line. In this tutorial you learn to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:29
msgid "Install the latest MS Azure CLI on your |CL| machine."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:31
msgid "Log into MS Azure using the CLI 2.0 interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:33
msgid "Create a MS Azure resource group."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:35
msgid "Locate the |CL| images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:37
msgid "Create and log into the |CL| virtual machine."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:39
msgid "Stop and deallocate the |CL| VM and resources."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:41
msgid ""
"To use the MS Azure CLI 2.0 on your |CL| system, your system must have "
"the following packages installed:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:44
msgid "Python 2.7 or later"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:46
msgid "libffi"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:48
msgid "OpenSSL 1.0.2"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:50
msgid ""
"You can check to see what versions you have installed on your system by "
"running the individual commands as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:78
msgid ""
"If you do not have these packages installed on your |CL| system, install "
"the sysadmin-basic software bundle using the :command:`swupd` command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:87
msgid ""
"These instructions are for installing the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tools on a "
"|CL| system. If you are installing the CLI on another platform, follow "
"the instructions in the `MS Azure Install Azure CLI tutorial`_ for your "
"specific operating system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:93
msgid "Install MS Azure CLI 2.0 on |CL|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:95
msgid ""
"To install the MS Azure CLI 2.0 on |CL|, use the :command:`curl` command "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:102
msgid ""
"If you get an error message from :command:`curl` related to the -L "
"parameter or an error message is generated that includes the text "
"\"Object Moved\", use the full URL instead of the aka.ms redirect "
"address:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:110
msgid ""
"The installation script begins and prompts you several times during "
"execution for information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:115
msgid ""
"The console output from the script displays your username instead of the "
"**[user]** variable shown on this tutorial."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:122
msgid ""
"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or you can chose another"
" directory to install the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tools into."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:129
msgid ""
"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or you can chose another"
" directory to install the :command:`az` executable in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:132
msgid ""
"The installation downloads and builds all required tools and when "
"complete prompts you with:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:139
msgid "Type :kbd:`Y` and press the :kbd:`Enter` key to allow this modification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:145
msgid ""
"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or enter the pathname to"
" your :file:`.bashrc` file. The installation completes with the final "
"output shown below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:160
msgid ""
"The installation program finishes and you must restart your shell for the"
" changes to take effect. When the installation is successful, run the "
"following command to restart your shell."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:168
msgid ""
"With the MS Azure CLI 2.0 executable successfully built and installed, "
"run the :command:`az` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:175
msgid "The output from the :command:`az` command is shown below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:254
msgid "Log into your Microsoft Azure account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:256
msgid ""
"With the :command:`az` command properly installed and functional, login "
"to your MS Azure account using the :command:`az login` command shown "
"below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:263
msgid "The output from this command is:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:269
msgid ""
"Open your browser and enter the page `https://aka.ms/devicelogin` as "
"shown in figure 1:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:276
msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Microsoft Device Login`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:278
msgid ""
"Enter the code `BQ9MG442B` to authenticate your device as shown in figure"
" 2. The code `BQ9MG442B` is a random authentication code generated for "
"each session login and will be different each time you log into MS Azure "
"using the :command:`az login` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:287
msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`Microsoft Device Login - Azure CLI`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:289
msgid ""
"Once you enter the authentication code, the website changes to a screen "
"to enter your existing Microsoft Azure credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:292
msgid ""
"Log in with your existing MS Azure account credentials. Once complete, "
"the browser screen changes again as shown in figure 3. The screen shows "
"you have signed into the Microsoft Cross-platform Command Line Interface "
"application on your device and you can close the window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:301
msgid "Figure 3: :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Cross-platform CLI`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:303
msgid ""
"The MS Azure CLI 2.0 interface is now active using your existing MS Azure"
" account credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:307
msgid "Create a MS Azure resource group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:309
msgid ""
"To learn more about MS Azure resource groups, visit the `Azure Resource "
"Manager overview`_ for an overview and detailed description of resources "
"within MS Azure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:313
msgid ""
"To create our new resource group, run the :command:`az group create ...` "
"command shown below to create a resource group named `ClearResourceGroup`"
" using the `-n` parameter and locate it in the `westus` region using the "
"`-l` parameter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:322
msgid ""
"When the command has completed, the output from this command is similar "
"to the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:339
msgid "Create and log into the |CL| virtual machine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:341
msgid "For this tutorial, we are using the |CL| Basic SKU for our VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:343
msgid ""
"To locate the available |CL| Basic VM SKU images in the MS Azure "
"marketplace, run the :command:`az vm image ...` command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:350
msgid ""
"This command may take some time to finish. The output lists all available"
" |CL| Basic images available in the Microsoft Azure marketplace as shown "
"below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:370
msgid ""
"The output list shows current offerings. New versions are added to the MS"
" Azure marketplace all the time. To reference the latest version of an "
"image, you can use the version label `latest` when specifying an image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:374
msgid ""
"The information shown in the `Urn` column lists the "
"`Publisher:Offer:Sku:Version` for each image available and this is the "
"information we want to create the |CL| Basic VM. Since we are creating a "
"|CL| Basic VM, highlight the `clear-linux-project:clear-linux-os:basic:` "
"string and copy it to your clipboard. Use the label `latest` instead of "
"referencing a specific version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:381
msgid ""
"Create the new |CL| Basic VM. Run the :command:`az vm create ...` command"
" using the URN `:clear-linux-project:clear-linux-os:basic:latest` that we"
" copied to the clipboard on the previous step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:391
msgid ""
"If you have already defined your public/private SSH key pair and they are"
" stored in your :file:`$HOME/.ssh` directory, you do not need to include "
"the *--generate-ssh-keys* option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:395
msgid ""
"Your output from this command will look similar to this output, where "
"[user] is your user name:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:416
msgid "Take note of the public IP address from the output."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:418
msgid ""
"Login into the new |CL| Basic VM, run the :command:`ssh` command with the"
" public IP address obtained from the previous step as shown:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:425
msgid ""
"You may see the following message about the authenticity of the host. If "
"this appears, type `yes` to proceed connecting to your new |CL| VM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:437
msgid ""
"You are now logged into your new |CL| VM as [user], where [user] is your "
"user name. To check which software bundles are included with this VM "
"image, run the :command:`sudo swupd bundle-list` command inside the VM:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:445
msgid "The output shown should be similar to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:467
msgid ""
"When you are finished using your new |CL| VM, type :command:`exit` to "
"close the :command:`SSH` terminal and logout."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:471
msgid "Stop and deallocate the |CL| VM and resources"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:473
msgid ""
"When you finish using your new |CL| instance, you must stop the VM and "
"deallocate the resources in your resource group. If you only stop a VM, "
"the OS image shuts down but the resources associated with it in your "
"resource group remain allocated and incurring charges. For instance, if "
"you stop and then later start the VM using the :command:`az vm start...` "
"without deallocating the resources, the IP address is retained and you "
"can access the VM using that same IP address. To release the resources "
"associated with the VM and stop incurring charges for them, you must "
"deallocate the resources as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:482
msgid ""
"At the command prompt, enter the :command:`az vm stop...` command as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:489
msgid "This will stop the VM and then output text similar to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:501
msgid ""
"Once the VM stops, deallocate the VM resources to stop incurring charges "
"for the |CL| instance. Enter the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:508
msgid "**Congratulations!**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:510
msgid ""
"You are up and running with |CL| on MS Azure using the Azure CLI 2.0 "
"command line tools."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:514
msgid "Next steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:516
msgid ""
"To see use cases you can fulfill with your |CL| instance, visit our "
":ref:`tutorials <tutorials>` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:519
msgid ""
"For additional information visit the |CL| `Azure Partner Mini Case "
"Study`_ and the `Azure Partner Datasheet`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/azure.rst:522
msgid ""
"To learn more about the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tool and options that are "
"available, visit the `MS Azure documentation and tutorials`_ website."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dars.po
+128
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:4
msgid "Data Analytics Reference Stack"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial shows you how to use the Data Analytics Reference Stack "
"(DARS), and to optionally build your own images with the baseline "
"Dockerfiles provided in the `DARS repository`_. Our assumption is that "
"|CL-ATTR| is the host. However, any system that supports Docker\\* "
"containers can be used to follow these steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:17
msgid "The Data Analytics Reference Stack release"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:19
msgid ""
"The Data Analytics Reference Stack (DARS) provides developers and "
"enterprises a straightforward, highly optimized software stack for "
"storing and processing large amounts of data. More detail is available "
"on the `DARS architecture and performance benchmarks`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:21
msgid ""
"The Data Analytics Reference Stack provides two pre-built Docker images, "
"available on `Docker Hub`_:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:23
msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with OpenBlas`_ stack optimized for `OpenBLAS`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:24
msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with MKL`_ stack optimized for `MKL`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:26
msgid ""
"We recommend you view the latest component versions for each image in the"
" :file:`README` found in the `DARS repository`_. Because |CL| is a "
"rolling distribution, the package version numbers in the |CL|-based "
"containers may not be the latest released by |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:34
msgid "Using the Docker Images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:36
msgid ""
"To immediately start using the latest stable DARS images, pull directly "
"from `Docker Hub`_. For this tutorial we'll use the `Dars with MKL`_ "
"version of the stack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:39
msgid "Once you have downloaded the image, you can run it with"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:45
msgid ""
"This will launch the image and drop you into a bash shell inside the "
"container. You will see output similar to the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:66
msgid ""
"The :command:`--ulimit nofile` parameter is currently required in order "
"to increase the number of open files opened at certain point by the spark"
" engine."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:71
msgid "Building DARS Images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:73
msgid ""
"If you choose to build your own DARS container images, you can customize "
"them as needed. Use the provided Dockerfile as a baseline. To construct "
"images with |CL|, start with a |CL| development platform that has the "
":command:`containers-basic-dev` bundle installed. Learn more about "
"bundles and installing them by using :ref:`swupd-guide`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:79
msgid "First, clone the `DARS repository`_ from GitHub."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:85
msgid ""
"Then, inside the DARS directory, run :command:`make` to build OpenBLAS "
"and MKL images, and run :command:`make baseline` to build the baseline "
"CentOS image. Depending on the system, it may take a while to finish "
"building. Once completed, check the resulting images with "
":command:`Docker`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dars.rst:94
msgid ""
"You can use any of the resulting images to launch fully functional "
"containers. If you need to customize the containers, you can edit the "
"provided :file:`Dockerfile`."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.po
+618
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:4
msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial describes how to run benchmarking workloads for "
"TensorFlow\\*, PyTorch\\*, and Kubeflow in |CL-ATTR| using the Deep "
"Learning Reference Stack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:14
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:16
msgid ""
"We created the Deep Learning Reference Stack to help AI developers "
"deliver the best experience on Intel® Architecture. This stack reduces "
"complexity common with deep learning software components, provides "
"flexibility for customized solutions, and enables you to quickly "
"prototype and deploy Deep Learning workloads. Use this tutorial to run "
"benchmarking workloads on your solution."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:22
msgid "The Deep Learning Reference Stack is available in the following versions:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:24
msgid ""
"`Intel MKL-DNN-VNNI`_, which is optimized using Intel® Math Kernel "
"Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) primitives and "
"introduces support for Intel® AVX-512 Vector Neural Network Instructions "
"(VNNI)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:27
msgid ""
"`Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes the TensorFlow framework optimized using"
" Intel® Math Kernel Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) "
"primitives."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:30
msgid "`Eigen`_, which includes `TensorFlow`_ optimized for Intel® architecture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:31
msgid "`PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_, which includes PyTorch with OpenBlas."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:32
msgid ""
"`PyTorch with Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes PyTorch optimized using "
"Intel® Math Kernel Library (Intel® MKL) and Intel MKL-DNN."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:37
msgid ""
"To take advantage of the Intel® AVX-512 and VNNI functionality with the "
"Deep Learning Reference Stack, you must use the following hardware:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:40
msgid "Intel® AVX-512 images require an Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:41
msgid "VNNI requires a 2nd generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:44
msgid "Stack features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:46
msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack `V3.0 release announcement`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:47
msgid ""
"Deep Learning Reference Stack v2.0 including current `PyTorch benchmark "
"results`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:49
msgid ""
"Deep Learning Reference Stack v1.0 including current `TensorFlow "
"benchmark results`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:51
msgid ""
"`Release notes on Github\\*`_ for the latest release of Deep Learning "
"Reference Stack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:56
msgid ""
"The Deep Learning Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece of"
" software within the work has its own license. Please see the `terms of "
"use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Deep Learning "
"Reference Stack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:61
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:63
msgid ":ref:`Install <bare-metal-install-desktop>` |CL| on your host system"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:64
msgid ":command:`containers-basic` bundle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:65
msgid ":command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:67
msgid ""
"In |CL|, :command:`containers-basic` includes Docker\\*, which is "
"required for TensorFlow and PyTorch benchmarking. Use the "
":command:`swupd` utility to check if :command:`containers-basic` and "
":command:`cloud-native-basic` are present:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:76
msgid ""
"To install the :command:`containers-basic` or :command:`cloud-native-"
"basic` bundles, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:83
msgid ""
"Docker is not started upon installation of the :command:`containers-"
"basic` bundle. To start Docker, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:90
msgid ""
"To ensure that Kubernetes is correctly installed and configured, follow "
"the instructions in :ref:`kubernetes`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:94
msgid "Version compatibility"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:96
msgid "We validated these steps against the following software package versions:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:98
msgid "|CL| 26240 (Minimum supported version)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:99
msgid "Docker 18.06.1"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:100
msgid "Kubernetes 1.11.3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:101
msgid "Go 1.11.12"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:106
msgid ""
"The Deep Learning Reference Stack was developed to provide the best user "
"experience when executed on a |CL| host. However, as the stack runs in a"
" container environment, you should be able to complete the following "
"sections of this tutorial on other Linux* distributions, provided they "
"comply with the Docker*, Kubernetes* and Go* package versions listed "
"above. Look for your distribution documentation on how to update packages"
" and manage Docker services."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:109
msgid "TensorFlow single and multi-node benchmarks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:111
msgid ""
"This section describes running the `TensorFlow benchmarks`_ in single "
"node. For multi-node testing, replicate these steps for each node. These "
"steps provide a template to run other benchmarks, provided that they can "
"invoke TensorFlow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:118
msgid ""
"Performance test results for the Deep Learning Reference Stack and for "
"this tutorial were obtained using `runc` as the runtime."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:122
msgid ""
"Download either the `Eigen`_ or the `Intel MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from "
"`Docker Hub`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:125
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:167
msgid "Run the image with Docker:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:134
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:175
msgid ""
"Launching the Docker image with the :command:`-i` argument starts "
"interactive mode within the container. Enter the following commands in "
"the running container."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:138
msgid "Clone the benchmark repository in the container:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:144
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:185
msgid "Execute the benchmark script:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:152
msgid ""
"You can replace the model with one of your choice supported by the "
"TensorFlow benchmarks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:155
msgid ""
"If you are using an FP32 based model, it can be converted to an int8 "
"model using `Intel® quantization tools`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:159
msgid "PyTorch single and multi-node benchmarks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:161
msgid ""
"This section describes running the `PyTorch benchmarks`_ for Caffe2 in "
"single node."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:164
msgid ""
"Download either the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ or the `PyTorch with Intel "
"MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from `Docker Hub`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:179
msgid "Clone the benchmark repository:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:195
msgid "Kubeflow multi-node benchmarks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:197
msgid ""
"The benchmark workload runs in a Kubernetes cluster. The tutorial uses "
"`Kubeflow`_ for the Machine Learning workload deployment on three nodes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:202
msgid ""
"If you choose the Intel® MKL-DNN or Intel® MKL-DNN-VNNI image, your "
"platform must support the Intel® AVX-512 instruction set. Otherwise, an "
"*illegal instruction* error may appear, and you won’t be able to complete"
" this tutorial."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:206
msgid "Kubernetes setup"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:208
msgid ""
"Follow the instructions in the :ref:`kubernetes` tutorial to get set up "
"on |CL|. The Kubernetes community also has `instructions for creating a "
"cluster`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:213
msgid "Kubernetes networking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:215
msgid ""
"We used `flannel`_ as the network provider for these tests. If you prefer"
" a different network layer, refer to the Kubernetes `networking "
"documentation`_ for setup."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:220
msgid "Kubectl"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:222
msgid ""
"You can use kubectl to run commands against your Kubernetes cluster. "
"Refer to the `kubectl overview`_ for details on syntax and operations. "
"Once you have a working cluster on Kubernetes, use the following YAML "
"script to start a pod with a simple shell script, and keep the pod open."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:227
msgid "Copy this example.yaml script to your system:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:244
msgid "Execute the script with kubectl:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:250
msgid ""
"This script opens a single pod. More robust solutions would create a "
"deployment or inject a python script or larger shell script into the "
"container."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:254
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:256
msgid ""
"You must add `launcher.py`_ to the Docker image to include the Deep "
"Learning Reference Stack and put the benchmarks repo in the correct "
"location. Note that this tutorial uses Kubeflow v0.4.0, and cannot "
"guarantee results if you use a different version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:260
msgid "From the Docker image, run the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:269
msgid "Your entry point becomes: :file:`/opt/launcher.py`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:271
msgid "This builds an image that can be consumed directly by TFJob from Kubeflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:274
msgid "ksonnet\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:276
msgid ""
"Kubeflow uses ksonnet\\* to manage deployments, so you must install it "
"before setting up Kubeflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:279
msgid ""
"ksonnet was added to the :command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle in |CL| "
"version 27550. If you are using an older |CL| version (not recommended), "
"you must manually install ksonnet as described below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:283
msgid "On |CL|, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:294
msgid ""
"After the ksonnet installation is complete, ensure that binary `ks` is "
"accessible across the environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:298
msgid "Kubeflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:300
msgid ""
"Once you have Kubernetes running on your nodes, set up `Kubeflow`_ by "
"following these instructions from the `quick start guide`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:318
msgid "Next, deploy the primary package for our purposes: tf-job-operator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:328
msgid ""
"This creates the CustomResourceDefinition (CRD) endpoint to launch a "
"TFJob."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:331
msgid "Run a TFJob"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:333
msgid "Select this link for the `ksonnet registries for deploying TFJobs`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:335
msgid "Install the TFJob components as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:343
msgid "Export the image name to use for the deployment:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:351
msgid "Replace <docker_name> with the image name you specified in previous steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:353
msgid ""
"Generate Kubernetes manifests for the workloads and apply them using "
"these commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:363
msgid "This replicates and deploys three test setups in your Kubernetes cluster."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:366
msgid "Results of running this tutorial"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:368
msgid ""
"You must parse the logs of the Kubernetes pod to retrieve performance "
"data. The pods will still exist post-completion and will be in "
"‘Completed’ state. You can get the logs from any of the pods to inspect "
"the benchmark results. More information about `Kubernetes logging`_ is "
"available from the Kubernetes community."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:375
msgid "Use Jupyter Notebook"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:377
msgid ""
"This example uses the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ container image. After it "
"is downloaded, run the Docker image with :command:`-p` to specify the "
"shared port between the container and the host. This example uses port "
"8888."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:385
msgid ""
"After you start the container, launch the Jupyter Notebook. This command "
"is executed inside the container image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:392
msgid ""
"After the notebook has loaded, you will see output similar to the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:400
msgid ""
"From your host system, or any system that can access the host's IP "
"address, start a web browser with the following. If you are not running "
"the browser on the host system, replace :command:`127.0.0.1` with the IP "
"address of the host."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:408
msgid "Your browser displays the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:414
msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Jupyter Notebook`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:417
msgid ""
"To create a new notebook, click :guilabel:`New` and select "
":guilabel:`Python 3`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:423
msgid "Figure 2: Create a new notebook"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:425
msgid "A new, blank notebook is displayed, with a cell ready for input."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:432
msgid ""
"To verify that PyTorch is working, copy the following snippet into the "
"blank cell, and run the cell."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:446
msgid "When you run the cell, your output will look something like this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:452
msgid ""
"You can continue working in this notebook, or you can download existing "
"notebooks to take advantage of the Deep Learning Reference Stack's "
"optimized deep learning frameworks. Refer to `Jupyter Notebook`_ for "
"details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:457
msgid "Uninstallation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:459
msgid ""
"To uninstall the Deep Learning Reference Stack, you can choose to stop "
"the container so that it is not using system resources, or you can stop "
"the container and delete it to free storage space."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:461
msgid "To stop the container, execute the following from your host system:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:463
msgid "Find the container's ID"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:469
msgid "This will result in output similar to the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:476
msgid ""
"You can then use the ID or container name to stop the container. This "
"example uses the name \"oss\":"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:483
msgid "Verify that the container is not running"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:490
msgid "To delete the container from your system you need to know the Image ID:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:496
msgid "This command results in output similar to the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:504
msgid "To remove an image use the image ID:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:520
msgid ""
"Note that you can execute the :command:`docker rmi` command using only "
"the first few characters of the image ID, provided they are unique on the"
" system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:522
msgid "Once you have removed the image, you can verify it has been deleted with:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:530
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:532
msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack `V3.0 release announcement`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:533
msgid "`TensorFlow benchmarks`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:534
msgid "`PyTorch benchmarks`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:535
msgid "`Kubeflow`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:536
msgid ":ref:`kubernetes` tutorial"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:537
msgid "`Jupyter Notebook`_"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po
+297
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:4
msgid "Run Docker\\* on |CL-ATTR|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:6
msgid ""
"|CL-ATTR| supports multiple containerization platforms, including a "
"Docker\\* solution. |CL| has many `unique features`_ including a minimal "
"default installation, which makes it compelling to use as a host for "
"container workloads, management, and orchestration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:11
msgid "This tutorial covers:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:18
msgid ""
"This tutorial focuses on the installaton of the Docker ecosystem. If you "
"want to use |CL| as a Docker container image, refer to the official |CL| "
"container image `published on Docker* Hub "
"<https://hub.docker.com/_/clearlinux/>`_ and our guide to :ref:`custom-"
"clear-container`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:25
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:27
msgid ""
"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For "
"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow "
"the :ref:`bare metal installation instructions<bare-metal-install-"
"server>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:31
msgid ""
"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:37
msgid "Additionally, you should have:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:39
msgid "A basic understanding of Linux and Docker."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:41
msgid ""
"|CL| environment that has transparent network access to the Internet. If "
"you are behind a HTTP proxy server, in a corporate setting for example, "
"please refer to the `Docker proxy instructions`_ ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:46
msgid "Install the containers-basic bundle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:48
msgid ""
"Software in |CL| is offered in the form of `bundles`_ to provide a "
"complete function. The *containers-basic* provides all the required "
"software packages to run Docker images as containers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:52
msgid ""
"First, install the *containers-basic* bundle by running this "
":command:`swupd` command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:59
msgid "Start the Docker daemon through systemd manager by running this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you want Docker to start automatically on boot, enable the systemd "
"service by running this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:72
msgid ""
"Finally, verify :command:`docker` has been installed by running this "
"command and checking the version output for both *client* and *server*:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:79
msgid ""
"Congratulations! At this point, you have a working installation of Docker"
" on |CL|. You are ready to start using container images on your system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:83
msgid "Integration with Kata Containers (optional)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:85
msgid ""
"`Kata Containers`_, is an open source project aiming to increase security"
" of containers by using a hardware-backed virtual machine container "
"runtime rather than software namespace containers that are provided by "
"the standard Docker *runc* runtime."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:90
msgid ""
"|CL| provides easy integration of the *kata-runtime* with Docker. More "
"information on installing and using the *kata-runtime* may be found at "
":ref:`kata`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:96
msgid ""
"The proceeding sections of this tutorial are standard to Docker setup and"
" configuration. If you are familiar with Docker basics, you do not need "
"to continue reading. The following sections are provided here for sake of"
" completeness."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:104
msgid "Additional Docker configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:106
msgid ""
"Perform additional Docker daemon configuration via a configuration file "
"typically located at :file:`/etc/docker/daemon.json`. |CL| features a "
"`stateless system`_ so the configuration file :file:`daemon.json` does "
"*NOT* exist by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:111
msgid "Create the :file:`daemon.json` by running this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:119
msgid ""
"Refer to the `Docker documentation on daemon configuration`_ for the full"
" list of available configuration options and examples."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:122
msgid ""
"For production systems, we follow Docker's recommendation to use the "
"`OverlayFS storage driver`_ `overlay2`, shown below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:133
msgid ""
"A testing version is found in `Docker Device Mapper storage driver`_. If "
"using this storage driver, a warning message may appear: \"usage of "
"loopback devices is strongly discouraged for production use\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:137
msgid "Save and close :file:`daemon.json`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:139
msgid ""
"Once you've made any required changes, be sure to restart the Docker "
"daemon through systemd manager by running this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:147
msgid "Pulling and running an image from Docker Hub"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:149
msgid ""
"`Docker Hub`_ is a publically available container image repository which "
"comes preconfigured with Docker. In the example below we will pull and "
"run an the official Docker image for nginx, an open source reverse proxy "
"server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:153
msgid ""
"First, pull a container image from Docker Hub using the :command:`docker "
"pull` command. Download the latest nginx Docker container image by "
"running this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:161
msgid ""
"Create and launch a new container using the :command:`docker run` "
"command. Launch a nginx container by running this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:170
msgid ""
"Below is an explanation of switches used in the command above. For "
"detailed :command:`docker run` switches and syntax, refer to the `Docker "
"Documentation`_ ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:174
msgid ""
"The *--name* switch lets you provide a friendly name to target the "
"container for future operations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:177
msgid "The *-d* switch launches the container in the background"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:179
msgid ""
"The *-p* switch allows the container's HTTP port (80) to be accessible "
"from the |CL| host on port 8080"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:182
msgid ""
"You can access the Welcome to Nginx! splash page running in the container"
" by browsing to \\http://127.0.0.1:8080 or by running this "
":command:`curl` command from your |CL| machine:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:190
msgid ""
"Finally, stop and delete the nginx container by running the "
":command:`docker stop` and :command:`docker rm` commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:198
msgid ""
"Congratulations! At this point, you have successfully pulled a nginx "
"container image from `Docker Hub`_ and have run an example container."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:202
msgid "Creating a Docker swarm cluster"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:204
msgid "Clusters of Docker hosts are referred to as *swarms*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:206
msgid ""
"The process in this tutorial can be repeated to install Docker on "
"multiple |CL| hosts with the intent to form a Docker swarm cluster."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:209
msgid ""
"The `Docker documentation on swarm key concepts`_ and `Docker "
"documentation on creating a swarm`_ can be referenced for further "
"instructions on setting up a swarm."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:214
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:216
msgid "`Docker Home`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:217
msgid "`Docker Documentation`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:218
msgid "`Docker Hub`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/docker/docker.rst:219
msgid "`Kata Containers`_"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.po
+117
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:4
msgid "Use Flatpak\\* to install applications on |CL-ATTR|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial provides all the required steps to install Flatpak as well "
"as downloading, installing, and running LibreOffice\\* on |CL-ATTR|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:9
msgid ""
"Please visit the `Flatpak website`_ for more information about Flatpak "
"and how to use it. You can also `download it here`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:13
msgid "Before you begin"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:15
msgid ""
"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For "
"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit "
"our :ref:`bare metal installation guide <bare-metal-install-desktop>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:20
msgid "Install Flatpak on your host system"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:22
msgid ""
"Flatpak is included as part of the bundle `desktop`. To install the "
"application, log in to your user account and enter the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:30
msgid "Install and run the LibreOffice Flatpak image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:32
msgid ""
"Application developers have the option to bundle their applications using"
" Flatpak to allow the installation of a single distribution of their "
"application on different distributions of Linux, including |CL|. Flatpak "
"provides a `list of applications`_ available through Flathub."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:37
msgid "|CL| enables the Flathub repository by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:41
msgid "Installing using gnome software"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:43
msgid ""
"All you need to do is to launch `gnome software`, search for the "
"LibreOffice app, and click the install button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:49
msgid "Figure 1: Installing LibreOffice using gnome-software"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:54
msgid "Installing using the command line"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:56
msgid ""
"Open the `gnome-terminal` and type the following command to install the "
"LibreOffice app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:79
msgid "Launch LibreOffice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:80
msgid ""
"A new set of icons will appear in your Gnome applications list titled "
":guilabel:`LibreOffice.` To execute the application, highlight the "
"application and click on the :guilabel:`LibreOffice` icon. LibreOffice "
"will start normally."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:87
msgid "Figure 2: Select :guilabel:`LibreOffice` app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:90
msgid "Using the command line"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/fmv.po
+180
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:4
msgid "Use the function multi-version patch generator"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:6
msgid ""
"CPU architectures often gain interesting new instructions as they evolve "
"but application developers find it difficult to take advantage of those "
"instructions. The reluctance to lose backward-compatibility is one of the"
" main roadblocks slowing developers from using advancements in newer "
"computing architectures. :abbr:`FMV (Function Multi-Versioning)`, which "
"first appeared in `GCC`_ 4.8, is a way to have multiple implementations "
"of a function, each using a different architecture specialized "
"instruction-set extensions. GCC 6 introduces changes to FMV to make it "
"even easier to bring architecture- based optimizations to the application"
" code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:16
msgid ""
"In this tutorial we will use FMV on general code and on :abbr:`FFT (Fast "
"Fourier Transform)` library code. Upon completing the tutorial, you will "
"be able to use this technology on your code and use the libraries to "
"deploy architecture-based optimizations to your application code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:22
msgid "Install and configure a |CL| host on bare metal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:23
msgid ""
"First, follow our guide to :ref:`bare-metal-install-desktop`. Once the "
"bare metal installation and initial configuration are complete, add the "
"`desktop-dev` bundle to the system. `desktop-dev`: contains the necessary"
" development tools like GCC and Perl\\*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:28
msgid ""
"To install the bundles, run the following command in the :file:`$HOME` "
"directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:36
msgid "Detect loop vectorization candidates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:38
msgid ""
"Now, we need to detect the loop vectorization candidates to be cloned for"
" multiple platforms with FMV. As an example, we will use the following "
"simple C code:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:67
msgid ""
"Save the example code as :file:`example.c` in the current directory and "
"build with the following flags:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:74
msgid "The build generates the following output:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:81
msgid "The output shows that line 11 is a good candidate for vectorization:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:89
msgid "Generate the FMV patch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:91
msgid ""
"To generate the FMV patch with the `make-fmv-patch`_ project, we must "
"clone the project and generate a log file with the loop vectorized "
"information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:100
msgid "To generate the patch files, execute:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:106
msgid ""
"The :file:`make-fmv-patch.pl` script takes two arguments: `<buildlog>` "
"and `<sourcecode>`. Replace `<buildlog>` and `<sourcecode>` with the "
"proper values and execute:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:114
msgid "The command generates the following :file:`example.c.patch` patch:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:129
msgid ""
"We recommend you use the :file:`make-fmv-patch` script to add the "
"attribute generating the target clones on the function `foo`. Thus, we "
"can have the following code:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:158
msgid ""
"Changing the value of the `$avx2` variable, we can change the target "
"clones when adding the patches or in the :file:`make-fmv-patch.pl` "
"script:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:165
msgid ""
"Compile the code again with FMV and add the option to analyze the "
"`objdump` log:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:173
msgid "You can see the multiple clones of the `foo` function:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:181
msgid ""
"The cloned functions use AVX2 registers and vectorized instructions. To "
"verify, enter the following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:190
msgid "FTT project example"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:192
msgid ""
"To follow the same approach with a package like FFT, we must use the "
"`-fopt-info-vec` flag to get a build log file similar to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:210
msgid ""
"For example, the :file:`fftw-3.3.6-pl2/tools/fftw-wisdom.c.patch` file "
"generates the following patches:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:262
msgid ""
"With these patches, we can select where to apply the FMV technology "
"making bringing architecture-based optimizations to application code even"
" easier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:265
msgid "**Congratulations!**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/fmv.rst:267
msgid ""
"You have successfully installed an FMV development environment on |CL|. "
"Furthermore, you used cutting edge compiler technology to improve the "
"performance of your application based on Intel Architecture technology "
"and profiling of the specific execution of your application."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/greengrass.po
+660
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,660 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:4
msgid "Enable AWS Greengrass\\* and OpenVINO™ toolkit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:6
msgid ""
"Hardware accelerated Function-as-a-Service (FaaS) enables cloud "
"developers to deploy inference functionalities [1] on Intel® IoT edge "
"devices with accelerators (CPU, Integrated GPU, Intel® FPGA, and Intel® "
"Movidius™ technology). These functions provide a great developer "
"experience and seamless migration of visual analytics from cloud to edge "
"in a secure manner using a containerized environment. Hardware-"
"accelerated FaaS provides the best-in-class performance by accessing "
"optimized deep learning libraries on Intel® IoT edge devices with "
"accelerators."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:15
msgid "This tutorial demonstrates how to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:17
msgid "Set up the Intel® edge device with |CL-ATTR|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:18
msgid ""
"Install the OpenVINO™ toolkit and Amazon Web Services\\* (AWS\\*) "
"Greengrass\\* software stacks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:20
msgid ""
"Use AWS Greengrass\\* and AWS Lambda\\* to deploy the FaaS samples from "
"the cloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:22
msgid "Refer to the following topics:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:29
msgid "Supported platforms"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:31
msgid "Operating System: |CL| latest release"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:32
msgid ""
"Hardware: Intel® core platforms (This tutorial supports inference "
"on CPU only.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:35
msgid "Sample description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:37
msgid ""
"The AWS Greengrass samples are located at `Edge-Analytics-FaaS`_. This "
"tutorial uses the 1.0 version of the source code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:40
msgid "|CL| provides the following AWS Greengrass samples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:42
msgid "`greengrass_classification_sample.py`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:44
msgid ""
"This AWS Greengrass sample classifies a video stream using classification"
" networks such as AlexNet and GoogLeNet and publishes top-10 results on "
"AWS\\* IoT Cloud every second."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:48
msgid "`greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:50
msgid ""
"This AWS Greengrass sample detects objects in a video stream and "
"classifies them using single-shot multi-box detection (SSD) networks such"
" as SSD Squeezenet, SSD Mobilenet, and SSD300. This sample publishes "
"detection outputs such as class label, class confidence, and bounding box"
" coordinates on AWS IoT Cloud every second."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:58
msgid "Install the OS on the edge device"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:60
msgid ""
"Start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system, using the :ref"
":`bare-metal-install-desktop`, found in :ref:`get-started`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:64
msgid "Create user accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:66
msgid ""
"After |CL| is installed, create two user accounts. Create an "
"administrative user in |CL| and create a user account for the Greengrass "
"services to use ( see Greengrass user below)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:70
msgid ""
"Create a new user and set a password for that user. Enter the following "
"commands as ``root``:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:78
msgid ""
"Next, enable the :command:`sudo` command for your new ``<userid>``. Add "
"``<userid>`` to the *wheel* group:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:85
msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/fstab` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:93
msgid ""
"By default, |CL| does not create an :file:`/etc/fstab` file. You must "
"create this file before the Greengrass service runs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:97
msgid "Add required bundles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:99
msgid ""
"Use the :command:`swupd` software updater utility to add the prerequisite"
" bundles for the OpenVINO software stack:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:108
msgid "Learn more about how to :ref:`swupd-guide`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:110
msgid ""
"The :command:`computer-vision-basic` bundle installs the OpenVINO™ "
"toolkit, and the sample models optimized for Intel® edge platforms."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:114
msgid "Convert deep learning models"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:117
msgid "Locate sample models"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:119
msgid ""
"There are two types of provided models that can be used in conjunction "
"with AWS Greengrass for this tutorial: classification or object "
"detection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:122
msgid ""
"To complete this tutorial using an image classification model, download "
"the BVLC AlexNet model files `bvlc_alexnet.caffemodel`_ and "
"`deploy.prototxt`_ to the default model_location at "
":file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. Any custom pre-trained classification"
" models can be used with the classification sample."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:128
msgid ""
"For object detection, the sample models optimized for Intel® edge "
"platforms are included with the computer-vision-basic bundle installation"
" at :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. These models are provided as an "
"example; however, you may also use a custom SSD model with the Greengrass"
" object detection sample."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:134
msgid "Run model optimizer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:136
msgid ""
"Follow these instructions for `converting deep learning models to "
"Intermediate Representation using Model Optimizer`_. To optimize either "
"of the sample models described above, run one of the following commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:138
msgid "For classification using BVLC AlexNet model:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:147
msgid "For object detection using SqueezeNetSSD-5Class model:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:156
msgid "In these examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:158
msgid "``<model_location>`` is :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:160
msgid "``<data_type>`` is FP32 or FP16, depending on target device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:162
msgid ""
"``<output_dir>`` is the directory where the Intermediate Representation "
"(IR) is stored. IR contains .xml format corresponding to the network "
"structure and .bin format corresponding to weights. This .xml file should"
" be passed to :command:`<PARAM_MODEL_XML>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:167
msgid ""
"In the BVLC AlexNet model, the prototxt defines the input shape with "
"batch size 10 by default. In order to use any other batch size, the "
"entire input shape must be provided as an argument to the model "
"optimizer. For example, to use batch size 1, you must provide: "
"``--input_shape [1,3,227,227]``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:175
msgid "Configure AWS Greengrass group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:177
msgid ""
"For each Intel® edge platform, you must create a new AWS Greengrass group"
" and install AWS Greengrass core software to establish the connection "
"between cloud and edge."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:181
msgid ""
"To create an AWS Greengrass group, follow the instructions in `Configure "
"AWS IoT Greengrass on AWS IoT`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:184
msgid ""
"To install and configure AWS Greengrass core on edge platform, follow the"
" instructions in `Start AWS Greengrass on the Core Device`_. In step "
"8(b), download the x86_64 Ubuntu\\* configuration of the AWS Greengrass "
"core software."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:191
msgid ""
"You do not need to run the :file:`cgroupfs-mount.sh` script in step #6 of"
" Module 1 of the `AWS Greengrass developer guide`_ because this is "
"enabled already in |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:195
msgid ""
"Be sure to download both the security resources and the AWS Greengrass "
"core software."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:200
msgid "Security certificates are linked to your AWS account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:204
msgid "Create and package Lambda function"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:206
msgid ""
"Complete steps 1-4 of the AWS Greengrass tutorial at `Create and Package "
"a Lambda Function`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:210
msgid ""
"This creates the tarball needed to create the AWS Greengrass environment "
"on the edge device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:214
msgid ""
"In step 5, replace :file:`greengrassHelloWorld.py` with the "
"classification or object detection Greengrass sample from `Edge-"
"Analytics-Faas`_:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:217
msgid "Classification: `greengrass_classification_sample.py`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:219
msgid "Object Detection: `greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:221
msgid ""
"Zip the selected Greengrass sample with the extracted Greengrass SDK "
"folders from the previous step into "
":file:`greengrass_sample_python_lambda.zip`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:224
msgid "The zip should contain:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:226
msgid "greengrasssdk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:228
msgid "greengrass classification or object detection sample"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:230
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:237
msgid ""
"Return to the AWS documentation section called `Create and Package a "
"Lambda Function`_ and complete the procedure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:242
msgid ""
"In step 9(a) of the AWS documentation, while uploading the zip file, make"
" sure to name the handler to one of the following, depending on the AWS "
"Greengrass sample you are using:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:246
msgid "greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.function_handler"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:247
msgid "greengrass_classification_sample.function_handler"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:251
msgid "Configure Lambda function"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:253
msgid ""
"After creating the Greengrass group and the Lambda function, start "
"configuring the Lambda function for AWS Greengrass."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:256
msgid ""
"Follow steps 1-8 in `Configure the Lambda Function for AWS IoT "
"Greengrass`_ in the AWS documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:259
msgid ""
"In addition to the details mentioned in step 8, change the Memory limit "
"to 2048 MB to accommodate large input video streams."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:262
msgid ""
"Add the following environment variables as key-value pairs when editing "
"the Lambda configuration and click on update:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:265
msgid "**Table 1. Environment variables: Lambda configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:269
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:270
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:271
msgid "PARAM_MODEL_XML"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:272
msgid ""
"<MODEL_DIR>/<IR.xml>, where <MODEL_DIR> is user specified and contains "
"IR.xml, the Intermediate Representation file from Intel® Model Optimizer."
" For this tutorial, <MODEL_DIR> should be set to "
"'/usr/share/openvino/models' or one of its subdirectories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:276
msgid "PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:277
msgid "<DATA_DIR>/input.webm to be specified by user. Holds both input and"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:278
msgid "output data. For webcam, set PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE to ‘/dev/video0’"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:279
msgid "PARAM_DEVICE"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:280
msgid "\"CPU\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:281
msgid "PARAM_CPU_EXTENSION_PATH"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:282
msgid "/usr/lib64/libcpu_extension.so"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:283
msgid "PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:284
msgid "<DATA_DIR> to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:286
msgid "PARAM_NUM_TOP_RESULTS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:287
msgid ""
"User specified for classification sample. (e.g. 1 for top-1 result, 5 for"
" top-5 results)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:290
msgid ""
"Add subscription to subscribe, or publish messages from AWS Greengrass "
"Lambda function by completing the procedure in `Configure the Lambda "
"Function for AWS IoT Greengrass`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:295
msgid ""
"The optional topic filter field is the topic mentioned inside the Lambda "
"function. In this tutorial, sample topics include the following: "
":command:`openvino/ssd` or :command:`openvino/classification`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:300
msgid "Add local resources"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:302
msgid ""
"Refer to the AWS documentation for details about `local resources and "
"access privileges`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:304
msgid "The following table describes the local resources needed for the CPU:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:306
msgid "**Local resources**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:310
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:311
msgid "Resource type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:312
msgid "Local path"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:313
msgid "Access"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:315
msgid "ModelDir"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:316
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:326
msgid "Volume"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:317
msgid "<MODEL_DIR> to be specified by user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:318
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:323
msgid "Read-Only"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:320
msgid "Webcam"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:321
msgid "Device"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:322
msgid "/dev/video0"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:325
msgid "DataDir"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:327
msgid "<DATA_DIR> to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:329
msgid "Read and Write"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:332
msgid "Deploy Lambda function"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:334
msgid ""
"Refer to the AWS documentation for instructions on how to `deploy the "
"lambda function to AWS Greengrass core device`_. Select *Deployments* on "
"the group page and follow the instructions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:339
msgid "Output consumption"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:341
msgid ""
"There are four options available for output consumption. These options "
"are used to report, stream, upload, or store inference output at an "
"interval defined by the variable :command:`reporting_interval` in the AWS"
" Greengrass samples."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:345
msgid "IoT cloud output:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:347
msgid ""
"This option is enabled by default in the AWS Greengrass samples using the"
" :command:`enable_iot_cloud_output` variable. You can use it to verify "
"the lambda running on the edge device. It enables publishing messages to "
"IoT cloud using the subscription topic specified in the lambda. (For "
"example, topics may include :command:`openvino/classification` for "
"classification and :command:`openvino/ssd` for object detection samples.)"
" For classification, top-1 result with class label are published to IoT "
"cloud. For SSD object detection, detection results such as bounding box "
"coordinates of objects, class label, and class confidence are published."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:357
msgid "Follow the instructions here to `view the output on IoT cloud`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:359
msgid "Kinesis streaming:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:361
msgid ""
"This option enables inference output to be streamed from the edge device "
"to cloud using Kinesis [3] streams when :command:`enable_kinesis_output` "
"is set to True. The edge devices act as data producers and continually "
"push processed data to the cloud. You must set up and specify Kinesis "
"stream name, Kinesis shard, and AWS region in the AWS Greengrass samples."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:368
msgid "Cloud storage using AWS S3 bucket:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:370
msgid ""
"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it "
"enables uploading and storing processed frames (in jpeg format) in an AWS"
" S3 bucket. You must set up and specify the S3 bucket name in the AWS "
"Greengrass samples to store the JPEG images. The images are named using "
"the timestamp and uploaded to S3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:376
msgid "Local storage:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:378
msgid ""
"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it "
"enables storing processed frames (in jpeg format) on the edge device. The"
" images are named using the timestamp and stored in a directory specified"
" by :command:`PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:384
msgid "References"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:386
msgid "AWS Greengrass: https://aws.amazon.com/greengrass/"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:387
msgid "AWS Lambda: https://aws.amazon.com/lambda/"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/greengrass.rst:388
msgid "AWS Kinesis: https://aws.amazon.com/kinesis/"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/hadoop.po
+232
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:4
msgid "Set up a single node cluster with Hadoop\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial walks you through the process of installing, configuring, "
"and running Apache\\* Hadoop on |CL-ATTR|. The Apache Hadoop software "
"library is a framework for distributed processing of large data sets "
"across clusters of computers using simple programming models. It is "
"designed to scale up from single servers to thousands of machines, with "
"each machine offering local computation and storage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:14
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:16
msgid ""
"Before following this tutorial, you should follow the :ref:`bare-metal-"
"install-desktop` to ensure you have installed |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:19
msgid ""
"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:25
msgid ""
"For the purposes of this tutorial, we will install Hadoop in a single "
"machine running both the master and slave daemons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:29
msgid "Install Apache Hadoop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:31
msgid ""
"Apache Hadoop is included in the `big-data-basic` bundle. To install the "
"framework, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:39
msgid "Configure Apache Hadoop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:41
msgid "To create the configuration directory, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:47
msgid ""
"Copy the defaults from :file:`/usr/share/defaults/hadoop` to "
":file:`/etc/hadoop` with the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:54
msgid ""
"Since |CL| is a stateless system, you should never modify the files under"
" the :file:`/usr/share/defaults` directory. The software updater will "
"overwrite those files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once all the configuration files are in :file:`/etc/hadoop`, we must edit"
" them to fit our needs. The `NameNode` server is the master server. It "
"manages the namespace of the files system and regulates the clients' "
"access to files. The first file we edit, :file:`/etc/hadoop/core-"
"site.xml`, informs the Hadoop daemon where `NameNode` is running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:64
msgid ""
"In this tutorial, our `NameNode` runs in our `localhost`. Follow these "
"steps to set it up correctly:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:67
msgid ""
"Open the :file:`/etc/hadoop/core-site.xml` file using the editor of your "
"choice and modify the file as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:81
msgid ""
"Edit the :file:`/etc/hadoop/hdfs-site.xml` file. This file configures the"
" :abbr:`HDFS (Hadoop Distributed File System)` daemons. This "
"configuration includes the list of permitted and excluded data nodes and "
"the size of said blocks. In this example, we are setting the number of "
"block replication to 1 from the default of 3 as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:103
msgid ""
"Edit the :file:`/etc/hadoop/mapred-site.xml` file. This file configures "
"all daemons related to `MapReduce`: `JobTracker` and `TaskTrackers`. With"
" `MapReduce`, Hadoop can process big amounts of data in multiple systems."
" In our example, we set :abbr:`YARN (Yet Another Resource Manager)` as "
"our runtime framework for executing `MapReduce` jobs as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:121
msgid ""
"Edit the :file:`/etc/hadoop/yarn-site.xml` file. This file configures all"
" daemons related to `YARN`: `ResourceManager` and `NodeManager`. In our "
"example, we implement the `mapreduce_shuffle` service, which is the "
"default as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:142
msgid "Configure your SSH key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:144
msgid "Create a SSH key. If you already have one, skip this step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:151
msgid "Copy the key to your authorized keys."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:157
msgid ""
"Log into the localhost. If no password prompt appears, you are ready to "
"run the Hadoop daemons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:165
msgid "Run the Hadoop daemons"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:167
msgid ""
"With all the configuration files properly edited, we are ready to start "
"the daemons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:170
msgid ""
"When we format the `NameNode` server, it formats the meta-data related to"
" data nodes. Thus, all the information on the data nodes is lost and the "
"nodes can be reused for new data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:174
msgid "Format the `NameNode` server with the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:180
msgid "Start the DFS in `NameNode` and `DataNodes` with the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:186
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:211
msgid "The console output should be similar to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:196
msgid "Enter `yes` to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:198
msgid ""
"Start the `YARN` daemons `ResourceManager` and `NodeManager` with the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:205
msgid "Ensure everything is running as expected with the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:223
msgid "Run the MapReduce wordcount example"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:225
msgid "Create the input directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:231
msgid "Copy a file from the local file system to the HDFS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:237
msgid "Run the `wordcount` example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:243
msgid ""
"Read output file \"part-r-00000\". This file contains the number of times"
" each word appears in the file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:250
msgid "**Congratulations!**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:252
msgid ""
"You successfully installed and setup a single node Hadoop cluster. "
"Additionally, you ran a simple wordcount example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/hadoop.rst:255
msgid "Your single node Hadoop cluster is up and running!"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata.po
+143
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:4
msgid "Install Kata Containers\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial describes how to install, configure, and run `Kata "
"Containers`_ on |CL-ATTR|. Kata Containers is an open source project "
"developing a lightweight implementation of :abbr:`VMs (Virtual Machines)`"
" that offer the speed of containers and the security of VMs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:12
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:14
msgid ""
"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For "
"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow "
"the :ref:`bare metal installation tutorial<bare-metal-install-desktop>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:18
msgid ""
"If you have Clear Containers installed on your |CL| system, then follow "
"the :ref:`migrate Clear Containers to Kata Containers "
"tutorial<kata_migration>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:21
msgid ""
"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:28
msgid "Install Kata Containers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:30
msgid ""
"Kata Containers is included in the :file:`containers-virt` bundle. To "
"install the framework, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:37
msgid "Restart the Docker\\* and Kata Containers systemd services."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:45
msgid "Run Kata Containers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:53
msgid ""
"If you use a proxy server and your proxy environment variables are "
"already set, run the following commands as a shell script to configure "
"Docker:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:70
msgid "**Congratulations!**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:72
msgid "You've successfully installed and set up Kata Containers on |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:75
msgid "More information about Docker"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:77
msgid ""
"Docker on |CL| provides a :file:`docker.service` file to start the Docker"
" daemon. The daemon will use runc or kata-runtime depending on the "
"environment:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:81
msgid ""
"If you are running |CL| on bare metal or on a VM with Nested "
"Virtualization activated, Docker uses kata-runtime as the default "
"runtime."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:84
msgid ""
"If you are running |CL| on a VM without Nested Virtualization, Docker "
"uses runc as the default runtime."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:87
msgid ""
"You do not need to manually configure the runtime for Docker, because it "
"automatically uses the runtime supported by the system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:91
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:93
msgid ""
"To change the Docker storage driver, see :ref:`additional-docker-"
"configuration`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:96
msgid ""
"For some |CL| versions before 27000, you may need to manually configure "
"Docker\\* to use Kata Containers by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:99
msgid "To do so, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata.rst:109
msgid "To check the version of |CL| on your system, enter:"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata_migration.po
+104
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:4
msgid "Migrate Clear Containers to Kata Containers\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:6
msgid ""
"`Clear Containers`_ and `Kata Containers`_ can co-exist in the same "
"system. Both can be installed through the :file:`containers-virt bundle`."
" However, we recommend that you migrate to Kata Containers because Clear "
"Containers is no longer maintained_ and will soon be deprecated on |CL-"
"ATTR|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:11
msgid "This guide describes how to migrate to Kata Containers and assumes that:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:13
msgid "Clear Containers is on a Docker\\* system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:14
msgid "Kata Containers is installed. See :ref:`kata`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:18
msgid "Stop Clear Containers instances"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:20
msgid "As an unprivileged user, stop all running instances of Clear Containers:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:28
msgid "Manually migrate customized configuration files"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you have made changes to your `Clear Containers configuration`_, "
"review those changes and decide whether to manually apply those changes "
"to your `Kata Containers configuration`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:34
msgid "Make any required changes before continuing this process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:38
msgid "You do not need to manually remove any Clear Containers packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:42
msgid "Enable Kata Containers as default"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:44
msgid "Configure Docker to use the Kata Containers runtime by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:54
msgid "Restart the Docker systemd services."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:61
msgid "Verify Docker is using Kata Containers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:69
msgid "Run Kata Containers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:71
msgid "Use the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:77
msgid "**Congratulations!**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kata_migration.rst:79
msgid "You've successfully migrated from Clear Containers to Kata Containers."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.po
+138
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:4
msgid "Kubernetes Best Practices on |CL|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:7
msgid "Use swupd to update clusters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:9
msgid ""
"This tutorial shows you how to manage your Kubernetes cluster while using"
" :command:`swupd` to update |CL-ATTR|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:12
msgid ""
"In our tutorial :ref:`kubernetes`, we explain how to set up a Kubernetes "
"cluster on |CL| using `kubeadm`. `Kubeadm documentation`_ often builds on"
" the assumption that the distribution uses a traditional package manager "
"(e.g., RPM/DEB)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:17
msgid ""
"In contrast, |CL| uses `swupd` to update the OS, which in this case "
"updates all of the kubernetes node and client binaries simultaneously, as"
" part of the `cloud-native-basic` bundle (e.g., kubectl, kubeadm, "
"kubelet). Running :command:`sudo swupd update` requires special care to "
"ensure the OS incorporates the latest Kubernetes upgrades."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:23
msgid ""
"This document describes best practices to manage cluster upgrades with "
"`kubeadm` on a |CL|-based cluster."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:27
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:29
msgid "Assure that you:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:31
msgid "Completed :ref:`kubernetes`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:32
msgid "Installed the bundle `cloud-native-basic`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:36
msgid ""
"Other Linux\\* distros shown in Kubernetes upgrade documentation reflect "
"`apt-get update`, `apt-mark hold kubeadm`, and similar commands; however,"
" such commands **are not valid** on |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:40
msgid "Update the control plane"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:42
msgid "Read kubernetes documentation `before you begin`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:44
msgid "On your master node, run the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:52
msgid ""
"If the minor version of Kubernetes changes, |CL| shows a message-of-the-"
"day, or `motd`. When the `motd` appears, you **must postpone** a kubelet "
"restart on master and nodes until the control plane is properly updated. "
":command:`swupd update` does not restart services automatically unless "
"explicitly configured to do so."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:54
msgid "Now follow these instructions in kubernetes documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:56
msgid "`Upgrade control plane`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:57
msgid "`Drain control plane node`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:58
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:73
msgid "`Restart Kubelet and undrain node`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:61
msgid "Update worker nodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:63
msgid "On each worker node, run the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:69
msgid "Now follow these instructions in kubernetes documentation:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:71
msgid "`Drain node`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:72
msgid "`Update kubelet configuration`_"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po
+448
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:4
msgid "Run Kubernetes\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial describes how to install, configure, and run the "
"`Kubernetes container orchestration system`_ on |CL-ATTR| using CRI+O and"
" kata-runtime."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:10
msgid ""
"Kubernetes\\* is an open source system for automating deployment, "
"scaling, and management of containerized applications. It groups "
"containers that make up an application into logical units for easy "
"management and discovery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:14
msgid ""
"Kata Containers\\* kata-runtime adheres to :abbr:`OCI (Open Container "
"Initiative*)` guidelines and work seamlessly with Kubernetes. `Kata "
"Containers`_ provide strong isolation for untrusted workloads or multi-"
"tenant scenarios. Kata Containers can be allocated on a per-pod basis so "
"you can mix and match both on the same host to suit your needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:25
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:27
msgid ""
"This tutorial assumes you have already installed |CL|. For detailed "
"instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow the "
":ref:`bare metal installation tutorial<bare-metal-install-desktop>`. "
"Learn about the benefits of having an up-to-date system for cloud "
"orchestration on the :ref:`swupd-about` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:33
msgid ""
"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:40
msgid "Install Kubernetes and CRI runtimes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:42
msgid ""
"Kubernetes, a set of supported :abbr:`CRI (Container Runtime Interface)` "
"runtimes, and networking plugins, are included in the `cloud-native-"
"basic`_ bundle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:46
msgid "To install this framework, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:54
msgid "For more on networking plugins, see `Install pod network add-on`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:57
msgid "Configure Kubernetes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:59
msgid ""
"This tutorial uses the basic default Kubernetes configuration for "
"simplicity. You must define your Kubernetes configuration according to "
"your specific deployment and your security needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:63
msgid "Enable IP forwarding to avoid kubeadm `preflight check`_ errors:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:65
msgid ""
"Create (or edit if it exists) the file :file:`/etc/sysctl.d/60-k8s.conf` "
"and include the following line:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:72
msgid "Apply the change:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:78
msgid "Enable the kubelet service:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:84
msgid "Disable swap using one of the following methods, either:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:86
msgid "Temporarily:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:94
msgid "Swap will be enabled at next reboot, causing failures in your cluster."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:97
msgid "or:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:99
msgid "Permanently:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:101
msgid "Mask the swap partition:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:110
msgid ""
"On systems with limited resources, some performance degradation may be "
"observed while swap is disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:113
msgid "Switch to root to modify the `hosts` file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:119
msgid ""
"Create (or edit if it exists) the hosts file that Kubernetes will read to"
" locate the master's host:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:126
msgid "Exit root:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:133
msgid "Configure and run Kubernetes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:135
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure and run Kubernetes with CRI-O and"
" kata-runtime."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:138
msgid "Configure and run CRI-O + kata-runtime"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:140
msgid "Enable the CRI-O service:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:146
msgid "Enter the commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:153
msgid ""
"Initialize the master control plane with the command below and follow the"
" displayed instructions to set up `kubectl`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:159
msgid "Register kata-runtime as a RuntimeClass handler:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:178
msgid "Install pod network add-on"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:180
msgid ""
"You must choose and install a `pod network add-on`_ to allow your pods to"
" communicate. Check whether or not your add-on requires special flags "
"when you initialize the master control plane."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:184
msgid "**Notes about flannel add-on**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:186
msgid ""
"If you choose the `flannel` add-on, then you must add the following to "
"the `kubeadm init` command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:193
msgid ""
"Furthermore, if you are using CRI-O and `flannel` and you want to use "
"Kata Containers, edit the :file:`/etc/crio/crio.conf` file to add:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:202
msgid "Use your cluster"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:204
msgid ""
"Once your master control plane is successfully initialized, instructions "
"on how to use your cluster and its *IP*, *token*, and *hash* values are "
"displayed. It is important that you record the cluster values because "
"they are needed when joining worker nodes to the cluster. Some values "
"have a valid period. The values are presented in a format similar to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:214
msgid "**Congratulations!**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:216
msgid ""
"You've successfully installed and set up Kubernetes in |CL| using CRI-O "
"and kata-runtime. You are now ready to follow on-screen instructions to "
"deploy a pod network to the cluster and join worker nodes with the "
"displayed token and IP information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:222
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:224
msgid "Read the Kubernetes documentation to learn more about:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:226
msgid "`Understanding basic Kubernetes architecture`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:228
msgid "`Deploying an application to your cluster`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:230
msgid "Installing a `pod network add-on`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:232
msgid "`Joining your nodes`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:235
msgid "Cloud native setup automation (optional)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:237
msgid ""
"Clone the `cloud-native-setup`_ repository on your system and follow the "
"instructions. This repository includes helper scripts to automate "
"configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:240
msgid "Package configuration customization (optional)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:242
msgid ""
"|CL| is a stateless system that looks for user-defined package "
"configuration files in the :file:`/etc/<package-name>` directory to be "
"used as default. If user-defined files are not found, |CL| uses the "
"distribution-provided configuration files for each package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:247
msgid ""
"If you customize any of the default package configuration files, you "
"**must** store the customized files in the :file:`/etc/` directory. If "
"you edit any of the distribution-provided default files, your changes "
"will be lost in the next system update."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:252
msgid ""
"For example, to customize CRI-O configuration in your system, run the "
"following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:261
msgid "Learn more about `Stateless`_ in |CL| and view the |CL| `documentation`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:264
msgid "Proxy configuration (optional)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:266
msgid ""
"If you use a proxy server, you must set your proxy environment variables "
"and create an appropriate proxy configuration file for both CRI-O "
"services. Consult your IT department if you are behind a corporate proxy "
"for the appropriate values. Ensure that your local IP is **explicitly "
"included** in the environment variable *NO_PROXY*. (Setting *localhost* "
"is not enough.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:271
msgid ""
"If you have already set your proxy environment variables, run the "
"following commands as a shell script to configure all of these services "
"in one step:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:289
msgid "Next steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:291
msgid ":ref:`kubernetes-bp`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:295
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:297
msgid "<HOSTNAME> not found in <IP> message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:299
msgid ""
"Your DNS server may not be appropriately configured. Try adding an entry "
"to the :file:`/etc/hosts` file with your host's IP and Name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:302
msgid "For example: 100.200.50.20 myhost"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:304
msgid ""
"Use the commands :command:`hostname` and :command:`hostname -I` to "
"retrieve them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:306
msgid "Images cannot be pulled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:308
msgid ""
"You may be behind a proxy server. Try configuring your proxy settings, "
"using the environment variables *HTTP_PROXY*, *HTTPS_PROXY*, and "
"*NO_PROXY* as required in your environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:312
msgid "Connection refused error."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:314
msgid ""
"If you are behind a proxy server, you may need to add the master's IP to "
"the environment variable *NO_PROXY*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:317
msgid "Connection timed-out or Access Refused errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:319
msgid ""
"You must ensure that the appropriate proxy settings are available from "
"the same terminal where you will initialize the control plane. To verify "
"the proxy settings that Kubernetes will actually use, run the commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:329
msgid ""
"If the displayed proxy values are different from your assigned values, "
"the cluster initialization will fail. Contact your IT support team to "
"learn how to set the proxy variables permanently, and how to make them "
"available for all the types of access that you will use, such as remote "
"SSH access."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:334
msgid ""
"If the result of the above commands is blank, you may need to add a "
"``profile`` to the :file:`/etc` directory. To do so, follow these steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:337
msgid "Create a `profile` in :file:`/etc`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:343
msgid ""
"With a preferred editor, open `profile`, and enter your proxy settings. "
"Example shown below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:355
msgid "<master IP> can be obtained by running :command:`ifconfig`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:357
msgid "Save and exit the `profile`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:359
msgid "Run:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:365
msgid "To ensure your system isn't running previous session variables, run:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:371
msgid "Continue below while passing `-E` in the command as shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:373
msgid "Missing environment variables."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:375
msgid ""
"If you are behind a proxy server, pass environment variables by adding "
"*-E* to the command that initializes the master control plane."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.po
+314
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:4
msgid "TensorFlow\\* machine learning on |CL-ATTR|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial will demonstrate the installation and execusion of a "
"TensorFlow\\* machine learning example on |CL-ATTR|. It uses a Jupyter\\*"
" Notebook and MNIST data for handwriting recognition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:10
msgid ""
"The initial steps will have you set up a Jupyter kernel and run a "
"Notebook on a bare-metal |CL| system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:14
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:16
msgid ""
"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For "
"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow "
"the :ref:`bare metal installation tutorial<bare-metal-install-desktop>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:20
msgid ""
"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:26
msgid "Once your system is updated, add the following bundles to your system:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:28
msgid "`machine-learning-web-ui`: This bundle contains the Jupyter application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:30
msgid ""
"`machine-learning-basic`: This bundle contains TensorFlow and other "
"useful tools."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:33
msgid ""
"To install the bundles, run the following commands in your :file:`$HOME` "
"directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:43
msgid "Set up a Jupyter notebook"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:45
msgid ""
"With all required packages and libraries installed, set up the file "
"structure for the Jupyter Notebook."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:48
msgid ""
"In the :file:`$HOME` directory, create a directory for the Jupyter "
"Notebooks named :file:`Notebooks`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:55
msgid "Within :file:`Notebooks`, create a directory named :file:`Handwriting`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:61
msgid "Change to the new directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:67
msgid ""
"Copy the :file:`MNIST_example.ipynb` file into the :file:`Handwriting` "
"directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:71
msgid ""
"After installing the `machine-learning basic` bundle, you can find the "
"example code under :file:`/usr/share/doc/tensorflow/MNIST_example.ipynb`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:76
msgid ""
"The example code downloads and decompresses the MNIST data directly into "
"the :file:`./mnist` directory. Alternatively, download the four files "
"directly from the Yann LeCun’s `MNIST Database website`_ and save them "
"into a :file:`mnist` directory within the :file:`Handwriting` directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:81
msgid "The files needed are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:83
msgid "`train-images-idx3-ubyte.gz`_: Training set images (9912422 bytes)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:85
msgid "`train-labels-idx1-ubyte.gz`_: Training set labels (28881 bytes)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:87
msgid "`t10k-images-idx3-ubyte.gz`_: Test set images (1648877 bytes)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:89
msgid "`t10k-labels-idx1-ubyte.gz`_: Test set labels (4542 bytes)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:92
msgid "Run the Jupyter machine learning example code"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:94
msgid ""
"With |CL|, Jupyter, and TensorFlow installed and configured, we can run "
"the example code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:97
msgid ""
"Go to the :file:`($HOME)/Notebooks` directory and start Jupyter with the "
"following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:106
msgid ""
"The Jupyter server starts and opens a web browser showing the Jupyter "
"file manager with a list of files in the current directory, see figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:112
msgid "Figure 1: The Jupyter file manager shows the list of available files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:114
msgid ""
"Click on the :file:`Handwriting` directory. The "
":file:`MNIST_example.ipynb` file created earlier should be listed there, "
"see figure 2."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:120
msgid "Figure 2: The example file within the Jupyter file manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:122
msgid ""
"To run the hand writing example, click on the :file:`MNIST_example.ipynb`"
" file to load the notebook, see figure 3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:128
msgid ""
"Figure 3: The loaded MNIST_example notebook within the Jupyter file "
"manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:131
msgid ""
"Click the |run-cell| button to execute the code in the current cell and "
"move to the next."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:134
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`In [2]` cell and click the |run-cell| button to "
"load the MNIST data. The successful output is shown on figure 4."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:140
msgid "Figure 4: Output after successfully importing the MNIST data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:143
msgid ""
"After the MNIST data was successfully downloaded and extracted into the "
":file:`mnist` directory within the :file:`($HOME)/Notebooks/Handwriting` "
"directory, four .gz files are present and the four data sets were "
"created: `trainX`, `trainY`, `testX` and `testY`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:148
msgid ""
"To inspect the imported data, the function in :guilabel:`In [3]` first "
"instructs Jupyter to reshape the data into an array of 28 x 28 images and"
" to plot the area in a 28 x 28 grid. Click the |run-cell| button twice to"
" show the first two digits in the `trainX` dataset, see figure 5."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:156
msgid ""
"Figure 5: A function reshapes the data and displays the first two digits "
"in the `trainX` dataset."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:159
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`In [4]` cell defines the neural network. It provides the "
"inputs, defines the hidden layers, runs the training model, and sets up "
"the output layer, see figure 6. Click the |run-cell| button four times to"
" perform these operations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:167
msgid "Figure 6: Defining, building and training the neural network model."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:169
msgid ""
"To test the accuracy of the prediction the system makes, select the "
":guilabel:`In [8]` cell and click the |run-cell| button. In this example,"
" the number 6 was predicted with a 99% accuracy, see figure 7."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:176
msgid ""
"Figure 7: The system predicts a number providing the accuracy of the "
"prediction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:181
msgid ""
"To retest the accuracy of a random data point's prediction, run the cell "
":guilabel:`In [8]` again. It will take another random data point and "
"predict its value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:185
msgid ""
"To check the accuracy for the whole dataset, select the :guilabel:`In "
"[10]` cell and click the |run-cell| button. Our example's accuracy is "
"calculated as 97.17%, see figure 8."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:192
msgid "Figure 8: The system's accuracy for the entire data set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:194
msgid ""
"For more in-depth information on the model used and the mathematics it "
"entails, visit the TensorFlow tutorials `TensorFlow MNIST beginners "
"demo`_ and `TensorFlow MNIST pros demo`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:198
msgid "**Congratulations!**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:200
msgid ""
"You have successfully installed a Jupyter kernel on |CL|. In addition, "
"you trained a neural network to successfully predict the values contained"
" in a data set of hand-written number images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:205
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:207
msgid "`MNIST Database website`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:208
msgid "`TensorFlow MNIST beginners demo`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:209
msgid "`TensorFlow MNIST pros demo`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:210
msgid "`Jupyter main website`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:211
msgid "`Jupyter documentation`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:212
msgid "`MNIST at Wikipedia`_"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po
+420
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:4
msgid "Install NVIDIA\\* Drivers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:6
msgid ""
"NVIDIA manufactures graphics processing units (GPU), also known as "
"graphics cards."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:9
msgid ""
"NVIDIA devices on Linux\\* have two popular device driver options: the "
"opensource drivers from the `nouveau project`_ or the proprietary drivers"
" published by NVIDIA. The nouveau drivers are built into the |CL-ATTR| "
"kernel and are loaded automatically at system boot if a compatible card "
"is detected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:15
msgid ""
"These instructions show how to use the proprietary NVIDIA drivers, which "
"require a manual installation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:20
msgid ""
"Software installed outside of :ref:`swupd <swupd-about>` is not updated "
"with |CL| updates and must be updated and maintained manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:23
msgid ""
"For example, the file :file:`/usr/lib/libGL.so` conflicts between the one"
" provided by the mesa package in |CL| and the one NVIDIA provides. If a "
"|CL| update overwrites these files, a reinstallation of the NVIDIA driver"
" might be required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:36
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:38
msgid "A |CL| system with a desktop installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:39
msgid "An NVIDIA device installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:43
msgid "Install DKMS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:45
msgid ""
"The :ref:`Dynamic Kernel Module System (DKMS) <kernel-modules-dkms>` "
"allows the NVIDIA kernel modules to be automatically integrated when "
"kernel updates occur in |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:49
msgid "Install the appropriate DKMS bundle using the instructions below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:52
msgid ""
"The Long Term Support (LTS) kernel variant is more likely to remain "
"compatible between updates with NVIDIA drivers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:3
msgid ""
"The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides the :command:`dkms` program and "
"Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel modules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:6
msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:8
msgid ""
"Adds a systemd update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-"
"kernel.service`) to automatically run DKMS to rebuild modules after a "
"kernel upgrade occurs with :ref:`swupd update <swupd-guide>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:13
msgid ""
"Disables kernel module signature verification by appending a kernel "
"command-line parameter (:command:`module.sig_unenforce`) from the "
":file:`/usr/share/kernel/cmdline.d/clr-ignore-mod-sig.conf` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:17
msgid ""
"Adds a notification to the Message of the Day (MOTD) indicating kernel "
"module signature verification is disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:22
msgid ""
"We recommend that you always review the :command:`swupd update` output to"
" make sure kernel modules were successfully rebuilt against the new "
"kernel. This is especially important for systems where a successful boot "
"relies on a kernel module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:28
msgid ""
"Install the :command:`kernel-native-dkms` or :command:`kernel-lts-dkms` "
"bundle:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:31
msgid ""
"Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. Only the *native* and "
"*lts* kernels are enabled to build and load out-of-tree kernel modules "
"with DKMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:40
msgid "Ensure *.native* or *.lts* is in the kernel name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:42
msgid ""
"Install the DKMS bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. Use "
":command:`kernel-native-dkms` for the native kernel or :command:`kernel-"
"lts-dkms` for the lts kernel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:50
msgid "or"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:57
msgid "Update the |CL| bootloader and reboot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:62
msgid "Download and install the NVIDIA Drivers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:66
msgid "Download the NVIDIA Drivers for Linux"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:68
msgid "Identify the model of NVIDIA GPU that is installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:75
msgid ""
"Go to the `NVIDIA Driver Downloads website`_ . Search for and download "
"the appropriate driver based on the model of NVIDIA GPU you have with "
"*Linux 64-bit* selected as the Operating System ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:80
msgid ""
"Open a terminal and navigate to where the :file:`NVIDIA-"
"Linux-x86_64-<VERSION>.run` file was saved. In this example, it was saved"
" in the Downloads folder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:88
msgid "Make the :file:`NVIDIA-Linux-x86_64-<VERSION>.run` file executable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:96
msgid "Disable the nouveau Driver"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:98
msgid ""
"The proprietary NVIDIA driver is incompatible with the nouveau driver and"
" must be disabled before installation can continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:101
msgid ""
"Disable the nouveau driver by creating a blacklist file under "
":file:`/etc/modprobe.d` and reboot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:111
msgid ""
"Reboot the system and log back in. It is normal for the graphical "
"environment not to start without the NVIDIA driver loaded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:118
msgid "Configure Alternative Software Paths"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:120
msgid ""
"The NVIDIA installer will be directed to install files under "
":file:`/opt/nvidia` as much as possible to keep its contents isolated "
"from the rest of the |CL| system files under :file:`/usr`. The dynamic "
"linker and X server must be configured to use the content under "
":file:`/opt/nvidia`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:127
msgid ""
"Configure the dynamic linker to look for and to cache shared libraries "
"under :file:`/opt/nvidia/lib` and :file:`/opt/nvidia/lib32` in addition "
"to the default paths."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:138
msgid "Reload the dynamic linker run-time bindings and library cache."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:144
msgid ""
"Create a Xorg configuration file to search for modules under "
":file:`/opt/nvidia` in addition to the default path."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:160
msgid "Install the NVIDIA Drivers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:163
msgid ""
"A terminal not running on */dev/tty1* is useful to view uninterrupted "
"installation progress. Switch to a secondary virtual terminal by pushing "
":command:`CTRL + ALT + F2` or remotely login over SSH."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:168
msgid "Navigate into the directory where the NVIDIA installer was downloaded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:175
msgid "Run the installer with the advanced options below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:199
msgid ""
"The graphical interface may automatically start after the NVIDIA driver "
"is loaded. Return to the working terminal and log back in if necessary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:203
msgid "Confirm that the NVIDIA kernel modules are loaded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:210
msgid ""
"Run a |CL| system verification to restore files that the NVIDIA installer"
" likely deleted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:219
msgid ""
"The NVIDIA software places some files under the :file:`/usr` subdirectory"
" which are not managed by |CL| and conflict with the |CL| stateless "
"design."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:222
msgid ""
"Although a limited version of :command:`swupd repair` is run above, other"
" uses of the :command:`swupd repair` command should be avoided with the "
"proprietary NVIDIA drivers installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:228
msgid "Updating the NVIDIA Drivers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:230
msgid ""
"The proprietary NVIDIA drivers are installed manually outside of "
":ref:`swupd <swupd-about>` and must be updated manually when needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:233
msgid ""
"Updating the NVIDIA drivers follows the same steps as initial "
"installation, however the desktop environment must first be stopped so "
"that the drivers are not in use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:237
msgid ""
"Follow the steps in the `Download the NVIDIA Drivers for Linux`_ section "
"to get the latest NVIDIA drivers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:240
msgid ""
"Temporarily set the default boot target to the *multi-user*, which is a "
"non-graphical runtime."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:248
msgid ""
"Reboot the system and log back in. It is normal for the graphical "
"environment not to start."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:251
msgid ""
"Follow the steps in the `Install the NVIDIA Drivers`_ section to update "
"the NVIDIA drivers. This installation will overwrite the previous NVIDIA "
"drivers and files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:255
msgid "Set the default boot target back to the *graphical* target."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:262
msgid "Reboot the system and log back in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:264
msgid ""
"Trigger a flatpak update which will download the runtime corresponding "
"with the new NVIDIA drivers for the flatpak apps that require it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:273
msgid "Uninstalling the NVIDIA Drivers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:275
msgid ""
"The NVIDIA drivers and associated software can be uninstalled and nouveau"
" driver restored with the instructions in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:278
msgid "Remove the :file:`modprobe.d` file that prevents nouveau from loading."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:285
msgid "Remove the :file:`xorg.conf.d` file that adds a search path for X modules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:291
msgid "Run the :command:`sudo /opt/nvidia/bin/nvidia-uninstall`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:293
msgid "Follow the prompts on the screen and reboot the system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:297
msgid "Debugging Installation of NVIDIA Drivers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:299
msgid ""
"The NVIDIA driver places installer and uninstaller logs under "
":file:`/var/log/nvidia-install` and :file:`/var/log/nvidia-uninstall`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:302
msgid ""
":file:`NVIDIA-Linux-x86_64-<VERSION>.run --advanced-options` shows many "
"parameters to control installation behavior."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:305
msgid ""
":file:`NVIDIA-Linux-x86_64-<VERSION>.run --extract-only` extracts "
"installation files into a directory named :file:`NVIDIA-"
"Linux-x86_64-<VERSION>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:312
msgid "Additional resources"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:314
msgid ""
"`Why aren't the NVIDIA Linux drivers open source? "
"<https://nvidia.custhelp.com/app/answers/detail/a_id/1849/kw/Linux>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:316
msgid ""
"`Where can I get support for NVIDIA Linux drivers? "
"<https://nvidia.custhelp.com/app/answers/detail/a_id/44/kw/linux>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/nvidia.rst:318
msgid ""
"`NVIDIA Accelerated Linux Graphics Driver Installation Guides "
"<https://download.nvidia.com/XFree86/Linux-x86_64/>`_"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/redis.po
+183
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:4
msgid "Run Redis on |CL-ATTR|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:6
msgid ""
"Redis is an in-memory key:value store designed for quick lookups, "
"accessible over the network. In this tutorial, you'll install redis and "
"launch a redis-server on |CL|, plus learn a few basic redis commands. We "
"also invite you to pull our `Clear Linux Redis instance`_ on dockerhub\\*"
" for application or infrastructure development."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:12
msgid ""
"While the `redis data structure store`_ can serve as a NoSQL database for"
" a Web application, it's also easy to integrate in an existing stack. For"
" example, you could use the Redis caching layer for real-time responses "
"on a leaderboard in a gaming app. Redis offers many client libraries with"
" language-specific bindings for Python, Perl, Ruby, and more."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:19
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:20
msgid "Install the `redis-native` bundle in |CL|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:21
msgid "Install the `containers-basic` bundle in |CL| (only required in Example 2)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:24
msgid "Install the redis bundle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:26
msgid "In |CL|, find redis in the `redis-native` bundle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:28
msgid "Open a Terminal and login as an administrative user."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:30
msgid "Add :file:`redis-native`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:38
msgid "If the bundle already exists, no action is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:41
msgid "Start the redis-server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:43
msgid ""
"A `systemd` service unit is available to control the redis server. By "
"default, redis runs on port 6379."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:46
msgid "Start the service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:54
msgid "To stop redis run :command:`systemctl stop redis`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:56
msgid "Assure the service is running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:62
msgid "Verify the redis-server sends a reply."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:70
msgid "Expected output: `PONG`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:72
msgid ""
"Optional: If you wish to apply advanced configuration, copy the "
"`redis.conf` into /etc/ directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:79
msgid "The redis-server is now ready to use on |CL|. Try some examples below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:82
msgid "Example 1: Use the redis-cli and try commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:84
msgid ""
"One advantage of redis over other NoSQL databases is that developers can "
"easily access data structures like lists, sets, sorted sets, strings, and"
" hashes using collection operations commands similar to those found in "
"many programming languages. These exercises are inspired by `try redis "
"io`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:89
msgid "After your `redis-server` is running, try some basic commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:91
msgid "Enter the `redis-cli`. It provides syntax suggestions as you type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:97
msgid "SET key to hold string value. In the set create connections and increment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:108
msgid "If the key does not exist or hold a key value, `nil` is returned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:126
msgid "Create a `friends` list and insert new values at the end of the list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:140
msgid "Modify `friends` list, using a common slice method with a 0-index."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:162
msgid ""
"Consider using a hash, a very useful data type, which maps string fields "
"and string values, offering multiple lookup methods."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:165
msgid "Enter many user key:values with `HMSET`. Then try `HGET` and `HGETALL`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:185
msgid "Example 2: Run the |CL| redis docker image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:187
msgid ""
"We also provide a `Clear Linux Redis instance`_, which is updated "
"continuously and maintained by |CL| development."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:203
msgid "Next Steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:205
msgid "Follow the `redis quickstart tutorial`_ to expand potential uses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/redis.rst:207
msgid "Learn to :ref:`docker`."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.po
+110
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:4
msgid "Connect to Windows\\* shared location from |CL-ATTR| desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial explains how to access an existing shared drive on "
"Windows\\* via Server Message Block (SMB) / Common Internet File System "
"(CIFS) from the |CL| GNOME desktop. CIFS filesystem is generally used to"
" access shared storage locations, or share files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:12
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:14
msgid "You have already `set up a shared location on Windows`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:17
msgid "Connect to Windows shared location with Nautilus"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:19
msgid "From the desktop, select :guilabel:`Files` from the application menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:23
msgid "GNOME Files is also known as `Nautilus`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:25
msgid "In :guilabel:`Files`, select :guilabel:`Other Locations`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:31
msgid "Figure 1: Files, Other Locations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:33
msgid ""
"In the lower taskbar, beside :guilabel:`Connect to Server`, enter the "
"file-sharing address using the Windows sharing schema:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:44
msgid "Figure 2: Connect to Server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:46
msgid ""
"Optional: If there are issues with DNS, you can use an IP address in "
"place of the `servername` above. You must still specify the share."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:49
msgid ""
"Optional: On the Windows machine, in a CLI, retrieve the IP address by "
"entering the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:58
msgid "If using the IP address, assure that it is accessible and secure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:60
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:62
msgid "The server will request authentication, as shown in Figure 3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:68
msgid "Figure 3: Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:70
msgid ""
"Log in with the same Windows system credentials for which you granted "
"access to the share."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:73
msgid ""
"Select the appropriate checkbox to save your credentials. Consider "
"carefully the security risks as a result of your selection."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb.po
+152
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:4
msgid "Enable simple file sharing with a Windows\\* machine using Samba\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial describes how to enable simple file sharing from a system "
"running |CL-ATTR| to a Windows machine using Samba. For more advanced "
"sharing, refer to the `Samba guide`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:11
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:13
msgid ""
"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For "
"detailed instructions, follow the steps in :ref:`bare-metal-install-"
"desktop`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:16
msgid ""
"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:24
msgid "Set up file sharing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:26
msgid "Log in and get root privileges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:32
msgid "Add the storage-utils bundle, which includes the Samba binaries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:40
msgid "The os-clr-on-clr bundle also includes the Samba binaries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:42
msgid ""
"Create a configuration file called :file:`/etc/samba/smb.conf`. In this "
"example, `[Downloads]` enables a folder share with a specific user. "
"`[Documents]` enables a folder share with any user. The example assumes "
"that a user account `clearlinuxuser` already exists."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:47
msgid ""
"If `valid users` is not specified, then anyone with a user account on the"
" machine and with their Samba password already set can access the folder."
" However, the account is only able to access files and folders for which "
"they have appropriate permissions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:52
msgid ""
"Use :command:`chown` or :command:`chmod` to change either the owner of "
"the file or the permissions to allow other users to access the file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:72
msgid "Enable the Samba daemon to start every time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:79
msgid ""
"Use :command:`smbpasswd` to add the initial password for the user account"
" to access the share. Be aware that Samba maintains its own list of "
"passwords for user accounts. The Samba password list can be different "
"than the password used to log in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:88
msgid ""
"Setup is complete and a Windows machine on the same network can access "
"the shares. Windows uses the format :file:`\\\\\\\\[server IP or "
"hostname]\\\\folder` to access shares. Access the shares directly with "
"Windows Explorer or by mapping a network drive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:93
msgid ""
"Use the IP address of the |CL| machine for an easy access method. If the "
"|CL| machine is behind an Active Directory domain controller or a DNS "
"server, use the hostname of the |CL| machine. For other ways to access "
"shares using a hostname instead of an IP address, see `Chapter 7 of the "
"Samba guide`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:100
msgid "Map |CL| drive in Windows"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:102
msgid ""
"Open Windows Explorer and click on the left sidebar on :guilabel:`This "
"PC` to change the options available at the top."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:105
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Map Network Drive` icon and enter the path in the "
"format: :file:`\\\\\\\\[server IP or hostname]\\\\[shared folder]`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:108
msgid ""
"Check the box :guilabel:`Connect using different credentials`. Enter the "
"Samba user `clearlinuxuser` and the password created with "
":command:`smbpasswd`. See Figure 1 for details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:116
msgid "Figure 1: Map a network drive in Windows Explorer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:118
msgid ""
"When complete, Windows Explorer displays the share drive as shown in "
"Figure 2."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/smb/smb.rst:124
msgid "Figure 2: View a share drive in Windows Explorer."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/spark.po
+176
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:4
msgid "Set up a standalone cluster system using Apache\\* Spark\\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial describes how to install, configure, and run Apache Spark "
"on |CL-ATTR|. Apache Spark is a fast general-purpose cluster computing "
"system with the following features:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:10
msgid "Provides high-level APIs in Java\\*, Scala\\*, Python\\*, and R\\*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:11
msgid "Includes an optimized engine that supports general execution graphs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:12
msgid ""
"Supports high-level tools including Spark SQL, MLlib, GraphX, and Spark "
"Streaming."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:15
msgid ""
"In this tutorial, you will install Spark on a single machine running the "
"master daemon and a worker daemon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:19
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:21
msgid ""
"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For "
"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit "
"the :ref:`bare metal installation guide <bare-metal-install-desktop>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:25
msgid ""
"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:32
msgid "Install Apache Spark"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:34
msgid ""
"Apache Spark is included in the :file:`big-data-basic` bundle. To install"
" the framework, enter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:42
msgid "Configure Apache Spark"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:44
msgid "Create the configuration directory with the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:50
msgid ""
"Copy the default templates from :file:`/usr/share/defaults/spark` to "
":file:`/etc/spark` with the command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:57
msgid ""
"Since |CL| is a stateless system, you should never modify the files under"
" the :file:`/usr/share/defaults` directory. The software updater "
"overwrites those files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:62
msgid "Copy the template files below to create custom configuration files:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:70
msgid ""
"Edit the :file:`/etc/spark/spark-env.sh` file and add the "
":envvar:`SPARK_MASTER_HOST` variable. Replace the example address below "
"with your localhost IP address. View your IP address using the "
":command:`hostname -I` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:79
msgid ""
"This optional step enables the master's web user interface to view "
"information needed later in this tutorial."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:82
msgid ""
"Edit the :file:`/etc/spark/spark-defaults.conf` file and update the "
"`spark.master` variable with the `SPARK_MASTER_HOST` address and port "
"`7077`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:90
msgid "Start the master server and a worker daemon"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:92
msgid "Start the master server using:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:98
msgid ""
"Start one worker daemon and connect it to the master using the "
"`spark.master` variable defined earlier:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:105
msgid ""
"Open an internet browser and view the worker daemon information using the"
" master's IP address and port `8080`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:113
msgid "Run the Spark wordcount example"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:115
msgid ""
"Run the wordcount example using a file on your local host and output the "
"results to a new file with the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:122
msgid ""
"Open an internet browser and view the application information using the "
"master's IP address and port `8080`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:129
msgid ""
"View the results of the wordcount application in the "
":file:`~/Documents/results` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:131
msgid "**Congratulations!**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/spark.rst:133
msgid ""
"You successfully installed and set up a standalone Apache Spark cluster. "
"Additionally, you ran a simple wordcount example."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.po
+121
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:4
msgid "Setting up proxy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial shows you how to configure your system for use behind an "
"outbound proxy to access the Internet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:9
msgid ""
"|CL| :ref:`tooling` applications already benefit from the "
":ref:`autoproxy` feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:17
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:19
msgid ""
"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For "
"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit "
"the :ref:`bare metal installation guide <bare-metal-install-desktop>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:24
msgid "Shells and programs in a desktop session"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:27
msgid "Terminal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:29
msgid "Add the following to your ~/.bashrc:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:45
msgid "wget"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:47
msgid "Run this command to enable downloading from websites from the terminal:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:59
msgid "System service (Docker)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:61
msgid ""
"For Docker (and other services that use systemd), you can follow these "
"steps to configure and check proxy settings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:65
msgid "Be sure to use :command:`sudo`, as you will need elevated permissions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:67
msgid ""
"Create :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d` directory to host "
"configuration information for the Docker service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:70
msgid ""
"Create :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d/http-proxy.conf` and "
"add:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:78
msgid "Load the changes and restart the service:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:85
msgid "Verify that changes have loaded:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:97
msgid ""
"This process enables the ability to successfully run ``docker pull``. "
"Containers themselves must be configured independently."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:101
msgid "git over ssh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:103
msgid "Add the following to your :file:`~/.ssh/config`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:114
msgid ""
"Though netcat is included with Clear Linux, it is not the BSD version, "
"which is the one usually used to enable git over ssh."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorials.po
+28
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorials.rst:4
msgid "Tutorials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/tutorials.rst:6
msgid "Explore our tutorials to discover what you can do with |CL|!"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po
+547
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:4
msgid "Set up a LAMP web server on |CL-ATTR|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial provides instructions on how to set up a :abbr:`LAMP "
"(Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)` web server on |CL-ATTR| and how to use "
"phpMyAdmin\\* to manage an associated database. Note that this tutorial "
"installs MariaDB\\*, which is a drop-in replacement for MySQL\\*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:11
msgid ""
"In order to create a web server using |CL| as the host OS, your host "
"system must be running |CL|. This tutorial assumes you have installed "
"|CL| on your host system. For detailed instructions on installing |CL| on"
" a bare metal system, visit :ref:`bare-metal-install-desktop`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:16
msgid "This tutorial covers:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:22
msgid "Install Apache"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:24
msgid ""
"Apache is an open source HTTP web server application that can run on "
"several operating systems, including |CL|. Go to the `Apache HTTP Server "
"Project`_ for more information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:29
msgid "Install the web-server-basic bundle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:31
msgid ""
"The **web-server-basic** bundle contains the packages needed to install "
"the Apache software bundle on |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:36
msgid ""
"Before you install new packages, update the |CL| with the following "
"console command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:43
msgid "To install the bundle, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:50
msgid "To start the Apache service, enter the following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:57
msgid ""
"To verify that the Apache server application is running, open a web "
"browser and navigate to: \\http://localhost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:60
msgid ""
"If the service is running, a confirmation message will appear, similar to"
" the message shown in figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:67
msgid "`Figure 1: Confirmation that the Apache service is running.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :file:`index.html` file is located in the :file:`/var/www/html` "
"directory of your host system. You will copy this file into a new "
"location after you modify the configuration in the next step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:76
msgid "Change the default configuration and data directory"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:78
msgid ""
"|CL| is designed to be a `stateless`_ operating system which means that "
"you must create an optional configuration file to override the default "
"values. The default location of the Apache configuration file, "
":file:`httpd.conf`, is located in the :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd` "
"directory. |CL| can override this directory as part of the stateless "
"paradigm. This default :file:`.conf` file includes the following "
"directives that allow for additional locations of configuration "
"definitions:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:94
msgid ""
"In this section you will define your own httpd.conf file to override the "
"default values, and define a custom DocumentRoot for your web server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:97
msgid "Create the directory structure for :file:`/etc/httpd/conf.d`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:103
msgid ""
"Create and open the :file:`httpd.conf` file in your new "
":file:`/etc/httpd/conf.d` directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:110
msgid ""
"Add the ``DocumentRoot`` variable to :file:`httpd.conf`. Copy the content"
" listed below into the new :file:`/etc/httpd/conf.d/httpd.conf` file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:128
msgid ""
"Create a new ``DocumentRoot`` directory structure and copy the "
":file:`index.html` file from :file:`/var/www/html` directory to "
":file:`/var/www/tutorial`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:138
msgid ""
"To ensure a successful setup, edit the new :file:`index.html` file with "
"an obvious change."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:145
msgid "For example, we changed the default message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:147
msgid "\"It works!\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:149
msgid "to"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:151
msgid "\"It works from its new location!\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:153
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:171
msgid "Stop and then restart ``httpd.service``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:160
msgid ""
"Go to \\http://localhost to view the new screen. You should see your "
"updated default message from step 5."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:163
msgid ""
"Change the configuration back to the default :file:`/var/www/html` "
"location. To do this, edit the :file:`/etc/httpd/conf.d/httpd.conf` file "
"again and replace any instance of /var/www/tutorial with /var/www/html."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:178
msgid ""
"Go to \\http://localhost and verify that you can see the default screen "
"again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:181
msgid "Optionally, remove the /var/www/tutorial directory you previously created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:189
msgid "Install PHP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:191
msgid ""
"An Apache installation allows you to display static web pages. Enabling "
"PHP allows you to generate and display dynamic web pages. To add this "
"functionality to your web server, install PHP on your system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:195
msgid "To get the php components, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:201
msgid "To enable PHP, enter the following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:209
msgid "After restarting the Apache service, test your PHP installation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:211
msgid ""
"Create and open a file named :file:`phpinfo.php` in the "
":file:`/var/www/html/` directory using a text editor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:218
msgid "Add the following line to the file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:224
msgid "Go to \\http://localhost/phpinfo.php."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:226
msgid "Verify that the PHP information screen appears, similar to figure 2:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:232
msgid "`Figure 2: The PHP information screen.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:234
msgid ""
"If the PHP information screen is displayed, you have successfully "
"installed the PHP components and are now ready to add your database "
"application to complete your LAMP server implementation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:239
msgid "Install MariaDB"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:241
msgid ""
"Install MariaDB to store content. MariaDB is a drop-in replacement for "
"MySQL and is available in the database-basic |CL| bundle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:244
msgid "To install the database-basic bundle, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:250
msgid "To start MariaDB after it is installed, enter the following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:257
msgid "To check the status of MariaDB, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:263
msgid "Press :kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`c` or :kbd:`q` to exit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:266
msgid "Security hardening"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:268
msgid ""
"With the MariaDB service running, we can perform some basic security "
"hardening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:271
msgid "To add a basic layer of security, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:277
msgid "Respond to the questions that appear in the script below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:281
msgid "Our suggested responses follow each question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:287
msgid ""
"In order to secure MariaDB, we need the current password for the root "
"user. For a newly installed MariaDB without a set root password, the "
"password is blank. Thus, press enter to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:299
msgid ""
"Set the root password to prevent unauthorized MariaDB root user logins. "
"To set a root password, type 'y'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:306
msgid "Type the desired password for the root user."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:312
msgid "Re-type the desired password for the root user."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:322
msgid ""
"By default, a MariaDB installation includes an anonymous user that allows"
" anyone to log in to MariaDB without a user account. This anonymous user "
"is intended only for testing and for a smoother installation. To remove "
"the anonymous user and make your database more secure, type 'y'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:332
msgid ""
"Normally, root should only be allowed to connect from the 'localhost'. "
"This ensures that someone cannot guess the root password from the "
"network. To block any remote root login, type 'y'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:341
msgid ""
"By default, MariaDB includes a database named 'test' which anyone can "
"access. This database is also intended only for testing and should be "
"removed. To remove the test database, type 'y'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:353
msgid ""
"Reloading the privilege tables ensures all changes made so far take "
"effect immediately. To reload the privilege tables, type 'y'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:362
msgid ""
"All done! If you've completed all of the above steps, your MariaDB "
"installation should now be secure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:365
msgid "Thanks for using MariaDB!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:367
msgid ""
"The MariaDB installation is complete, and we can now install phpMyAdmin "
"to manage the databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:371
msgid "Install phpMyAdmin"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:373
msgid ""
"The web-based tool phpMyAdmin is a straightforward way to manage MySQL or"
" MariaDB databases. Visit the `phpMyAdmin`_ website for the complete "
"discussion regarding phpMyAdmin, its documentation, the latest downloads,"
" and other useful information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:378
msgid "In this tutorial, we use the latest English version of phpMyAdmin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:380
msgid ""
"Download the :file:`phpMyAdmin-<version>-english.tar.gz` file to your "
":file:`~/Downloads` directory. Here, <version> refers to the current "
"version available at https://www.phpmyadmin.net/downloads."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:386
msgid "This example downloads and uses version 4.6.4."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:388
msgid ""
"Once the file has been successfully downloaded and verified, decompress "
"the file and directories into the Apache web server document root "
"directory. Use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:397
msgid ""
"To keep things simple, rename the newly created "
":file:`phpMyAdmin-4.6.4-english` directory to :file:`phpMyAdmin` with the"
" following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:406
msgid "Use phpMyAdmin to manage a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:408
msgid ""
"You can use the phpMyAdmin web-based tool to manage your databases. "
"Follow the steps below for setting up a database called \"WordPress\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:411
msgid ""
"Verify that a successful installation of all LAMP server components by "
"going to \\http://localhost/phpMyAdmin. See figure 3."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:414
msgid ""
"Log in with your root userid and the password you set up when you ran the"
" :ref:`mysql_secure_installation command <set-password>`. Enter your "
"credentials and select :guilabel:`Go` to log in:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:422
msgid "`Figure 3: The phpMyAdmin login page.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:424
msgid ""
"Verify a successful login by confirming that the main phpMyAdmin page "
"displays, as shown in figure 4:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:431
msgid "`Figure 4: The phpMyAdmin dashboard.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:433
msgid ""
"Set up a database by selecting the :guilabel:`Databases` tab, as shown in"
" figure 5."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:436
msgid ""
"Enter `WordPress` in the text field below the :guilabel:`Create database`"
" label."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:439
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`utf8_unicode_ci` option from the "
":guilabel:`Collation` drop-down menu beside the text field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:442
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:448
msgid "`Figure 5: The Databases tab.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:450
msgid ""
"Set up user permissions by selecting the :guilabel:`WordPress` database "
"located in the left panel. See figure 6."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:453
msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Privileges` tab. Figure 6 shows its contents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:459
msgid "`Figure 6: The Privileges tab.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:461
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Add user account` located at the bottom of the "
":guilabel:`Privileges` tab. The `Add user account` page appears, as shown"
" in figure 7."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:469
msgid "`Figure 7: The User accounts tab.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:471
msgid ""
"Enter the following information in the corresponding fields that appear "
"in figure 7 above:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:474
msgid "User name: wordpressuser"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:476
msgid "Password: wp-example"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:478
msgid "Re-type: wp-example"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:480
msgid ""
"In the `Database for user account` section, select :guilabel:`Grant all "
"privileges on database “WordPress”.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:483
msgid "At the bottom of the page, click :guilabel:`Go`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:485
msgid "If successful, you should see the screen shown in figure 8:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:491
msgid "`Figure 8: The user wordpressuser is successfully added.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:493
msgid "**Congratulations!**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:495
msgid ""
"You have now created a fully functional LAMP server along with a "
"WordPress\\*-ready database using |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:499
msgid "Next steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:501
msgid ""
"Next, add the WordPress components needed to host a WordPress website "
"with :ref:`wp-install`."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.po
+51
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:4
msgid "WordPress\\* on |CL-ATTR|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial describes how to setup a web server to host a WordPress\\* "
"site on a |CL-ATTR| system. The tutorial is split into two sections:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:9
msgid ":ref:`web-server-install`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:11
msgid ":ref:`wp-install`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:13
msgid ""
"If you already have a |CL| based :abbr:`LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)`"
" web server, you can skip ahead to the second section of this tutorial."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:18
msgid ""
"This tutorial is for development and testing purposes only. Additional "
"steps are required to secure production systems. Those steps are beyond "
"the scope of this tutorial."
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.po
+293
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:4
msgid "Set up WordPress\\* on a LAMP web server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:6
msgid ""
"This tutorial shows you how to install the WordPress\\* components on "
"your |CL| :abbr:`LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)` server. At the end of "
":ref:`web-server-install`, you created a WordPress-ready database using "
"phpMyAdmin\\* and MariaDB\\*. Now that the LAMP server is up and running,"
" you can add the WordPress components needed to host a WordPress website "
"on your system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:13
msgid "Before you begin"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:15
msgid ""
"This tutorial assumes that you have successfully completed :ref:`bare-"
"metal-install-desktop` and you have :ref:`web-server-install`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:19
msgid "Create a WordPress server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:21
msgid ""
"WordPress can be installed in a variety of ways. These instructions are "
"written for users who have followed our instructions for installing "
"phpMyAdmin when they :ref:`set up a LAMP web server <web-server-"
"install>`. Note that all steps in this tutorial have been tested using a "
"NUC6i5SYH Intel® NUC. Visit the `NUC6i5SYH product page`_ for detailed "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:27
msgid ""
"Numerous online articles are available to help you name your website and "
"acquire the necessary certificates. Those tasks are beyond the scope of "
"this tutorial."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:30
msgid ""
"You can take several actions to harden your website from attacks. The "
"security of your website and the data it contains are complex and ever-"
"evolving tasks. Prioritize security if you plan to expose your website to"
" the outside world. This tutorial does not address security measures that"
" you can take to harden your site but we strongly encourage you to take "
"action."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:38
msgid ""
"Throughout this tutorial, we reference your website name as "
"<your_website>."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:42
msgid "Download WordPress and manage directories"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:44
msgid ""
"For this tutorial, you will create a WordPress blog that can be accessed "
"at: \\http://<your_website>/blog."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:47
msgid ""
"To accomplish this setup, you must add WordPress components to the "
":file:`/var/www/html/blog` directory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:50
msgid "Follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:53
msgid "Navigate to the top level of the website’s root directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:59
msgid "Download the latest version of WordPress:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:65
msgid "Extract all files and directories from the downloaded file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:71
msgid "Rename the top-level WordPress directory to “blog”:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:77
msgid "Remove the downloaded tar file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:84
msgid "Set up WordPress with web-based GUI"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:86
msgid ""
"Recall that you created a database and user when you installed phpMyAdmin"
" when you set up a |CL| based :ref:`web server <web-server-install>`. "
"Next, you must connect WordPress to the database and install WordPress."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:90
msgid ""
"To continue with the setup, go to: \\http://<your_website>/blog/wp-"
"admin/install.php. The WordPress language option screen appears, as shown"
" in figure 1."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:93
msgid "Select :guilabel:`English` and click :guilabel:`Continue`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:99
msgid "`Figure 1: WordPress language selection screen.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:102
msgid ""
"The WordPress installation continues until the Welcome screen appears, as"
" shown in figure 2:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:109
msgid "`Figure 2: WordPress Welcome screen.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:111
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Let’s go!`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:113
msgid ""
"Enter database connection specifics in the screen that appears, as shown "
"in figure 3 below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:116
msgid "Database name: WordPress"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:117
msgid "Database username: wordpressuser"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:118
msgid ""
"Database password: wp-example (asterisks will not appear in the text "
"box)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:119
msgid "Database host: localhost"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:120
msgid "Table prefix: wp\\_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:126
msgid ""
"`Figure 3: Information necessary for WordPress to connect to the "
"database.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:128
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit` to complete the setup."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:130
msgid ""
"Figure 4 shows the confirmation screen that verifies a successful setup. "
"WordPress is connected to the MariaDB database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:137
msgid "`Figure 4: Successful WordPress connection.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:139
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Run the install`. The installer runs until WordPress is "
"fully installed on your system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:143
msgid "Complete successful login"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:145
msgid ""
"Once the installation is complete, you can name your blog and create a "
"WordPress username and password. See figure 5."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:152
msgid "`Figure 5: WordPress site information screen.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:155
msgid "Enter all required information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:156
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Install WordPress`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:157
msgid ""
"Verify that the initial login screen appears once the installation is "
"complete. See figure 6:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:163
msgid "`Figure 6: The WordPress login screen.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:165
msgid "Enter your WordPress username and password."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:166
msgid "Check :guilabel:`Remember me` to save your credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:167
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Log in`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:169
msgid "Figure 7 shows the WordPress dashboard after a successful login:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:175
msgid "`Figure 7: The WordPress dashboard.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:177
msgid "You are ready to go!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:179
msgid ""
"To check out your blog as it is seen by the outside world, enter: "
"\\http://<your_website>/blog on your browser. Figure 8 shows the result:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:186
msgid "`Figure 8: Your WordPress blog.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:188
msgid "**Congratulations, your WordPress blog is up and running!**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:190
msgid "You have successfully installed WordPress on a host system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:192
msgid "Add new entries to your blog and share them with the world using |CL|!"
msgstr ""
localization/po/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.po
+159
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2019, many
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux*
# Project Docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-10 15:46-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n"
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:4
msgid "Enable YubiKey U2F Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:6
msgid ""
"YubiKey\\* is a USB security token manufactured by `Yubico`_. Depending "
"on the model, a YubiKey can support different authentication protocols "
"including: One-Time Password (OTP), Smart card, FIDO2, and Universal 2nd "
"Factor (U2F)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:10
msgid ""
"These instructions will go over configuring a YubiKey for U2F "
"authentication through a web browser on a |CL-ATTR| system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:13
msgid ""
"A list of `websites accepting U2F authentication with the YubiKey`_ is "
"available on the Yubico website. See the Yubico website to learn more "
"about the Yubikey: https://www.yubico.com/getstarted/meet-the-yubikey/"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:26
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:28
msgid "This tutorial assumes you have:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:30
msgid "|CL| installed and running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:32
msgid "Mozilla Firefox installed on |CL|."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:34
msgid "A YubiKey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:39
msgid "Enable Linux udev rules for YubiKey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:41
msgid ""
":command:`udev` is the Linux device manager which handles events when USB"
" devices are added and removed. Custom rules needs to be created to "
"properly identify the YubiKey and provide applications access."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:45
msgid ""
"These instructions are derived from: `Yubico support article Using Your "
"U2F YubiKey with Linux "
"<https://support.yubico.com/support/solutions/articles/15000006449>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:50
msgid "Create the udev rules folder under :file:`/etc`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:57
msgid "Download the u2f rules from the Yubico GitHub:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:64
msgid ""
"Move the downloaded :file:`70-u2f.rules` file into the :file:`/etc/udev` "
"folder"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:72
msgid ""
"The udev rules should automatically be reloaded. However, they can be "
"manually reloaded or reboot the system:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:80
msgid "Plugin and validate the YubiKey appears as a USB device:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:89
msgid "Enable U2F in Mozilla Firefox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:91
msgid ""
"Firefox comes with U2F web authentication support disabled by default. "
"U2F needs to be enabled in the advanced settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:94
msgid ""
"These instructions are derived from: `Yubico support article Enabling U2F"
" support in Mozilla Firefox "
"<https://support.yubico.com/support/solutions/articles/15000017511"
"-enabling-u2f-support-in-mozilla-firefox>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:99
msgid "Launch Mozilla Firefox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:101
msgid ""
"In the URL bar, type :command:`about:config` to access the advanced "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:108
msgid "Click the *I accept the risk!* button to continue to the advanced settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:110
msgid ""
"Search for the :command:`security.webauth.u2f` and double-click it so "
"*Value* becomes **true**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:114
msgid ""
"Your YubiKey is now usable on |CL| with Mozilla Firefox with websites "
"that support U2F authentication."
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:119
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../../source/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:121
msgid "|CL| :ref:`security`"
msgstr ""
localization/pot/locale/.doctrees/FAQ/faq.doctree
BIN
View File
Binary file not shown.
localization/pot/locale/.doctrees/concepts/autospec-about.doctree
BIN
View File
Binary file not shown.
localization/pot/locale/.doctrees/concepts/bundles-about.doctree
BIN
View File
Binary file not shown.
localization/pot/locale/.doctrees/concepts/mixer-about.doctree
BIN
View File
Binary file not shown.
localization/pot/locale/.doctrees/concepts/restart.doctree
BIN
View File
Binary file not shown.
localization/pot/locale/.doctrees/concepts/security.doctree
BIN
View File
Binary file not shown.

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More